diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'old/hlywr10h.htm')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/hlywr10h.htm | 9715 |
1 files changed, 9715 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/hlywr10h.htm b/old/hlywr10h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd3a605 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/hlywr10h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,9715 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"> +<html> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=US-ASCII"> +<title>The Holy War</title> +</head> +<body> +<h2> +<a href="#startoftext">The Holy War, by John Bunyan</a> +</h2> +<pre> +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Holy War, by John Bunyan +(#2 in our series by John Bunyan) + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: The Holy War + +Author: John Bunyan + +Release Date: January, 1996 [EBook #395] +[This file was first posted on December 7, 1995] +[Most recently updated: August 18, 2002] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII +</pre> +<p> +<a name="startoftext"></a> +Transcribed from the 1907 Religious Tract Society edition by David Price, +email ccx074@coventry.ac.uk<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +THE HOLY WAR<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +TO THE READER.<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +’Tis strange to me, that they that love to tell<br> +Things done of old, yea, and that do excel<br> +Their equals in historiology,<br> +Speak not of Mansoul’s wars, but let them lie<br> +Dead, like old fables, or such worthless things,<br> +That to the reader no advantage brings:<br> +When men, let them make what they will their own,<br> +Till they know this, are to themselves unknown.<br> +Of stories, I well know, there’s divers sorts,<br> +Some foreign, some domestic; and reports<br> +Are thereof made as fancy leads the writers:<br> +(By books a man may guess at the inditers.)<br> +Some will again of that which never was,<br> +Nor will be, feign (and that without a cause)<br> +Such matter, raise such mountains, tell such things<br> +Of men, of laws, of countries, and of kings;<br> +And in their story seem to be so sage,<br> +And with such gravity clothe every page,<br> +That though their frontispiece says all is vain,<br> +Yet to their way disciples they obtain.<br> +But, readers, I have somewhat else to do,<br> +Than with vain stories thus to trouble you.<br> +What here I say, some men do know so well,<br> +They can with tears and joy the story tell.<br> +The town of Mansoul is well known to many,<br> +Nor are her troubles doubted of by any<br> +That are acquainted with those Histories<br> +That Mansoul and her wars anatomize.<br> +Then lend thine ear to what I do relate,<br> +Touching the town of Mansoul and her state:<br> +How she was lost, took captive, made a slave:<br> +And how against him set, that should her save;<br> +Yea, how by hostile ways she did oppose<br> +Her Lord, and with his enemy did close.<br> +For they are true: he that will them deny<br> +Must needs the best of records vilify.<br> +For my part, I myself was in the town,<br> +Both when ’twas set up, and when pulling down.<br> +I saw Diabolus in his possession,<br> +And Mansoul also under his oppression.<br> +Yea, I was there when she own’d him for lord,<br> +And to him did submit with one accord.<br> +When Mansoul trampled upon things divine,<br> +And wallowed in filth as doth a swine;<br> +When she betook herself unto her arms,<br> +Fought her Emmanuel, despis’d his charms;<br> +Then I was there, and did rejoice to see<br> +Diabolus and Mansoul so agree.<br> +Let no men, then, count me a fable-maker,<br> +Nor make my name or credit a partaker<br> +Of their derision: what is here in view,<br> +Of mine own knowledge, I dare say is true.<br> +I saw the Prince’s armed men come down<br> +By troops, by thousands, to besiege the town;<br> +I saw the captains, heard the trumpets sound,<br> +And how his forces covered all the ground.<br> +Yea, how they set themselves in battle-’ray,<br> +I shall remember to my dying day.<br> +I saw the colours waving in the wind,<br> +And they within to mischief how combin’d<br> +To ruin Mansoul, and to make away<br> +Her primum mobile without delay.<br> +I saw the mounts cast up against the town,<br> +And how the slings were placed to beat it down:<br> +I heard the stones fly whizzing by mine ears,<br> +(What longer kept in mind than got in fears?)<br> +I heard them fall, and saw what work they made.<br> +And how old Mors did cover with his shade<br> +The face of Mansoul; and I heard her cry,<br> +‘Woe worth the day, in dying I shall die!’<br> +I saw the battering-rams, and how they play’d<br> +To beat open Ear-gate; and I was afraid<br> +Not only Ear-gate, but the very town<br> +Would by those battering-rams be beaten down.<br> +I saw the fights, and heard the captains shout,<br> +And in each battle saw who faced about;<br> +I saw who wounded were, and who were slain;<br> +And who, when dead, would come to life again.<br> +I heard the cries of those that wounded were,<br> +(While others fought like men bereft of fear,)<br> +And while the cry, ‘Kill, kill,’ was in mine ears,<br> +The gutters ran, not so with blood as tears.<br> +Indeed, the captains did not always fight,<br> +But then they would molest us day and night;<br> +Their cry, ‘Up, fall on, let us take the town,’<br> +Kept us from sleeping, or from lying down.<br> +I was there when the gates were broken ope,<br> +And saw how Mansoul then was stripp’d of hope;<br> +I saw the captains march into the town,<br> +How there they fought, and did their foes cut down.<br> +I heard the Prince bid Boanerges go<br> +Up to the castle, and there seize his foe;<br> +And saw him and his fellows bring him down,<br> +In chains of great contempt quite through the town.<br> +I saw Emmanuel, when he possess’d<br> +His town of Mansoul; and how greatly blest<br> +A town his gallant town of Mansoul was,<br> +When she received his pardon, loved his laws.<br> +When the Diabolonians were caught,<br> +When tried, and when to execution brought,<br> +Then I was there; yea, I was standing by<br> +When Mansoul did the rebels crucify.<br> +I also saw Mansoul clad all in white,<br> +I heard her Prince call her his heart’s delight.<br> +I saw him put upon her chains of gold,<br> +And rings, and bracelets, goodly to behold.<br> +What shall I say? I heard the people’s cries,<br> +And saw the Prince wipe tears from Mansoul’s eyes.<br> +And heard the groans, and saw the joy of many:<br> +Tell you of all, I neither will, nor can I.<br> +But by what here I say, you well may see<br> +That Mansoul’s matchless wars no fables be.<br> +Mansoul, the desire of both princes was:<br> +One keep his gain would, t’other gain his loss.<br> +Diabolus would cry, ‘The town is mine!’<br> +Emmanuel would plead a right divine<br> +Unto his Mansoul: then to blows they go,<br> +And Mansoul cries, ‘These wars will me undo.’<br> +Mansoul! her wars seemed endless in her eyes;<br> +She’s lost by one, becomes another’s prize:<br> +And he again that lost her last would swear,<br> +‘Have her I will, or her in pieces tear.’<br> +Mansoul! it was the very seat of war;<br> +Wherefore her troubles greater were by far<br> +Than only where the noise of war is heard,<br> +Or where the shaking of a sword is fear’d;<br> +Or only where small skirmishes are fought,<br> +Or where the fancy fighteth with a thought.<br> +She saw the swords of fighting men made red,<br> +And heard the cries of those with them wounded:<br> +Must not her frights, then, be much more by far<br> +Than theirs that to such doings strangers are?<br> +Or theirs that hear the beating of a drum,<br> +But not made fly for fear from house and home?<br> +Mansoul not only heard the trumpet’s sound,<br> +But saw her gallants gasping on the ground:<br> +Wherefore we must not think that she could rest<br> +With them, whose greatest earnest is but jest:<br> +Or where the blust’ring threat’ning of great wars<br> +Do end in parlies, or in wording jars.<br> +Mansoul! her mighty wars, they did portend<br> +Her weal or woe, and that world without end:<br> +Wherefore she must be more concern’d than they<br> +Whose fears begin, and end the selfsame day;<br> +Or where none other harm doth come to him<br> +That is engaged, but loss of life or limb,<br> +As all must needs confess that now do dwell<br> +In Universe, and can this story tell.<br> +Count me not, then, with them that, to amaze<br> +The people, set them on the stars to gaze,<br> +Insinuating with much confidence,<br> +That each of them is now the residence<br> +Of some brave creatures: yea, a world they will<br> +Have in each star, though it be past their skill<br> +To make it manifest to any man,<br> +That reason hath, or tell his fingers can.<br> +But I have too long held thee in the porch,<br> +And kept thee from the sunshine with a torch,<br> +Well, now go forward, step within the door,<br> +And there behold five hundred times much more<br> +Of all sorts of such inward rarities<br> +As please the mind will, and will feed the eyes<br> +With those, which, if a Christian, thou wilt see<br> +Not small, but things of greatest moment be.<br> +Nor do thou go to work without my key;<br> +(In mysteries men soon do lose their way;)<br> +And also turn it right, if thou wouldst know<br> +My riddle, and wouldst with my heifer plough;<br> +It lies there in the window. Fare thee well,<br> +My next may be to ring thy passing-bell.<br> +<br> +JOHN BUNYAN.<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +AN ADVERTISEMENT TO THE READER.<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +Some say the ‘Pilgrim’s Progress’ is not mine,<br> +Insinuating as if I would shine<br> +In name and fame by the worth of another,<br> +Like some made rich by robbing of their brother.<br> +Or that so fond I am of being sire,<br> +I’ll father bastards; or, if need require,<br> +I’ll tell a lie in print to get applause.<br> +I scorn it: John such dirt-heap never was,<br> +Since God converted him. Let this suffice<br> +To show why I my ‘Pilgrim’ patronize.<br> +It came from mine own heart, so to my head,<br> +And thence into my fingers trickled;<br> +Then to my pen, from whence immediately<br> +On paper I did dribble it daintily.<br> +Manner and matter, too, was all mine own,<br> +Nor was it unto any mortal known<br> +Till I had done it; nor did any then<br> +By books, by wits, by tongues, or hand, or pen,<br> +Add five words to it, or write half a line<br> +Thereof: the whole, and every whit is mine.<br> +Also for THIS, thine eye is now upon,<br> +The matter in this manner came from none<br> +But the same heart, and head, fingers, and pen,<br> +As did the other. Witness all good men;<br> +For none in all the world, without a lie,<br> +Can say that this is mine, excepting I<br> +I write not this of my ostentation,<br> +Nor ‘cause I seek of men their commendation;<br> +I do it to keep them from such surmise,<br> +As tempt them will my name to scandalize.<br> +Witness my name, if anagram’d to thee,<br> +The letters make - ‘Nu hony in a B.’<br> +<br> +JOHN BUNYAN.<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +A RELATION OF THE HOLY WAR.<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +In my travels, as I walked through many regions and countries, it was +my chance to happen into that famous continent of Universe. A +very large and spacious country it is: it lieth between the two poles, +and just amidst the four points of the heavens. It is a place +well watered, and richly adorned with hills and valleys, bravely situate, +and for the most part, at least where I was, very fruitful, also well +peopled, and a very sweet air.<br> +<br> +The people are not all of one complexion, nor yet of one language, mode, +or way of religion, but differ as much as, it is said, do the planets +themselves. Some are right, and some are wrong, even as it happeneth +to be in lesser regions.<br> +<br> +In this country, as I said, it was my lot to travel; and there travel +I did, and that so long, even till I learned much of their mother tongue, +together with the customs and manners of them among whom I was. +And, to speak truth, I was much delighted to see and hear many things +which I saw and heard among them; yea, I had, to be sure, even lived +and died a native among them, (so was I taken with them and their doings,) +had not my master sent for me home to his house, there to do business +for him, and to oversee business done.<br> +<br> +Now there is in this gallant country of Universe a fair and delicate +town, a corporation called Mansoul; a town for its building so curious, +for its situation so commodious, for its privileges so advantageous, +(I mean with reference to its origin,) that I may say of it, as was +said before of the continent in which it is placed, There is not its +equal under the whole heaven.<br> +<br> +As to the situation of this town, it lieth just between the two worlds; +and the first founder and builder of it, so far as by the best and most +authentic records I can gather, was one Shaddai; and he built it for +his own delight. He made it the mirror and glory of all that he +made, even the top-piece, beyond anything else that he did in that country. +Yea, so goodly a town was Mansoul when first built, that it is said +by some, the gods, at the setting up thereof, came down to see it, and +sang for joy. And as he made it goodly to behold, so also mighty +to have dominion over all the country round about. Yea, all were +commanded to acknowledge Mansoul for their metropolitan, all were enjoined +to do homage to it. Aye, the town itself had positive commission +and power from her King to demand service of all, and also to subdue +any that anyways denied to do it.<br> +<br> +There was reared up in the midst of this town a most famous and stately +palace; for strength, it might be called a castle; for pleasantness, +a paradise; for largeness, a place so copious as to contain all the +world. This place the King Shaddai intended but for himself alone, +and not another with him; partly because of his own delights, and partly +because he would not that the terror of strangers should be upon the +town. This place Shaddai made also a garrison of, but committed +the keeping of it only to the men of the town.<br> +<br> +The walls of the town were well built, yea, so fast and firm were they +knit and compact together, that, had it not been for the townsmen themselves, +they could not have been shaken or broken for ever. For here lay +the excellent wisdom of him that builded Mansoul, that the walls could +never be broken down nor hurt by the most mighty adverse potentate, +unless the townsmen gave consent thereto.<br> +<br> +This famous town of Mansoul had five gates, in at which to come, out +at which to go; and these were made likewise answerable to the walls, +to wit, impregnable, and such as could never be opened nor forced but +by the will and leave of those within. The names of the gates +were these: Ear-gate, Eye-gate, Mouth-gate, Nose-gate, and Feel-gate.<br> +<br> +Other things there were that belonged to the town of Mansoul, which +if you adjoin to these, will yet give farther demonstration to all, +of the glory and strength of the place. It had always a sufficiency +of provision within its walls; it had the best, most wholesome, and +excellent law that then was extant in the world. There was not +a rascal, rogue, or traitorous person then within its walls; they were +all true men, and fast joined together; and this, you know, is a great +matter. And to all these, it had always (so long as it had the +goodness to keep true to Shaddai the King) his countenance, his protection, +and it was his delight, etc.<br> +<br> +Well, upon a time, there was one Diabolus, a mighty giant, made an assault +upon this famous town of Mansoul, to take it, and make it his own habitation. +This giant was king of the blacks, and a most raving prince he was. +We will, if you please, first discourse of the origin of this Diabolus, +and then of his taking of this famous town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +This Diabolus is indeed a great and mighty prince, and yet both poor +and beggarly. As to his origin, he was at first one of the servants +of King Shaddai, made, and taken, and put by him into most high and +mighty place; yea, was put into such principalities as belonged to the +best of his territories and dominions. This Diabolus was made +‘son of the morning,’ and a brave place he had of it: it +brought him much glory, and gave him much brightness, an income that +might have contented his Luciferian heart, had it not been insatiable, +and enlarged as hell itself.<br> +<br> +Well, he seeing himself thus exalted to greatness and honour, and raging +in his mind for higher state and degree, what doth he but begins to +think with himself how he might be set up as lord over all, and have +the sole power under Shaddai. (Now that did the King reserve for +his Son, yea, and had already bestowed it upon him.) Wherefore +he first consults with himself what had best to be done; and then breaks +his mind to some other of his companions, to the which they also agreed. +So, in fine, they came to this issue that they should make an attempt +upon the King’s Son to destroy him, that the inheritance might +be theirs. Well, to be short, the treason, as I said, was concluded, +the time appointed, the word given, the rebels rendezvoused, and the +assault attempted. Now the King and his Son being all and always +eye, could not but discern all passages in his dominions; and he, having +always love for his Son as for himself, could not at what he saw but +be greatly provoked and offended: wherefore what does he, but takes +them in the very nick and first trip that they made towards their design, +convicts them of the treason, horrid rebellion, and conspiracy that +they had devised, and now attempted to put into practice, and casts +them altogether out of all place of trust, benefit, honour, and preferment. +This done, he banishes them the court, turns them down into the horrible +pits, as fast bound in chains, never more to expect the least favour +from his hands, but to abide the judgment that he had appointed, and +that for ever.<br> +<br> +Now they being thus cast out of all place of trust, profit, and honour, +and also knowing that they had lost their prince’s favour for +ever, (being banished his court, and cast down to the horrible pits,) +you may he sure they would now add to their former pride what malice +and rage against Shaddai, and against his Son, they could. Wherefore, +roving and ranging in much fury from place to place, if, perhaps, they +might find something that was the King’s, by spoiling of that, +to revenge themselves on him; at last they happened into this spacious +country of Universe, and steer their course towards the town of Mansoul; +and considering that that town was one of the chief works and delights +of King Shaddai, what do they but, after counsel taken, make an assault +upon that. I say, they knew that Mansoul belonged unto Shaddai; +for they were there when he built it and beautified it for himself. +So when they had found the place, they shouted horribly for joy, and +roared on it as a lion upon the prey, saying, ‘Now we have found +the prize, and how to be revenged on King Shaddai for what he hath done +to us.’ So they sat down and called a council of war, and +considered with themselves what ways and methods they had best to engage +in for the winning to themselves this famous town of Mansoul, and these +four things were then propounded to be considered of.<br> +<br> +First. Whether they had best all of them to show themselves in +this design to the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Secondly. Whether they had best to go and sit down against Mansoul +in their now ragged and beggarly guise.<br> +<br> +Thirdly. Whether they had best show to Mansoul their intentions, +and what design they came about, or whether to assault it with words +and ways of deceit.<br> +<br> +Fourthly. Whether they had not best to some of their companions +to give out private orders to take the advantage, if they see one or +more of the principal townsmen, to shoot them, if thereby they shall +judge their cause and design will the better be promoted.<br> +<br> +1. It was answered to the first of these proposals in the negative, +to wit, that it would not be best that all should show themselves before +the town, because the appearance of many of them might alarm and frighten +the town; whereas a few or but one of them was not so likely to do it. +And to enforce this advice to take place it was added further, that +if Mansoul was frighted, or did take the alarm, ‘It is impossible,’ +said Diabolus (for he spake now), ‘that we should take the town: +for that none can enter into it without its own consent. Let, +therefore, but few, or but one, assault Mansoul; and in mine opinion,’ +said Diabolus, ‘let me be he.’ Wherefore to this they +all agreed.<br> +<br> +2. And then to the second proposal they came, namely, Whether they had +best go and sit down before Mansoul in their now ragged and beggarly +guise. To which it was answered also in the negative, By no means; +and that because, though the town of Mansoul had been made to know, +and to have to do, before now, with things that are invisible, they +did never as yet see any of their fellow-creatures in so sad and rascally +condition as they; and this was the advice of that fierce Alecto. +Then said Apollyon, ‘The advice is pertinent; for even one of +us appearing to them as we are now, must needs both beget and multiply +such thoughts in them as will both put them into a consternation of +spirit, and necessitate them to put themselves upon their guard. +And if so,’ said he, ‘then, as my Lord Diabolus said but +now, it is in vain for us to think of taking the town.’ +Then said that mighty giant Beelzebub, ‘The advice that already +is given is safe; for though the men of Mansoul have seen such things +as we once were, yet hitherto they did never behold such things as we +now are; and it is best, in mine opinion, to come upon them in such +a guise as is common to, and most familiar among them.’ +To this, when they had consented, the next thing to be considered was, +in what shape, hue, or guise Diabolus had best to show himself when +he went about to make Mansoul his own. Then one said one thing, +and another the contrary. At last Lucifer answered, that, in his +opinion, it was best that his lordship should assume the body of some +of those creatures that they of the town had dominion over; ‘for,’ +quoth he, ‘these are not only familiar to them, but, being under +them, they will never imagine that an attempt should by them be made +upon the town; and, to blind all, let him assume the body of one of +those beasts that Mansoul deems to be wiser than any of the rest.’ +This advice was applauded of all: so it was determined that the giant +Diabolus should assume the dragon, for that he was in those days as +familiar with the town of Mansoul as now is the bird with the boy; for +nothing that was in its primitive state was at all amazing to them. +Then they proceeded to the third thing, which was:<br> +<br> +3. Whether they had best to show their intentions, or the design of +his coming, to Mansoul, or no. This also was answered in the negative, +because of the weight that was in the former reasons, to wit, for that +Mansoul were a strong people, a strong people in a strong town, whose +wall and gates were impregnable, (to say nothing of their castle,) nor +can they by any means be won but by their own consent. ‘Besides,’ +said Legion, (for he gave answer to this,) ‘a discovery of our +intentions may make them send to their king for aid; and if that be +done, I know quickly what time of day it will be with us. Therefore +let us assault them in all pretended fairness, covering our intentions +with all manner of lies, flatteries, delusive words; feigning things +that never will be, and promising that to them that they shall never +find. This is the way to win Mansoul, and to make them of themselves +open their gates to us; yea, and to desire us too to come in to them. +And the reason why I think that this project will do is, because the +people of Mansoul now are, every one, simple and innocent, all honest +and true; nor do they as yet know what it is to be assaulted with fraud, +guile, and hypocrisy. They are strangers to lying and dissembling +lips; wherefore we cannot, if thus we be disguised, by them at all be +discerned; our lies shall go for true sayings, and our dissimulations +for upright dealings. What we promise them they will in that believe +us, especially if, in all our lies and feigned words, we pretend great +love to them, and that our design is only their advantage and honour.’ +Now there was not one bit of a reply against this; this went as current +down as doth the water down a steep descent. Wherefore they go +to consider of the last proposal, which was:<br> +<br> +4. Whether they had not best to give out orders to some of their company +to shoot some one or more of the principal of the townsmen, if they +judge that their cause may be promoted thereby. This was carried +in the affirmative, and the man that was designed by this stratagem +to be destroyed was one Mr. Resistance, otherwise called Captain Resistance. +And a great man in Mansoul this Captain Resistance was, and a man that +the giant Diabolus and his band more feared than they feared the whole +town of Mansoul besides. Now who should be the actor to do the +murder? That was the next, and they appointed one Tisiphone, a +fury of the lake, to do it.<br> +<br> +They thus having ended their council of war, rose up, and essayed to +do as they had determined; they marched towards Mansoul, but all in +a manner invisible, save one, only one; nor did he approach the town +in his own likeness, but under the shade and in the body of the dragon.<br> +<br> +So they drew up and sat down before Ear-gate, for that was the place +of hearing for all without the town, as Eye-gate was the place of perspection. +So, as I said, he came up with his train to the gate, and laid his ambuscado +for Captain Resistance within bow-shot of the town. This done, +the giant ascended up close to the gate, and called to the town of Mansoul +for audience. Nor took he any with him but one Ill-pause, who +was his orator in all difficult matters. Now, as I said, he being +come up to the gate, (as the manner of those times was,) sounded his +trumpet for audience; at which the chief of the town of Mansoul, such +as my Lord Innocent, my Lord Willbewill, my Lord Mayor, Mr. Recorder, +and Captain Resistance, came down to the wall to see who was there, +and what was the matter. And my Lord Willbewill, when he had looked +over and saw who stood at the gate, demanded what he was, wherefore +he was come, and why he roused the town of Mansoul with so unusual a +sound.<br> +<br> +Diabolus, then, as if he had been a lamb, began his oration, and said: +‘Gentlemen of the famous town of Mansoul, I am, as you may perceive, +no far dweller from you, but near, and one that is bound by the king +to do you my homage and what service I can; wherefore, that I may be +faithful to myself and to you, I have somewhat of concern to impart +unto you. Wherefore, grant me your audience, and hear me patiently. +And first, I will assure you, it is not myself, but you - not mine, +but your advantage that I seek by what I now do, as will full well be +made manifest, by that I have opened my mind unto you. For, gentlemen, +I am (to tell you the truth) come to show you how you may obtain great +and ample deliverance from a bondage that, unawares to yourselves, you +are captivated and enslaved under.’ At this the town of +Mansoul began to prick up its ears. And ‘What is it? +Pray what is it?’ thought they. And he said, ‘I have +somewhat to say to you concerning your King, concerning his law, and +also touching yourselves. Touching your King, I know he is great +and potent; but yet all that he hath said to you is neither true nor +yet for your advantage. 1. It is not true, for that wherewith +he hath hitherto awed you, shall not come to pass, nor be fulfilled, +though you do the thing that he hath forbidden. But if there was +danger, what a slavery is it to live always in fear of the greatest +of punishments, for doing so small and trivial a thing as eating of +a little fruit is. 2. Touching his laws, this I say further, they +are both unreasonable, intricate, and intolerable. Unreasonable, +as was hinted before; for that the punishment is not proportioned to +the offence: there is great difference and disproportion between the +life and an apple; yet the one must go for the other by the law of your +Shaddai. But it is also intricate, in that he saith, first, you +may eat of all; and yet after forbids the eating of one. And then, +in the last place, it must needs be intolerable, forasmuch as that fruit +which you are forbidden to eat of (if you are forbidden any) is that, +and that alone, which is able, by your eating, to minister to you a +good as yet unknown by you. This is manifest by the very name +of the tree; it is called the “tree of knowledge of good and evil;” +and have you that knowledge as yet? No, no; nor can you conceive how +good, how pleasant, and how much to be desired to make one wise it is, +so long as you stand by your King’s commandment. Why should +you be holden in ignorance and blindness? Why should you not be +enlarged in knowledge and understanding? And now, O ye inhabitants +of the famous town of Mansoul, to speak more particularly to yourselves +you are not a free people! You are kept both in bondage and slavery, +and that by a grievous threat; no reason being annexed but, “So +I will have it; so it shall be.” And is it not grievous +to think on, that that very thing which you are forbidden to do might +you but do it, would yield you both wisdom and honour? for then your +eyes will be opened, and you shall be as gods. Now, since this +is thus,’ quoth he, ‘can you be kept by any prince in more +slavery and in greater bondage than you are under this day? You +are made underlings, and are wrapped up in inconveniences, as I have +well made appear. For what bondage greater than to be kept in +blindness? Will not reason tell you that it is better to have +eyes than to be without them? and so to be at liberty to be better than +to be shut up in a dark and stinking cave?’<br> +<br> +And just now, while Diabolus was speaking these words to Mansoul, Tisiphone +shot at Captain Resistance, where he stood on the gate, and mortally +wounded him in the head; so that he, to the amazement of the townsmen, +and the encouragement of Diabolus, fell down dead quite over the wall. +Now, when Captain Resistance was dead, (and he was the only man of war +in the town,) poor Mansoul was wholly left naked of courage, nor had +she now any heart to resist. But this was as the devil would have +it. Then stood forth he, Mr. Ill-pause, that Diabolus brought +with him, who was his orator; and he addressed himself to speak to the +town of Mansoul; the tenour of whose speech here follows:-<br> +<br> +‘Gentlemen,’ quoth he, ‘it is my master’s happiness +that he has this day a quiet and teachable auditory; and it is hoped +by us that we shall prevail with you not to cast off good advice. +My master has a very great love for you; and although, as he very well +knows, that he runs the hazard of the anger of King Shaddai, yet love +to you will make him do more than that. Nor doth there need that +a word more should be spoken to confirm for truth what he hath said; +there is not a word but carries with it self-evidence in its bowels; +the very name of the tree may put an end to all controversy in this +matter. I therefore, at this time, shall only add this advice +to you, under and by the leave of my lord;’ (and with that he +made Diabolus a very low congee;) ‘consider his words, look on +the tree and the promising fruit thereof; remember also that yet you +know but little, and that this is the way to know more: and if your +reasons be not conquered to accept of such good counsel, you are not +the men that I took you to be.’<br> +<br> +But when the townsfolk saw that the tree was good for food, and that +it was pleasant to the eye, and a tree to be desired to make one wise, +they did as old Ill-pause advised; they took and did eat thereof. +Now this I should have told you before, that even then, when this Ill-pause +was making his speech to the townsmen, my Lord Innocency (whether by +a shot from the camp of the giant, or from some sinking qualm that suddenly +took him, or whether by the stinking breath of that treacherous villain +old Ill-pause, for so I am most apt to think) sunk down in the place +where he stood, nor could be brought to life again. Thus these +two brave men died - brave men, I call them; for they were the beauty +and glory of Mansoul, so long as they lived therein; nor did there now +remain any more a noble spirit in Mansoul; they all fell down and yielded +obedience to Diabolus; and became his slaves and vassals, as you shall +hear.<br> +<br> +Now these being dead, what do the rest of the townsfolk, but, as men +that had found a fool’s paradise, they presently, as afore was +hinted, fall to prove the truth of the giant’s words. And, +first, they did as Ill-pause had taught them; they looked, they considered +they were taken with the forbidden fruit; they took thereof, and did +eat; and having eaten, they became immediately drunken therewith. +So they open the gate, both Ear-gate and Eye-gate, and let in Diabolus +with all his bands, quite forgetting their good Shaddai, his law, and +the judgment that he had annexed, with solemn threatening, to the breach +thereof.<br> +<br> + Diabolus, having now obtained entrance in at the gates of the +town, marches up to the middle thereof, to make his conquest as sure +as he could; and finding, by this time, the affections of the people +warmly inclining to him, he, as thinking it was best striking while +the iron is hot, made this further deceivable speech unto them, saying, +‘Alas, my poor Mansoul! I have done thee indeed this service, +as to promote thee to honour, and to greaten thy liberty; but, alas! +alas! poor Mansoul, thou wantest now one to defend thee; for assure +thyself that when Shaddai shall hear what is done, he will come; for +sorry will he be that thou hast broken his bonds, and cast his cords +away from thee. What wilt thou do? Wilt thou, after enlargement, +suffer thy privileges to be invaded and taken away, or what wilt resolve +with thyself?’<br> +<br> +Then they all with one consent said to this bramble, ‘Do thou +reign over us.’ So he accepted the motion, and became the +king of the town of Mansoul. This being done, the next thing was +to give him possession of the castle, and so of the whole strength of +the town. Wherefore, into the castle he goes; it was that which +Shaddai built in Mansoul for his own delight and pleasure; this now +was become a den and hold for the giant Diabolus.<br> +<br> +Now, having got possession of this stately palace or castle, what doth +he but makes it a garrison for himself, and strengthens and fortifies +it with all sorts of provision, against the King Shaddai, or those that +should endeavour the regaining of it to him and his obedience again.<br> +<br> +This done, but not thinking himself yet secure enough, in the next place +he bethinks himself of new modelling the town; and so he does, setting +up one, and putting down another at pleasure. Wherefore my Lord +Mayor, whose name was my Lord Understanding, and Mr. Recorder, whose +name was Mr. Conscience, these he put out of place and power.<br> +<br> +As for my Lord Mayor, though he was an understanding man, and one too +that had complied with the rest of the town of Mansoul in admitting +the giant into the town, yet Diabolus thought not fit to let him abide +in his former lustre and glory, because he was a seeing man. Wherefore +he darkened him, not only by taking from him his office and power, but +by building a high and strong tower, just between the sun’s reflections +and the windows of my lord’s palace; by which means his house +and all, and the whole of his habitation, were made as dark as darkness +itself. And thus, being alienated from the light, he became as +one that was born blind. To this, his house, my lord was confined +as to a prison; nor might he, upon his parole, go farther than within +his own bounds. And now, had he had a heart to do for Mansoul, +what could he do for it, or wherein could he be profitable to her? +So then, so long as Mansoul was under the power and government of Diabolus, +(and so long it was under him, as it was obedient to him, which was +even until by a war it was rescued out of his hand,) so long my Lord +Mayor was rather an impediment in, than an advantage to the famous town +of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +As for Mr. Recorder, before the town was taken, he was a man well read +in the laws of his king, and also a man of courage and faithfulness +to speak truth at every occasion; and he had a tongue as bravely hung +as he had a head filled with judgment. Now, this man Diabolus +could by no means abide, because, though he gave his consent to his +coming into the town, yet he could not, by all the wiles, trials, stratagems, +and devices that he could use, make him wholly his own. True, +he was much degenerated from his former king, and also much pleased +with many of the giant’s laws and service; but all this would +not do, forasmuch as he was not wholly his. He would now and then +think upon Shaddai, and have dread of his law upon him, and then he +would speak against Diabolus with a voice as great as when a lion roareth. +Yea, and would also at certain times, when his fits were upon him, (for +you must know that sometimes he had terrible fits,) make the whole town +of Mansoul shake with his voice: and therefore the now king of Mansoul +could not abide him.<br> +<br> +Diabolus, therefore, feared the Recorder more than any that was left +alive in the town of Mansoul, because, as I said, his words did shake +the whole town; they were like the rattling thunder, and also like thunder-claps. +Since, therefore, the giant could not make him wholly his own, what +doth he do but studies all that he could to debauch the old gentleman, +and by debauchery to stupefy his mind, and more harden his heart in +the ways of vanity. And as he attempted, so he accomplished his +design: he debauched the man, and by little and little so drew him into +sin and wickedness, that at last he was not only debauched, as at first, +and so by consequence defiled, but was almost (at last, I say) past +all conscience of sin. And this was the farthest Diabolus could +go. Wherefore he bethinks him of another project, and that was, +to persuade the men of the town that Mr. Recorder was mad, and so not +to be regarded. And for this he urged his fits, and said, ‘If +he be himself, why doth he not do thus always? But,’ quoth +he, ‘as all mad folks have their fits, and in them their raving +language, so hath this old and doating gentleman.’<br> +<br> +Thus, by one means or another, he quickly got Mansoul to slight, neglect, +and despise whatever Mr. Recorder could say. For, besides what +already you have heard, Diabolus had a way to make the old gentleman, +when he was merry, unsay and deny what he in his fits had affirmed. +And, indeed, this was the next way to make himself ridiculous, and to +cause that no man should regard him. Also now he never spake freely +for King Shaddai, but also by force and constraint. Besides, he +would at one time be hot against that at which, at another, he would +hold his peace; so uneven was he now in his doings. Sometimes +he would be as if fast asleep, and again sometimes as dead, even then +when the whole town of Mansoul was in her career after vanity, and in +her dance after the giant’s pipe.<br> +<br> +Wherefore, sometimes when Mansoul did use to be frighted with the thundering +voice of the Recorder that was, and when they did tell Diabolus of it, +he would answer, that what the old gentleman said was neither of love +to him nor pity to them, but of a foolish fondness that he had to be +prating; and so would hush, still, and put all to quiet again. +And that he might leave no argument unurged that might tend to make +them secure, he said, and said it often, ‘O Mansoul! consider +that, notwithstanding the old gentleman’s rage, and the rattle +of his high and thundering words, you hear nothing of Shaddai himself;’ +when, liar and deceiver that he was, every outcry of Mr. Recorder against +the sin of Mansoul was the voice of God in him to them. But he +goes on, and says, ‘You see that he values not the loss nor rebellion +of the town of Mansoul, nor will he trouble himself with calling his +town to a reckoning for their giving themselves to me. He knows +that though you were his, now you are lawfully mine; so, leaving us +one to another, he now hath shaken his hands of us.<br> +<br> +‘Moreover, O Mansoul!’ quoth he, ‘consider how I have +served you, even to the uttermost of my power; and that with the best +that I have, could get, or procure for you in all the world: besides, +I dare say that the laws and customs that you now are under, and by +which you do homage to me, do yield you more solace and content than +did the paradise that at first you possessed. Your liberty also, +as yourselves do very well know, has been greatly widened and enlarged +by me; whereas I found you a penned-up people. I have not laid +any restraint upon you; you have no law, statute, or judgment of mine +to fright you; I call none of you to account for your doings, except +the madman - you know who I mean; I have granted you to live, each man +like a prince in his own, even with as little control from me as I myself +have from you.’<br> +<br> +And thus would Diabolus hush up and quiet the town of Mansoul, when +the Recorder that was, did at times molest them: yea, and with such +cursed orations as these, would set the whole town in a rage and fury +against the old gentleman. Yea, the rascal crew at some times +would be for destroying him. They have often wished, in my hearing, +that he had lived a thousand miles off from them: his company, his words, +yea, the sight of him, and specially when they remembered how in old +times he did use to threaten and condemn them, (for all he was now so +debauched,) did terrify and afflict them sore.<br> +<br> +But all wishes were vain, for I do not know how, unless by the power +of Shaddai, and his wisdom, he was preserved in being amongst them. +Besides, his house was as strong as a castle, and stood hard by a stronghold +of the town: moreover, if at any time any of the crew or rabble attempted +to make him away, he could pull up the sluices, and let in such floods +as would drown all round about him.<br> +<br> +But to leave Mr. Recorder, and to come to my Lord Willbewill, another +of the gentry of the famous town of Mansoul. This Willbewill was +as high-born as any man in Mansoul, and was as much, if not more, a +freeholder than many of them were; besides, if I remember my tale aright, +he had some privileges peculiar to himself in the famous town of Mansoul. +Now, together with these, he was a man of great strength, resolution, +and courage, nor in his occasion could any turn him away. But +I say, whether he was proud of his estate, privileges, strength, or +what, (but sure it was through pride of something,) he scorns now to +be a slave in Mansoul; and therefore resolves to bear office under Diabolus, +that he might (such an one as he was) be a petty ruler and governor +in Mansoul. And, headstrong man that he was! thus he began betimes; +for this man, when Diabolus did make his oration at Ear-gate, was one +of the first that was for consenting to his words, and for accepting +his counsel at wholesome, and that was for the opening of the gate, +and for letting him into the town; wherefore Diabolus had a kindness +for him, and therefore he designed for him a place. And perceiving +the valour and stoutness of the man, he coveted to have him for one +of his great ones, to act and do in matters of the highest concern.<br> +<br> +So he sent for him, and talked with him of that secret matter that lay +in his breast, but there needed not much persuasion in the case. +For as at first he was willing that Diabolus should be let into the +town, so now he was as willing to serve him there. When the tyrant, +therefore, perceived the willingness of my lord to serve him, and that +his mind stood bending that way, he forthwith made him the captain of +the castle, governor of the wall, and keeper of the gates of Mansoul: +yea, there was a clause in his commission, that nothing without him +should be done in all the town of Mansoul. So that now, next to +Diabolus himself, who but my Lord Willbewill in all the town of Mansoul! +nor could anything now be done, but at his will and pleasure, throughout +the town of Mansoul. He had also one Mr. Mind for his clerk, a +man to speak on every way like his master: for he and his lord were +in principle one, and in practice not far asunder. And now was +Mansoul brought under to purpose, and made to fulfil the lusts of the +will, and of the mind.<br> +<br> +But it will not out of my thoughts what a desperate one this Willbewill +was when power was put into his hand. First, he flatly denied +that he owed any suit or service to his former prince and liege lord. +This done, in the next place he took an oath, and swore fidelity to +his great master Diabolus, and then, being stated and settled in his +places, offices, advancements, and preferments, oh! you cannot think, +unless you had seen it, the strange work that this workman made in the +town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +First, he maligned Mr. Recorder to death; he would neither endure to +see him, nor hear the words of his mouth; he would shut his eyes when +he saw him, and stop his ears when he heard him speak. Also he +could not endure that so much as a fragment of the law of Shaddai should +be anywhere seen in the town. For example, his clerk, Mr. Mind, +had some old, rent, and torn parchments of the law of Shaddai in his +house, but when Willbewill saw them, he cast them behind his back. +True, Mr. Recorder had some of the laws in his study; but my lord could +by no means come at them. He also thought and said, that the windows +of my old Lord Mayor’s house were always too light for the profit +of the town of Mansoul. The light of a candle he could not endure. +Now nothing at all pleased Willbewill but what pleased Diabolus his +lord.<br> +<br> +There was none like him to trumpet about the streets the brave nature, +the wise conduct, and great glory of the king Diabolus. He would +range and rove throughout all the streets of Mansoul to cry up his illustrious +lord, and would make himself even as an abject, among the base and rascal +crew, to cry up his valiant prince. And I say, when and wheresoever +he found these vassals, he would even make himself as one of them. +In all ill courses he would act without bidding, and do mischief without +commandment.<br> +<br> +The Lord Willbewill also had a deputy under him, and his name was Mr. +Affection, one that was also greatly debauched in his principles, and +answerable thereto in his life: he was wholly given to the flesh, and +therefore they called him Vile-Affection. Now there was he and +one Carnal-Lust, the daughter of Mr. Mind, (like to like,) that fell +in love, and made a match, and were married; and, as I take it, they +had several children, as Impudent, Blackmouth, and Hate-Reproof. +These three were black boys. And besides these they had three +daughters, as Scorn-Truth and Slight-God, and the name of the youngest +was Revenge. These were all married in the town, and also begot +and yielded many bad brats, too many to be here inserted. But +to pass by this.<br> +<br> +When the giant had thus engarrisoned himself in the town of Mansoul, +and had put down and set up whom he thought good, he betakes himself +to defacing. Now there was in the market-place in Mansoul, and +also upon the gates of the castle, an image of the blessed King Shaddai. +This image was so exactly engraven, (and it was engraven in gold,) that +it did the most resemble Shaddai himself of anything that then was extant +in the world. This he basely commanded to be defaced, and it was +as basely done by the hand of Mr. No-Truth. Now you must know +that, as Diabolus had commanded, and that by the hand of Mr. No-Truth, +the image of Shaddai was defaced, he likewise gave order that the same +Mr. No-Truth should set up in its stead the horrid and formidable image +of Diabolus, to the great contempt of the former King, and debasing +of his town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Moreover, Diabolus made havoc of all remains of the laws and statutes +of Shaddai that could be found in the town of Mansoul; to wit, such +as contained either the doctrines of morals, with all civil and natural +documents. Also relative severities he sought to extinguish. +To be short, there was nothing of the remains of good in Mansoul which +he and Willbewill sought not to destroy; for their design was to turn +Mansoul into a brute, and to make it like to the sensual sow, by the +hand of Mr. No-Truth.<br> +<br> +When he had destroyed what law and good orders he could, then further +to effect his design, namely, to alienate Mansoul from Shaddai her King, +he commands, and they set up his own vain edicts, statutes, and commandments, +in all places of resort or concourse in Mansoul, to wit, such as gave +liberty to the lusts of the flesh, the lusts of the eyes, and the pride +of life, which are not of Shaddai, but of the world. He encouraged, +countenanced, and promoted lasciviousness, and all ungodliness there. +Yea, much more did Diabolus to encourage wickedness in the town of Mansoul; +he promised them peace, content, joy, and bliss, in doing his commands, +and that they should never be called to an account for their not doing +the contrary. And let this serve to give a taste to them that +love to hear tell of what is done beyond their knowledge afar off in +other countries.<br> +<br> +Now Mansoul being wholly at his beck, and brought wholly to his bow, +nothing was heard or seen therein but that which tended to set up him.<br> +<br> +But now he, having disabled the Lord Mayor and Mr. Recorder from bearing +of office in Mansoul, and seeing that the town, before he came to it, +was the most ancient of corporations in the world, and fearing, if he +did not maintain greatness, they at any time should object that he had +done them an injury; therefore, I say, (that they might see that he +did not intend to lessen their grandeur, or to take from them any of +their advantageous things,) he did choose for them a Lord Mayor and +a Recorder himself, and such as contented them at the heart, and such +also as pleased him wondrous well.<br> +<br> +The name of the Mayor that was of Diabolus’ making was the Lord +Lustings, a man that had neither eyes nor ears. All that he did, +whether as a man or an officer, he did it naturally, as doth the beast. +And that which made him yet the more ignoble, though not to Mansoul, +yet to them that beheld and were grieved for its ruin, was, that he +never could favour good, but evil.<br> +<br> +The Recorder was one whose name was Forget-Good, and a very sorry fellow +he was. He could remember nothing but mischief, and to do it with +delight. He was naturally prone to do things that were hurtful, +even hurtful to the town of Mansoul, and to all the dwellers there. +These two, therefore, by their power and practice, examples, and smiles +upon evil, did much more grammar and settle the common people in hurtful +ways. For who doth not perceive that when those that sit aloft +are vile and corrupt themselves, they corrupt the whole region and country +where they are?<br> +<br> +Besides these, Diabolus made several burgesses and aldermen in Mansoul, +such as out of whom the town, when it needed, might choose them officers, +governors, and magistrates. And these are the names of the chief +of them: Mr. Incredulity, Mr. Haughty, Mr. Swearing, Mr. Whoring, Mr. +Hard-Heart, Mr. Pitiless, Mr. Fury, Mr. No-Truth, Mr. Stand-to-Lies, +Mr. False-Peace, Mr. Drunkenness, Mr. Cheating, Mr. Atheism - thirteen +in all. Mr. Incredulity is the eldest, and Mr. Atheism the youngest +of the company.<br> +<br> +There was also an election of common councilmen and others, as bailiffs, +sergeants, constables, and others; but all of them like to those afore-named, +being either fathers, brothers, cousins, or nephews to them, whose names, +for brevity’s sake, I omit to mention.<br> +<br> +When the giant had thus far proceeded in his work, in the next place, +he betook him to build some strongholds in the town, and he built three +that seemed to be impregnable. The first he called the Hold of +Defiance, because it was made to command the whole town, and to keep +it from the knowledge of its ancient King. The second he called +Midnight Hold, because it was built on purpose to keep Mansoul from +the true knowledge of itself. The third was called Sweet-Sin Hold, +because by that he fortified Mansoul against all desires of good. +The first of these holds stood close by Eye-gate, that, as much might +be, light might be darkened there; the second was built hard by the +old castle, to the end that that might be made more blind, if possible; +and the third stood in the market-place.<br> +<br> +He that Diabolus made governor over the first of these was one Spite-God, +a most blasphemous wretch: he came with the whole rabble of them that +came against Mansoul at first, and was himself one of themselves. +He that was made the governor of Midnight Hold was one Love-no-Light; +he was also of them that came first against the town. And he that +was made the governor of the hold called Sweet-Sin Hold was one whose +name was Love-Flesh: he was also a very lewd fellow, but not of that +country where the other are bound. This fellow could find more +sweetness when he stood sucking of a lust than he did in all the paradise +of God.<br> +<br> +And now Diabolus thought himself safe. He had taken Mansoul, he +had engarrisoned himself therein; he had put down the old officers, +and had set up new ones; he had defaced the image of Shaddai, and had +set up his own; he had spoiled the old law books, and had promoted his +own vain lies; he had made him new magistrates, and set up new aldermen; +he had builded him new holds, and had manned them for himself: and all +this he did to make himself secure, in case the good Shaddai, or his +Son, should come to make an incursion upon him.<br> +<br> +Now you may well think, that long before this time, word, by some one +or other, could not but be carried to the good King Shaddai, how his +Mansoul, in the continent of Universe, was lost; and that the runagate +giant Diabolus, once one of his Majesty’s servants, had, in rebellion +against the King, made sure thereof for himself. Yea, tidings +were carried and brought to the King thereof, and that to a very circumstance.<br> +<br> +At first, how Diabolus came upon Mansoul (they being a simple people +and innocent) with craft, subtlety, lies, and guile. <i>Item</i>, +that he had treacherously slain the right noble and valiant captain, +their Captain Resistance, as he stood upon the gate with the rest of +the townsmen. <i>Item</i>, how my brave Lord Innocent fell down +dead (with grief, some say, or with being poisoned with the stinking +breath of one Ill-Pause, as say others) at the hearing of his just lord +and rightful prince, Shaddai, so abused by the mouth of so filthy a +Diabolian as that varlet Ill-Pause was. The messenger further +told, that after this Ill-Pause had made a short oration to the townsmen +in behalf of Diabolus, his master; the simple town, believing that what +was said was true, with one consent did open Ear-gate, the chief gate +of the corporation, and did let him, with his crew, into a possession +of the famous town of Mansoul. He further showed how Diabolus +had served the Lord Mayor and Mr. Recorder, to wit, that he had put +them from all place of power and trust. <i>Item</i>, he showed +also that my Lord Willbewill was turned a very rebel, and runagate, +and that so was one Mr. Mind, his clerk; and that they two did range +and revel it all the town over, and teach the wicked ones their ways. +He said, moreover, that this Willbewill was put into great trust, and +particularly that Diabolus had put into Willbewill’s hand all +the strong places in Mansoul; and that Mr. Affection was made my Lord +Willbewill’s deputy in his most rebellious affairs. ‘Yea,’ +said the messenger, ‘this monster, Lord Willbewill, has openly +disavowed his King Shaddai, and hath horribly given his faith and plighted +his troth to Diabolus.’<br> +<br> +‘Also,’ said the messenger, ‘besides all this, the +new king, or rather rebellious tyrant, over the once famous, but now +perishing town of Mansoul, has set up a Lord Mayor and a Recorder of +his own. For Mayor, he has set up one Mr. Lustings; and for Recorder, +Mr. Forget-Good; two of the vilest of all the town of Mansoul.’ +This faithful messenger also proceeded, and told what a sort of new +burgesses Diabolus had made; also that he had built several strong forts, +towers, and strongholds in Mansoul. He told, too, the which I +had almost forgot, how Diabolus had put the town of Mansoul into arms, +the better to capacitate them, on his behalf, to make resistance against +Shaddai their King, should he come to reduce them to their former obedience.<br> +<br> +Now this tidings-teller did not deliver his relation of things in private, +but in open court, the King and his Son, high lords, chief captains, +and nobles, being all there present to hear. But by that they +had heard the whole of the story, it would have amazed one to have seen, +had he been there to behold it, what sorrow and grief, and compunction +of spirit, there was among all sorts, to think that famous Mansoul was +now taken: only the King and his Son foresaw all this long before, yea, +and sufficiently provided for the relief of Mansoul, though they told +not everybody thereof. Yet because they also would have a share +in condoling of the Misery of Mansoul, therefore they also did, and +that at a rate of the highest degree, bewail the losing of Mansoul. +The King said plainly that it grieved him at the heart, and you may +be sure that his Son was not a whit behind him. Thus gave they +conviction to all about them that they had love and compassion for the +famous town of Mansoul. Well, when the King and his Son were retired +into the privy chamber, there they again consulted about what they had +designed before, to wit, that as Mansoul should in time be suffered +to be lost, so as certainly it should be recovered again; recovered, +I say, in such a way, as that both the King and his Son would get themselves +eternal fame and glory thereby. Wherefore, after this consult, +the Son of Shaddai (a sweet and comely Person, and one that had always +great affection for those that were in affliction, but one that had +mortal enmity in his heart against Diabolus, because he was designed +for it, and because he sought his crown and dignity) - this Son of Shaddai, +I say, having stricken hands with his Father and promised that he would +be his servant to recover his Mansoul again, stood by his resolution, +nor would he repent of the same. The purport of which agreement +was this: to wit, that at a certain time, prefixed by both, the King’s +Son should take a journey into the country of Universe, and there, in +a way of justice and equity, by making amends for the follies of Mansoul, +he should lay a foundation of perfect deliverance from Diabolus and +from his tyranny.<br> +<br> +Moreover Emmanuel resolved to make, at a time convenient, a war upon +the giant Diabolus, even while he was possessed of the town of Mansoul; +and that he would fairly by strength of hand drive him out of his hold, +his nest, and take it to himself to be his habitation.<br> +<br> +This now being resolved upon, order was given to the Lord Chief Secretary +to draw up a fair record of what was determined, and to cause that it +should be published in all the corners of the kingdom of Universe. +A short breviate of the contents thereof you may, if you please, take +here as follows:<br> +<br> +‘Let all men know who are concerned, that the Son of Shaddai, +the great King, is engaged by covenant to his Father to bring his Mansoul +to him again; yea, and to put Mansoul, too, through the power of his +matchless love, into a far better and more happy condition than it was +in before it was taken by Diabolus.’<br> +<br> +These papers, therefore, were published in several places, to the no +little molestation of the tyrant Diabolus; ‘for now,’ thought +he, ‘I shall be molested, and my habitation will be taken from +me.’<br> +<br> +But when this matter, I mean this purpose of the King and his Son, did +at first take air at court, who can tell how the high lords, chief captains, +and noble princes that were there, were taken with the business! +First, they whispered it one to another, and after that it began to +ring out through the King’s palace, all wondering at the glorious +design that between the King and his Son was on foot for the miserable +town of Mansoul. Yea, the courtiers could scarce do anything either +for the King or kingdom, but they would mix, with the doing thereof, +a noise of the love of the King and his Son, that they had for the town +of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Nor could these lords, high captains, and princes be content to keep +this news at court; yea, before the records thereof were perfected, +themselves came down and told it in Universe. At last it came +to the ears, as I said, of Diabolus, to his no little discontent; for +you must think it would perplex him to hear of such a design against +him. Well, but after a few casts in his mind, he concluded upon +these four things.<br> +<br> +First, that this news, these good tidings, (if possible,) should be +kept from the ears of the town of Mansoul; ‘for,’ said he, +‘if they should once come to the knowledge that Shaddai, their +former King, and Emmanuel his Son, are contriving good for the town +of Mansoul, what can be expected by me, but that Mansoul will make a +revolt from under my hand and government, and return again to him?’<br> +<br> +Now, to accomplish this his design, he renews his flattery with my Lord +Willbewill, and also gives him strict charge and command, that he should +keep watch by day and by night at all the gates of the town, especially +Ear-gate and Eye-gate; ‘for I hear of a design,’ quoth he, +‘a design to make us all traitors, and that Mansoul must be reduced +to its first bondage again. I hope they are but flying stories,’ +quoth he; ‘however, let no such news by any means be let into +Mansoul, lest the people be dejected thereat. I think, my lord, +it can be no welcome news to you; I am sure it is none to me; and I +think that, at this time, it should be all our wisdom and care to nip +the head of all such rumours as shall tend to trouble our people. +Wherefore I desire, my lord, that you will in this matter do as I say. +Let there be strong guards daily kept at every gate of the town. +Stop also and examine from whence such come that you perceive do from +far come hither to trade, nor let them by any means be admitted into +Mansoul, unless you shall plainly perceive that they are favourers of +our excellent government. I command, moreover,’ said Diabolus, +‘that there be spies continually walking up and down the town +of Mansoul, and let them have power to suppress and destroy any that +they shall perceive to be plotting against us, or that shall prate of +what by Shaddai and Emmanuel is intended.’<br> +<br> +This, therefore, was accordingly done; my Lord Willbewill hearkened +to his lord and master, went willingly after the commandment, and, with +all the diligence he could, kept any that would from going out abroad, +or that sought to bring these tidings to Mansoul, from coming into the +town.<br> +<br> +Secondly, this done, in the next place, Diabolus, that he might make +Mansoul as sure as he could, frames and imposes a new oath and horrible +covenant upon the townsfolk:- To wit, that they should never desert +him nor his government, nor yet betray him, nor seek to alter his laws; +but that they should own, confess, stand by, and acknowledge him for +their rightful king, in defiance to any that do or hereafter shall, +by any pretence, law, or title whatever, lay claim to the town of Mansoul; +thinking, belike, that Shaddai had not power to absolve them from this +covenant with death, and agreement with hell. Nor did the silly +Mansoul stick or boggle at all at this most monstrous engagement; but, +as if it had been a sprat in the mouth of a whale, they swallowed it +without any chewing. Were they troubled at all? Nay, they +rather bragged and boasted of their so brave fidelity to the tyrant, +their pretended king, swearing that they would never be changelings, +nor forsake their old lord for a new. Thus did Diabolus tie poor +Mansoul fast.<br> +<br> +Thirdly. But jealousy, that never thinks itself strong enough, +put him, in the next place, upon another exploit, which was, yet more, +if possible, to debauch this town of Mansoul. Wherefore he caused, +by the hand of one Mr. Filth, an odious, nasty, lascivious piece of +beastliness to be drawn up in writing, and to be set upon the castle +gates; whereby he granted and gave license to all his true and trusty +sons in Mansoul to do whatsoever their lustful appetites prompted them +to do; and that no man was to let, hinder, or control them, upon pain +of incurring the displeasure of their prince.<br> +<br> +Now this he did for these reasons:-<br> +<br> +1. That the town of Mansoul might be yet made weaker and weaker, and +so more unable, should tidings come that their redemption was designed, +to believe, hope, or consent to the truth thereof; for reason says, +The bigger the sinner, the less grounds of hopes of mercy.<br> +<br> +2. The second reason was, if perhaps Emmanuel, the Son of Shaddai their +King, by seeing the horrible and profane doings of the town of Mansoul, +might repent, though entered into a covenant of redeeming them, of pursuing +that covenant of their redemption; for he knew that Shaddai was holy, +and that his Son Emmanuel was holy; yea, he knew it by woeful experience, +for for his iniquity and sin was Diabolus cast from the highest orbs. +Wherefore what more rational than for him to conclude that thus, for +sin, it might fare with Mansoul? But fearing also lest this knot +should break, he bethinks himself of another, to wit:-<br> +<br> +Fourthly. To endeavour to possess all hearts in the town of Mansoul +that Shaddai was raising an army, to come to overthrow and utterly to +destroy this town of Mansoul. And this he did to forestall any +tidings that might come to their ears of their deliverance: ‘For,’ +thought he, ‘if I first bruit this, the tidings that shall come +after will all be swallowed up of this; for what else will Mansoul say, +when they shall hear that they must be delivered, but that the true +meaning is, Shaddai intends to destroy them? Wherefore he summons +the whole town into the market-place, and there, with deceitful tongue, +thus he addressed himself unto them:-<br> +<br> +‘Gentlemen, and my very good friends, you are all, as you know, +my legal subjects, and men of the famous town of Mansoul. You +know how, from the first day that I have been with you until now, I +have behaved myself among you, and what liberty and great privileges +you have enjoyed under my government, I hope to your honour and mine, +and also to your content and delight. Now, my famous Mansoul, +a noise of trouble there is abroad, of trouble to the town of Mansoul; +sorry I am thereof for your sakes: for I received but now by the post +from my Lord Lucifer, (and he useth to have good intelligence,) that +your old King Shaddai is raising an army to come against you, to destroy +you root and branch; and this, O Mansoul, is now the cause that at this +time I have called you together, namely, to advise what in this juncture +is best to be done. For my part, I am but one, and can with ease +shift for myself, did I list to seek my own case, and to leave my Mansoul +in all the danger; but my heart is so firmly united to you, and so unwilling +am I to leave you, that I am willing to stand and fall with you, to +the utmost hazard that shall befall me. What say you, O my Mansoul? +Will you now desert your old friend, or do you think of standing by +me?’<br> +<br> +Then, as one man, with one mouth, they cried out together, ‘Let +him die the death that will not.’<br> +<br> +Then said Diabolus again, ‘It is in vain for us to hope for quarter, +for this King knows not how to show it. True, perhaps, he, at +his first sitting down before us, will talk of and pretend to mercy, +that thereby, with the more ease, and less trouble, he may again make +himself the master of Mansoul. Whatever, therefore, he shall say, +believe not one syllable or tittle of it; for all such language is but +to overcome us, and to make us, while we wallow in our blood, the trophies +of his merciless victory. My mind is, therefore, that we resolve +to the last man to resist him, and not to believe him upon any terms, +for in at that door will come our danger. But shall we be flattered +out of our lives? I hope you know more of the rudiments of politics +than to suffer yourselves so pitifully to be served.<br> +<br> +‘But suppose he should, if he get us to yield, save some of our +lives, or the lives of some of them that are underlings in Mansoul, +what help will that be to you that are the chief of the town, especially +you whom I have set up and whose greatness has been procured by you +through your faithful sticking to me? And suppose, again, that +he should give quarter to every one of you, be sure he will bring you +into that bondage under which you were captivated before, or a worse, +and then what good will your lives do you? Shall you with him +live in pleasure as you do now? No, no; you must be bound by laws +that will pinch you, and be made to do that which at present is hateful +to you. I am for you, if you are for me; and it is better to die +valiantly than to live like pitiful slaves. But, I say, the life +of a slave will be counted a life too good for Mansoul now. Blood, +blood, nothing but blood is in every blast of Shaddai’s trumpet +against poor Mansoul now. Pray, be concerned; I hear he is coming. +Up, and stand to your arms that now, while you have any leisure, I may +learn you some feats of war. Armour for you I have, and by me +it is; yea, and it is sufficient for Mansoul from top to toe; nor can +you be hurt by what his force can do, if you shall keep it well girt +and fastened about you. Come, therefore, to my castle, and welcome, +and harness yourselves for the war. There is helmet, breastplate, +sword, and shield, and what not, that will make you fight like men.<br> +<br> +‘1. My helmet, otherwise called an head-piece, is in hope of doing +well at last, what lives soever you live. This is that which they +had who said, that they should have peace, though they walked in the +wickedness of their heart, to add drunkenness to thirst. A piece +of approved armour this is, and whoever has it, and can hold it, so +long no arrow, dart, sword, or shield can hurt him. This, therefore, +keep on, and thou wilt keep off many a blow, my Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘2. My breastplate is a breastplate of iron. I had it forged +in mine own country, and all my soldiers are armed therewith. +In plain language, it is a hard heart, a heart as hard as iron, and +as much past feeling as a stone; the which if you get and keep, neither +mercy shall win you, nor judgment fright you. This therefore, +is a piece of armour most necessary for all to put on that hate Shaddai, +and that would fight against him under my banner.<br> +<br> +‘3. My sword is a tongue that is set on fire of hell, and that +can bend itself to speak evil of Shaddai, his Son, his ways, and people. +Use this; it has been tried a thousand times twice told. Whoever +hath it, keeps it, and makes that use of it as I would have him, can +never be conquered by mine enemy.<br> +<br> +‘4. My, shield is unbelief, or calling into question the truth +of the word, or all the sayings that speak of the judgment that Shaddai +has appointed for wicked men. Use this shield; many attempts he +has made upon it, and sometimes, it is true, it has been bruised; but +they that have writ of the wars of Emmanuel against my servants, have +testified that he could do no mighty work there because of their unbelief. +Now, to handle this weapon of mine aright, it is not to believe things +because they are true, of what sort or by whomsoever asserted. +If he speaks of judgment, care not for it; if he speaks of mercy, care +not for it; if he promises, if he swears that he would do to Mansoul, +if it turns, no hurt, but good, regard not what is said, question the +truth of all, for it is to wield the shield of unbelief aright, and +as my servants ought and do; and he that doth otherwise loves me not, +nor do I count him but an enemy to me.<br> +<br> +‘5. Another part or piece,’ said Diabolus, ‘of mine +excellent armour is a dumb and prayerless spirit, a spirit that scorns +to cry for mercy: wherefore be you, my Mansoul, sure that you make use +of this. What! cry for quarter! Never do that, if you would +be mine. I know you are stout men, and am sure that I have clad +you with that which is armour of proof. Wherefore, to cry to Shaddai +for mercy, let that be far from you. Besides all this, I have +a maul, firebrands, arrows, and death, all good hand-weapons, and such +as will do execution.’<br> +<br> +After he had thus furnished his men with armour and arms, he addressed +himself to them in such like words as these: ‘Remember,’ +quoth he, ‘that I am your rightful king, and that you have taken +an oath and entered into covenant to be true to me and my cause: I say, +remember this, and show yourselves stout and valiant men of Mansoul. +Remember also the kindness that I have always showed to you, and that +without your petition I have granted to you external things; wherefore +the privileges, grants, immunities, profits, and honours wherewith I +have endowed you do call for, at your hands, returns of loyalty, my +lion-like men of Mansoul: and when so fit a time to show it as when +another shall seek to take my dominion over you into his own hands? +One word more, and I have done. Can we but stand, and overcome +this one shock or brunt, I doubt not but in little time all the world +will be ours; and when that day comes, my true hearts, I will make you +kings, princes, and captains, and what brave days shall we have then!’<br> +<br> +Diabolus having thus armed and forearmed his servants and vassals in +Mansoul against their good and lawful King Shaddai, in the next place, +he doubleth his guards at the gates of the town, and he takes himself +to the castle, which was his stronghold. His vassals also, to +show their wills, and supposed (but ignoble) gallantry, exercise themselves +in their arms every day, and teach one another feats of war; they also +defied their enemies, and sang up the praises of their tyrant; they +threatened also what men they would be if ever things should rise so +high as a war between Shaddai and their king.<br> +<br> +Now all this time the good King, the King Shaddai, was preparing to +send an army to recover the town of Mansoul again from under the tyranny +of their pretended king Diabolus; but he thought good, at first, not +to send them by the hand and conduct of brave Emmanuel his Son, but +under the hand of some of his servants, to see first by them the temper +of Mansoul, and whether by them they would be won to the obedience of +their King. The army consisted of above forty thousand, all true +men, for they came from the King’s own court, and were those of +his own choosing.<br> +<br> +They came up to Mansoul under the conduct of four stout generals, each +man being a captain of ten thousand men, and these are their names and +their ensigns. The name of the first was Boanerges, the name of +the second was Captain Conviction, the name of the third was Captain +Judgment, and the name of the fourth was Captain Execution. These +were the captains that Shaddai sent to regain Mansoul.<br> +<br> +These four captains, as was said, the King thought fit, in the first +place, to send to Mansoul, to make an attempt upon it; for indeed generally +in all his wars he did use to send these four captains in the van, for +they were very stout and rough-hewn men, men that were fit to break +the ice, and to make their way by dint of sword, and their men were +like themselves.<br> +<br> +To each of these captains the King gave a banner, that it might be displayed, +because of the goodness of his cause, and because of the right that +he had to Mansoul.<br> +<br> +First, to Captain Boanerges, for he was the chief, to him, I say, were +given ten thousand men. His ensign was Mr. Thunder; he bare the +black colours, and his scutcheon was the three burning thunderbolts.<br> +<br> +The second captain was Captain Conviction; to him also were given ten +thousand men. His ensign’s name was Mr. Sorrow; he did bear +the pale colours, and his scutcheon was the book of the law wide open, +from whence issued a flame of fire.<br> +<br> +The third captain was Captain Judgment; to him were given ten thousand +men. His ensign’s name was Mr. Terror; he bare the red colours, +and his scutcheon was a burning fiery furnace.<br> +<br> +The fourth captain was Captain Execution; to him were given ten thousand +men. His ensign was one Mr. Justice; he also bare the red colours, +and his scutcheon was a fruitless tree, with an axe lying at the root +thereof.<br> +<br> +These four captains, as I said, had every one of them under his command +ten thousand men, all of good fidelity to the King, and stout at their +military actions.<br> +<br> +Well, the captains and their forces, their men and under officers, being +had upon a day by Shaddai into the field, and there called all over +by their names, were then and there put into such harness as became +their degree and that service which now they were going about for their +King.<br> +<br> +Now, when the King had mustered his forces, (for it is he that mustereth +the host to the battle,) he gave unto the captains their several commissions, +with charge and commandment in the audience of all the soldiers, that +they should take heed faithfully and courageously to do and execute +the same. Their commissions were, for the substance of them, the +same in form, though, as to name, title, place and degree of the captains, +there might be some, but very small variation. And here let me +give you an account of the matter and sum contained in their commission.<br> +<br> +<br> +<i>A Commission from the great Shaddai, King of Mansoul, to his trusty +and noble Captain, the Captain Boanerges, for his making War upon the +town of Mansoul</i>.<br> +<br> +<br> +‘O, thou Boanerges, one of my stout and thundering captains over +one ten thousand of my valiant and faithful servants, go thou in my +name, with this thy force, to the miserable town of Mansoul; and when +thou comest thither, offer them first conditions of peace; and command +them that, casting off the yoke and tyranny of the wicked Diabolus, +they return to me, their rightful Prince and Lord. Command them +also that they cleanse themselves from all that is his in the town of +Mansoul, and look to thyself, that thou hast good satisfaction touching +the truth of their obedience. Thus when thou hast commanded them, +(if they in truth submit thereto,) then do thou, to the uttermost of +thy power, what in thee lies to set up for me a garrison in the famous +town of Mansoul; nor do thou hurt the least native that moveth or breatheth +therein, if they will submit themselves to me, but treat thou such as +if they were thy friend or brother; for all such I love, and they shall +be dear unto me, and tell them that I will take a time to come unto +them, and to let them know that I am merciful.<br> +<br> +‘But if they shall, notwithstanding thy summons and the producing +of thy authority, resist, stand out against thee, and rebel, then do +I command thee to make use of all thy cunning, power, might, and force, +to bring them under by strength of hand. Farewell.’<br> +<br> +<br> +Thus you see the sum of their commissions; for, as I said before, for +the substance of them, they were the same that the rest of the noble +captains had.<br> +<br> +Wherefore they, having received each commander his authority at the +hand of their King, the day being appointed, and the place of their +rendezvous prefixed, each commander appeared in such gallantry as became +his cause and calling. So, after a new entertainment from Shaddai, +with flying colours they set forward to march towards the famous town +of Mansoul. Captain Boanerges led the van, Captain Conviction +and Captain Judgment made up the main body, and Captain Execution brought +up the rear. They then, having a great way to go, (for the town +of Mansoul was far off from the court of Shaddai,) marched through the +regions and countries of many people, not hurting or abusing any, but +blessing wherever they came. They also lived upon the King’s +cost in all the way they went.<br> +<br> +Having travelled thus for many days, at last they came within sight +of Mansoul; the which when they saw, the captains could for their hearts +do no less than for a while bewail the condition of the town; for they +quickly saw how that it was prostrate to the will of Diabolus, and to +his ways and designs.<br> +<br> +Well, to be short, the captains came up before the town, march up to +Ear-gate, sit down there (for that was the place of hearing). +So, when they had pitched their tents and entrenched themselves, they +addressed themselves to make their assault.<br> +<br> +Now the townsfolk at first, beholding so gallant a company, so bravely +accoutred, and so excellently disciplined, having on their glittering +armour, and displaying of their flying colours, could not but come out +of their houses and gaze. But the cunning fox Diabolus, fearing +that the people, after this sight, should, on a sudden summons, open +the gates to the captains, came down with all haste from the castle, +and made them retire into the body of the town, who, when he had them +there, made this lying and deceivable speech unto them:<br> +<br> +‘Gentlemen,’ quoth he, ‘although you are my trusty +and well-beloved friends, yet I cannot but a little chide you for your +late uncircumspect action, in going out to gaze on that great and mighty +force that but yesterday sat down before, and have now entrenched themselves +in order to the maintaining of a siege against the famous town of Mansoul. +Do you know who they are, whence they come, and what is their purpose +in sitting down before the town of Mansoul? They are they of whom +I have told you long ago, that they would come to destroy this town, +and against whom I have been at the cost to arm you with <i>cap-a-pie</i> +for your body, besides great fortifications for your mind. Wherefore, +then, did you not rather, even at the first appearance of them, cry +out, “Fire the beacons!” and give the whole town an alarm +concerning them, that we might all have been in a posture of defence, +and been ready to have received them with the highest acts of defiance? +Then had you showed yourselves men to my liking; whereas, by what you +have done, you have made me half afraid - I say, half afraid - that +when they and we shall come to push a pike, I shall find you want courage +to stand it out any longer. Wherefore have I commanded a watch, +and that you should double your guards at the gates? Wherefore +have I endeavoured to make you as hard as iron, and your hearts as a +piece of the nether millstone? Was it, think you, that you might +show yourselves women, and that you might go out like a company of innocents +to gaze on your mortal foes? Fie, fie! put yourselves into a posture +of defence, beat up the drum, gather together in warlike manner, that +our foes may know that, before they shall conquer this corporation, +there are valiant men in the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘I will leave off now to chide, and will not further rebuke you; +but I charge you, that henceforwards you let me see no more such actions. +Let not henceforward a man of you, without order first obtained from +me, so much as show his head over the wall of the town of Mansoul. +You have now heard me; do as I have commanded, and you shall cause me +that I dwell securely with you, and that I take care, as for myself, +so for your safety and honour also. Farewell.”<br> +<br> +Now were the townsmen strangely altered; they were as men stricken with +a panic fear; they ran to and fro through the streets of the town of +Mansoul, crying out, ‘Help, help! the men that turn the world +upside down are come hither also.’ Nor could any of them +be quiet after; but still, as men bereft of wit, they cried out, ‘The +destroyers of our peace and people are come.’ This went +down with Diabolus. ‘Ah,’ quoth he to himself, ‘this +I like well: now it is as I would have it; now you show your obedience +to your prince. Hold you but here, and then let them take the +town if they can.’<br> +<br> +Well, before the King’s forces had sat before Mansoul three days, +Captain Boanerges commanded his trumpeter to go down to Ear-gate, and +there, in the name of the great Shaddai, to summon Mansoul to give audience +to the message that he, in his Master’s name, was to them commanded +to deliver. So the trumpeter, whose name was Take-heed-what-you-hear, +went up, as he was commanded, to Ear-gate, and there sounded his trumpet +for a hearing; but there was none that appeared that gave answer or +regard, for so had Diabolus commanded. So the trumpeter returned +to his captain, and told him what he had done, and also how he had sped; +whereat the captain was grieved, but bid the trumpeter go to his tent.<br> +<br> +Again Captain Boanerges sendeth his trumpeter to Ear-gate, to sound +as before for a hearing; but they again kept close, came not out, nor +would they give him an answer, so observant were they of the command +of Diabolus their king.<br> +<br> +Then the captains and other field officers called a council of war, +to consider what further was to be done for the gaining of the town +of Mansoul; and, after some close and thorough debate upon the contents +of their commissions, they concluded yet to give to the town, by the +hand of the fore-named trumpeter, another summons to hear; but if that +shall be refused, said they, and that the town shall stand it out still, +then they determined, and bid the trumpeter tell them so, that they +would endeavour, by what means they could, to compel them by force to +the obedience of their King.<br> +<br> +So Captain Boanerges commanded his trumpeter to go up to Ear-gate again, +and, in the name of the great King Shaddai, to give it a very loud summons +to come down without delay to Ear-gate, there to give audience to the +King’s most noble captains. So the trumpeter went, and did +as he was commanded: he went up to Ear-gate, and sounded his trumpet, +and gave a third summons to Mansoul. He said, moreover, that if +this they should still refuse to do, the captains of his prince would +with might come down upon them, and endeavour to reduce them to their +obedience by force.<br> +<br> +Then stood up my Lord Willbewill, who was the governor of the town, +(this Willbewill was that apostate of whom mention was made before,) +and the keeper of the gates of Mansoul. He therefore, with big +and ruffling words, demanded of the trumpeter who he was, whence he +came, and what was the cause of his making so hideous a noise at the +gate, and speaking such insufferable words against the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +The trumpeter answered, ‘I am servant to the most noble captain, +Captain Boanerges, general of the forces of the great King Shaddai, +against whom both thyself, with the whole town of Mansoul, have rebelled, +and lift up the heel; and my master, the captain, hath a special message +to this town, and to thee, as a member thereof; the which if you of +Mansoul shall peaceably hear, so; and if not, you must take what follows.’<br> +<br> +Then said the Lord Willbewill, ‘I will carry thy words to my lord, +and will know what he will say.’<br> +<br> +But the trumpeter soon replied, saying. ‘Our message is +not to the giant Diabolus, but to the miserable town of Mansoul; nor +shall we at all regard what answer by him is made, nor yet by any for +him. We are sent to this town to recover it from under his cruel +tyranny, and to persuade it to submit, as in former times it did, to +the most excellent King Shaddai.’<br> +<br> +Then said the Lord Willbewill, ‘I will do your errand to the town.’<br> +<br> +The trumpeter then replied, ‘Sir, do not deceive us, lest, in +so doing, you deceive yourselves much more.’ He added, moreover, +‘For we are resolved, if in peaceable manner you do not submit +yourselves, then to make a war upon you, and to bring you under by force. +And of the truth of what I now say, this shall be a sign unto you, - +you shall see the black flag, with its hot, burning thunder-bolts, set +upon the mount to-morrow, as a token of defiance against your prince, +and of our resolutions to reduce you to your Lord and rightful King.’<br> +<br> +So the said Lord Willbewill returned from off the wall, and the trumpeter +came into the camp. When the trumpeter was come into the camp, +the captains and officers of the mighty King Shaddai came together to +know if he had obtained a hearing, and what was the effect of his errand. +So the trumpeter told, saying, ‘When I had sounded my trumpet, +and had called aloud to the town for a hearing, my Lord Willbewill, +the governor of the town, and he that hath charge of the gates, came +up when he heard me sound, and, looking over the wall, he asked me what +I was, whence I came, and what was the cause of my making this noise. +So I told him my errand, and by whose authority I brought it. +“Then,” said he, “I will tell it to the governor and +to Mansoul;” and then I returned to my lords.’<br> +<br> +Then said the brave Boanerges, ‘Let us yet for a while lie still +in our trenches, and see what these rebels will do.’<br> +<br> +Now when the time drew nigh that audience by Mansoul must be given to +the brave Boanerges and his companions, it was commanded that all the +men of war throughout the whole camp of Shaddai should as one man stand +to their arms, and make themselves ready, if the town of Mansoul shall +hear, to receive it forthwith to mercy; but if not, to force a subjection. +So the day being come, the trumpeters sounded, and that throughout the +whole camp, that the men of war might be in a readiness for that which +then should be the work of the day. But when they that were in +the town of Mansoul heard the sound of the trumpets throughout the camp +of Shaddai, and thinking no other but that it must be in order to storm +the corporation, they at first were put to great consternation of spirit; +but after they a little were settled again, they also made what preparation +they could for a war, if they did storm; else, to secure themselves.<br> +<br> +Well, when the utmost time was come, Boanerges was resolved to hear +their answer; wherefore he sent out his trumpeter again to summon Mansoul +to a hearing of the message that they had brought from Shaddai.<br> +<br> +So he went and sounded, and the townsmen came up, but made Ear-gate +as sure as they could. Now when they were come up to the top of +the wall, Captain Boanerges desired to see the Lord Mayor; but my Lord +Incredulity was then Lord Mayor, for he came in the room of my Lord +Lustings. So Incredulity came up and showed himself over the wall; +but when the Captain Boanerges had set his eyes upon him, he cried out +aloud, ‘This is not he: where is my Lord Understanding, the ancient +Lord Mayor of the town of Mansoul? for to him I would deliver my message.’<br> +<br> +Then said the giant (for Diabolus was also come down) to the captain, +‘Mr. Captain, you have by your boldness given to Mansoul +at least four summonses to subject herself to your King, by whose authority +I know not, nor will I dispute that now. I ask, therefore, what +is the reason of all this ado, or what would you be at if you knew yourselves?’<br> +<br> +Then Captain Boanerges, whose were the black colours, and whose scutcheon +was the three burning thunderbolts, taking no notice of the giant or +of his speech, thus addressed himself to the town of Mansoul: ‘Be +it known unto you, O unhappy and rebellious Mansoul, that the most gracious +King, the great King Shaddai, my Master, hath sent me unto you with +commission’ (and so he showed to the town his broad seal) ‘to +reduce you to his obedience; and he hath commanded me, in case you yield +upon my summons, to carry it to you as if you were my friends or brethren; +but he also hath bid, that if, after summons to submit you still stand +out and rebel, we should endeavour to take you by force.’<br> +<br> +Then stood forth Captain Conviction, and said, (his were the pale colours, +and for a scutcheon he had the book of the law wide open, etc.,) ‘Hear, +O Mansoul! Thou, O Mansoul, wast once famous for innocency, but +now thou art degenerated into lies and deceit. Thou hast heard +what my brother, the Captain Boanerges, hath said; and it is your wisdom, +and will be your happiness, to stoop to, and accept of conditions of +peace and mercy when offered, specially when offered by one against +whom thou hast rebelled, and one who is of power to tear thee in pieces, +for so is Shaddai, our King; nor, when he is angry, can anything stand +before him. If you say you have not sinned, or acted rebellion +against our King, the whole of your doings since the day that you cast +off his service (and there was the beginning of your sin) will sufficiently +testify against you. What else means your hearkening to the tyrant, +and your receiving him for your king? What means else your rejecting +of the laws of Shaddai, and your obeying of Diabolus? Yea, what +means this your taking up of arms against, and the shutting of your +gates upon us, the faithful servants of your King? Be ruled then, +and accept of my brother’s invitation, and overstand not the time +of mercy, but agree with thine adversary quickly. Ah, Mansoul! +suffer not thyself to be kept from mercy, and to be run into a thousand +miseries, by the flattering wiles of Diabolus. Perhaps that piece +of deceit may attempt to make you believe that we seek our own profit +in this our service, but know it is obedience to our King, and love +to your happiness, that is the cause of this undertaking of ours.<br> +<br> +‘Again I say to thee, O Mansoul, consider if it be not amazing +grace that Shaddai should so humble himself as he doth: now he, by us, +reasons with you, in a way of entreaty and sweet persuasions, that you +would subject yourselves to him. Has he that need of you that +we are sure you have of him? No, no; but he is merciful, and will +not that Mansoul should die, but turn to him and live.’<br> +<br> +Then stood forth Captain Judgment, whose were the red colours, and for +a scutcheon he had the burning fiery furnace, and he said, ‘O +ye, the inhabitants of the town of Mansoul, that have lived so long +in rebellion and acts of treason against the King Shaddai, know that +we come not to-day to this place, in this manner, with our message of +our own minds, or to revenge our own quarrel; it is the King, my Master, +that hath sent us to reduce you to your obedience to him; the which +if you refuse in a peaceable way to yield, we have commission to compel +you thereto. And never think of yourselves, nor yet suffer the +tyrant Diabolus to persuade you to think, that our King, by his power, +is not able to bring you down, and to lay you under his feet; for he +is the former of all things, and if he touches the mountains, they smoke. +Nor will the gate of the King’s clemency stand always open; for +the day that shall burn like an oven is before him; yea, it hasteth +greatly, it slumbereth not.<br> +<br> +‘O Mansoul, is it little in thine eyes that our King doth offer +thee mercy, and that after so many provocations? Yea, he still +holdeth out his golden sceptre to thee, and will not yet suffer his +gate to be shut against thee: wilt thou provoke him to do it? +If so, consider of what I say; to thee it is opened no more for ever. +If thou sayest thou shalt not see him, yet judgment is before him; therefore +trust thou in him. Yea, because there is wrath, beware lest he +take thee away with his stroke; then a great ransom cannot deliver thee. +Will he esteem thy riches? No, not gold, nor all the forces of +strength. He hath prepared his throne for judgment, for he will +come with fire, and with his chariots like a whirlwind, to render his +anger with fury, and his rebukes with flames of fire. Therefore, +O Mansoul, take heed lest, after thou hast fulfilled the judgment of +the wicked, justice and judgment should take hold of thee.’<br> +<br> +Now while the Captain Judgment was making this oration to the town of +Mansoul, it was observed by some that Diabolus trembled; but he proceeded +in his parable and said, ‘O thou woful town of Mansoul, wilt thou +not yet set open thy gate to receive us, the deputies of thy King, and +those that would rejoice to see thee live? Can thine heart endure, +or can thy hands be strong, in the day that he shall deal in judgment +with thee? I say, canst thou endure to be forced to drink, as +one would drink sweet wine, the sea of wrath that our King has prepared +for Diabolus and his angels? Consider, betimes consider.’<br> +<br> +Then stood forth the fourth captain, the noble Captain Execution, and +said, ‘O town of Mansoul, once famous, but now like the fruitless +bough, once the delight of the high ones, but now a den for Diabolus, +hearken also to me, and to the words that I shall speak to thee in the +name of the great Shaddai. Behold, the axe is laid to the root +of the trees: every tree, therefore, that bringeth not forth good fruit, +is hewn down and cast into the fire.<br> +<br> +‘Thou, O town of Mansoul, hast hitherto been this fruitless tree; +thou bearest nought but thorns and briars. Thy evil fruit bespeaks +thee not to be a good tree; thy grapes are grapes of gall, thy clusters +are bitter. Thou hast rebelled against thy King; and, lo! we, +the power and force of Shaddai, are the axe that is laid to thy root. +What sayest thou? Wilt thou turn? I say again, tell me, +before the first blow is given, wilt thou turn? Our axe must first +be laid <i>to</i> thy root before it be laid <i>at</i> thy root; it +must first be laid <i>to</i> thy root in a way of threatening, before +it is laid <i>at</i> thy root by way of execution; and between these +two is required thy repentance, and this is all the time that thou hast. +What wilt thou do? Wilt thou turn, or shall I smite? If +I fetch my blow, Mansoul, down you go; for I have commission to lay +my axe <i>at</i> as well as <i>to</i> thy roots, nor will anything but +yielding to our King prevent doing of execution. What art thou +fit for, O Mansoul, if mercy preventeth not, but to be hewn down, and +cast into the fire and burned?<br> +<br> +‘O Mansoul, patience and forbearance do not act for ever: a year, +or two, or three, they may; but if thou provoke by a three years’ +rebellion, (and thou hast already done more than this,) then what follows +but, ‘Cut it down’? nay, ‘After that thou shalt cut +it down.’ And dost thou think that these are but threatenings, +or that our King has not power to execute his words? O Mansoul, +thou wilt find that in the words of our King, when they are by sinners +made little or light of, there is not only threatening, but burning +coals of fire.<br> +<br> +‘Thou hast been a cumber-ground long already, and wilt thou continue +so still? Thy sin has brought this army to thy walls, and shall +it bring it in judgment to do execution into thy town? Thou hast +heard what the captains have said, but as yet thou shuttest thy gates. +Speak out, Mansoul; wilt thou do so still, or wilt thou accept of conditions +of peace?’<br> +<br> +These brave speeches of these four noble captains the town of Mansoul +refused to hear; yet a sound thereof did beat against Ear-gate, though +the force thereof could not break it open. In fine, the town desired +a time to prepare their answer to these demands. The captains +then told them, that if they would throw out to them one Ill-Pause that +was in the town, that they might reward him according to his works, +then they would give them time to consider; but if they would not cast +him to them over the wall of Mansoul, then they would give them none; +‘for,’ said they, ‘we know that, so long as Ill-Pause +draws breath in Mansoul, all good consideration will be confounded, +and nothing but mischief will come thereon.’<br> +<br> +Then Diabolus, who was there present, being loath to lose his Ill-Pause, +because he was his orator, (and yet be sure he had, could the captains +have laid their fingers on him,) was resolved at this instant to give +them answer by himself; but then changing his mind, he commanded the +then Lord Mayor, the Lord Incredulity, to do it, saying, ‘My lord, +do you give these runagates an answer, and speak out, that Mansoul may +hear and understand you.’<br> +<br> +So Incredulity, at Diabolus’ command, began, and said, ‘Gentlemen, +you have here, as we do behold, to the disturbance of our prince and +the molestation of the town of Mansoul, camped against it: but from +whence you come, we will not know; and what you are, we will not believe. +Indeed, you tell us in your terrible speech that you have this authority +from Shaddai, but by what right he commands you to do it, of that we +shall yet be ignorant.<br> +<br> +‘You have also, by the authority aforesaid, summoned this town +to desert her lord, and, for protection, to yield up herself to the +great Shaddai, your King; flatteringly telling her, that if she will +do it, he will pass by and not charge her with her past offences.<br> +<br> +‘Further, you have also, to the terror of the town of Mansoul, +threatened with great and sore destructions to punish this corporation, +if she consents not to do as your wills would have her.<br> +<br> +‘Now, captains, from whencesoever you come, and though your designs +be ever so right, yet know ye that neither my Lord Diabolus, nor I, +his servant, Incredulity, nor yet our brave Mansoul, doth regard either +your persons, message, or the King that you say hath sent you. +His power, his greatness, his vengeance, we fear not; nor will we yield +at all to your summons.<br> +<br> +‘As for the war that you threaten to make upon us, we must therein +defend ourselves as well as we can; and know ye, that we are not without +wherewithal to bid defiance to you; and, in short, (for I will not be +tedious,) I tell you, that we take you to be some vagabond runagate +crew, that having shaken off all obedience to your King, have gotten +together in tumultuous manner, and are ranging from place to place to +see if, through the flatteries you are skilled to make on the one side, +and threats wherewith you think to fright on the other, to make some +silly town, city, or country, desert their place, and leave it to you; +but Mansoul is none of them.<br> +<br> +‘To conclude: we dread you not, we fear you not, nor will we obey +your summons. Our gates we will shut upon you, our place we will +keep you out of. Nor will we long thus suffer you to sit down +before us: our people must live in quiet: your appearance doth disturb +them. Wherefore arise with bag and baggage, and begone, or we +will let fly from the walls against you.’<br> +<br> +This oration, made by old Incredulity, was seconded by desperate Willbewill, +in words to this effect: ‘Gentlemen, we have heard your demands, +and the noise of your threats, and have heard the sound of your summons; +but we fear not your force, we regard not your threats, but will still +abide as you found us. And we command you, that in three days’ +time you cease to appear in these parts, or you shall know what it is +once to dare offer to rouse the lion Diabolus when asleep in his town +of Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +The Recorder, whose name was Forget-Good, he also added as followeth: +‘Gentlemen, my lords, as you see, have with mild and gentle words +answered your rough and angry speeches: they have, moreover, in my hearing, +given you leave quietly to depart as you came; wherefore, take their +kindness and be gone. We might have come out with force upon you, +and have caused you to feel the dint of our swords; but as we love ease +and quiet ourselves, so we love not to hurt or molest others.’<br> +<br> +Then did the town of Mansoul shout for joy, as if by Diabolus and his +crew some great advantage had been gotten of the captains. They +also rang the bells, and made merry, and danced upon the walls.<br> +<br> +Diabolus also returned to the castle, and the Lord Mayor and Recorder +to their place; but the Lord Willbewill took special care that the gates +should be secured with double guards, double bolts, and double locks +and bars; and that Ear-gate especially might the better be looked to, +for that was the gate in at which the King’s forces sought most +to enter. The Lord Willbewill made one old Mr. Prejudice, an angry +and ill-conditioned fellow, captain of the ward at that gate, and put +under his power sixty men, called deaf men; men advantageous for that +service, forasmuch as they mattered no words of the captains, nor of +the soldiers.<br> +<br> +Now when the captains saw the answer of the great ones, and that they +could not get a hearing from the old natives of the town, and that Mansoul +was resolved to give the King’s army battle, they prepared themselves +to receive them, and to try it out by the power of the arm. And, +first, they made their force more formidable against Ear-gate; for they +knew that, unless they could penetrate that, no good could be done upon +the town. This done, they put the rest of their men in their places; +after which, they gave out the word, which was, ‘YE MUST BE BORN +AGAIN.’ Then they sounded the trumpet; then they in the +town made them answer, with shout against shout, charge against charge, +and so the battle began. Now they in the town had planted upon +the tower over Ear-gate two great guns, the one called High-mind, and +the other Heady. Unto these two guns they trusted much; they were +cast in the castle by Diabolus’ founder, whose name was Mr. Puff-up, +and mischievous pieces they were. But so vigilant and watchful, +when the captains saw them, were they, that though sometimes their shot +would go by their ears with a whiz, yet they did them no harm. +By these two guns the townsfolk made no question but greatly to annoy +the camp of Shaddai, and well enough to secure the gate; but they had +not much cause to boast of what execution they did, as by what follows +will be gathered.<br> +<br> +The famous Mansoul had also some other small pieces in it, of the which +they made use against the camp of Shaddai.<br> +<br> +They from the camp also did as stoutly, and with as much of that as +may in truth be called valour, let fly as fast at the town and at Ear-gate; +for they saw that, unless they could break open Ear-gate, it would be +but in vain to batter the wall. Now the King’s captains +had brought with them several slings, and two or three battering-rams; +with their slings, therefore, they battered the houses and people of +the town, and with their rams they sought to break Ear-gate open.<br> +<br> +The camp and the town had several skirmishes and brisk encounters, while +the captains with their engines made many brave attempts to break open +or beat down the tower that was over Ear-gate, and at the said gate +to make their entrance; but Mansoul stood it out so lustily, through +the rage of Diabolus, the valour of the Lord Willbewill, and the conduct +of old Incredulity, the Mayor, and Mr. Forget-Good, the Recorder, that +the charge and expense of that summer’s wars, on the King’s +side, seemed to be almost quite lost, and the advantage to return to +Mansoul. But when the captains saw how it was they made a fair +retreat, and entrenched themselves in their winter quarters. Now, +in this war, you must needs think there was much loss on both sides, +of which be pleased to accept of this brief account following.<br> +<br> +The King’s captains, when they marched from the court to come +up against Mansoul to war, as they came crossing over the country, they +happened to light upon three young fellows that had a mind to go for +soldiers: proper men they were, and men of courage and skill, to appearance. +Their names were Mr. Tradition, Mr. Human-Wisdom, and Mr. Man’s-Invention. +So they came up to the captains, and proffered their service to Shaddai. +The captains then told them of their design, and bid them not to be +rash in their offers; but the young men told them they had considered +the thing before, and that hearing they were upon their march for such +a design, came hither on purpose to meet them, that they might be listed +under their excellencies. Then Captain Boanerges, for that they +were men of courage, listed them into his company, and so away they +went to the war.<br> +<br> +Now, when the war was begun, in one of the briskest skirmishes, so it +was, that a company of the Lord Willbewill’s men sallied out at +the sallyport or postern of the town, and fell in upon the rear of Captain +Boanerges’ men, where these three fellows happened to be; so they +took them prisoners, and away they carried them into the town, where +they had not lain long in durance, but it began to be noised about the +streets of the town what three notable prisoners the Lord Willbewill’s +men had taken, and brought in prisoners out of the camp of Shaddai. +At length tidings thereof were carried to Diabolus to the castle, to +wit what my Lord Willbewill’s men had done, and whom they had +taken prisoners.<br> +<br> +Then Diabolus called for Willbewill, to know the certainty of this matter. +So he asked him, and he told him. Then did the giant send for +the prisoners, and, when they were come, demanded of them who they were, +whence they came, and what they did in the camp of Shaddai; and they +told him. Then he sent them to ward again. Not many days +after, he sent for them to him again, and then asked them if they would +be willing to serve him against their former captains. They then +told him that they did not so much live by religion as by the fates +of fortune; and that since his lordship was willing to entertain them, +they should be willing to serve him. Now while things were thus +in hand, there was one Captain Anything, a great doer, in the town of +Mansoul; and to this Captain Anything did Diabolus send these men, and +a note under his hand, to receive them into his company, the contents +of which letter were thus:<br> +<br> +‘Anything, my darling, - The three men that are the bearers of +this letter have a desire to serve me in the war; nor know I better +to whose conduct to commit them than to thine. Receive them, therefore, +in my name, and, as need shall require, make use of them against Shaddai +and his men. Farewell.’<br> +<br> +So they came, and he received them; and he made of two of them sergeants; +but he made Mr. Man’s-Invention his ancient-bearer. But +thus much for this, and now to return to the camp.<br> +<br> +They of the camp did also some execution upon the town; for they did +beat down the roof of the Lord Mayor’s house, and so laid him +more open than he was before. They had almost, with a sling, slain +my Lord Willbewill outright; but he made a shift to recover again. +But they made a notable slaughter among the aldermen, for with one only +shot they cut off six of them; to wit, Mr. Swearing, Mr. Whoring, Mr. +Fury, Mr. Stand-to-Lies, Mr. Drunkenness, and Mr. Cheating.<br> +<br> +They also dismounted the two guns that stood upon the tower over Ear-gate, +and laid them flat in the dirt. I told you before that the King’s +noble captains had drawn off to their winter quarters, and had there +entrenched themselves and their carriages, so as with the best advantage +to their King, and the greatest annoyance to the enemy, they might give +seasonable and warm alarms to the town of Mansoul. And this design +of them did so hit, that I may say they did almost what they would to +the molestation of the corporation. For now could not Mansoul +sleep securely as before, nor could they now go to their debaucheries +with that quietness as in times past; for they had from the camp of +Shaddai such frequent, warm, and terrifying alarms, yea, alarms upon +alarms, first at one gate and then at another, and again at all the +gates at once, that they were broken as to former peace. Yea, +they had their alarms so frequently, and that when the nights were at +longest, the weather coldest, and so consequently the season most unseasonable, +that that winter was to the town of Mansoul a winter by itself. +Sometimes the trumpets would sound, and sometimes the slings would whirl +the stones into the town. Sometimes ten thousand of the King’s +soldiers would be running round the walls of Mansoul at midnight, shouting +and lifting up the voice for the battle. Sometimes, again, some +of them in the town would be wounded, and their cry and lamentable voice +would be heard, to the great molestation of the now languishing town +of Mansoul. Yea, so distressed with those that laid siege against +them were they, that, I dare say, Diabolus, their king, had in these +days his rest much broken.<br> +<br> +In these days, as I was informed, new thoughts, and thoughts that began +to run counter one to another, began to possess the minds of the men +of the town of Mansoul. Some would say, ‘There is no living +thus.’ Others would then reply, ‘This will be over +shortly.’ Then would a third stand up and answer, ‘Let +us turn to the King Shaddai, and so put an end to these troubles.’ +And a fourth would come in with a fear, saying, ‘I doubt he will +not receive us.’ The old gentleman, too, the Recorder, that +was so before Diabolus took Mansoul, he also began to talk aloud, and +his words were now to the town of Mansoul as if they were great claps +of thunder. No noise now so terrible to Mansoul as was his, with +the noise of the soldiers and shoutings of the captains.<br> +<br> +Also things began to grow scarce in Mansoul; now the things that her +soul lusted after were departing from her. Upon all her pleasant +things there was a blast, and burning instead of beauty. Wrinkles +now, and some shows of the shadow of death, were upon the inhabitants +of Mansoul. And now, O how glad would Mansoul have been to have +enjoyed quietness and satisfaction of mind, though joined with the meanest +condition in the world!<br> +<br> +The captains also, in the deep of this winter, did send by the mouth +of Boanerges’ trumpeter a summons to Mansoul to yield up herself +to the King, the great King Shaddai. They sent it once, and twice, +and thrice; not knowing but that at some times there might be in Mansoul +some willingness to surrender up themselves unto them, might they but +have the colour of an invitation to do it under. Yea, so far as +I could gather, the town had been surrendered up to them before now, +had it not been for the opposition of old Incredulity, and the fickleness +of the thoughts of my Lord Willbewill. Diabolus also began to +rave; wherefore Mansoul, as to yielding, was not yet all of one mind; +therefore they still lay distressed under these perplexing fears.<br> +<br> +I told you but now that they of the King’s army had this winter +sent three times to Mansoul to submit herself.<br> +<br> +The first time the trumpeter went he went with words of peace, telling +them that the captains, the noble captains of Shaddai, did pity and +bewail the misery of the now perishing town of Mansoul, and were troubled +to see them so much to stand in the way of their own deliverance. +He said, moreover, that the captains bid him tell them, that if now +poor Mansoul would humble herself and turn, her former rebellions and +most notorious treasons should by their merciful King be forgiven them, +yea, and forgotten too. And having bid them beware that they stood +not in their own way, that they opposed not themselves, nor made themselves +their own losers, he returned again into the camp.<br> +<br> +The second time the trumpeter went, he did treat them a little more +roughly; for, after sound of trumpet, he told them that their continuing +in their rebellion did but chafe and heat the spirit of the captains, +and that they were resolved to make a conquest of Mansoul, or to lay +their bones before the town walls.<br> +<br> +He went again the third time, and dealt with them yet more roughly; +telling them that now, since they had been so horribly profane, he did +not know, not certainly know, whether the captains were inclining to +mercy or judgment. ‘Only,’ said he, ‘they commanded +me to give you a summons to open the gates unto them.’ So +he returned, and went into the camp.<br> +<br> +These three summonses, and especially the last two, did so distress +the town that they presently call a consultation, the result of which +was this - That my Lord Willbewill should go up to Ear-gate, and there, +with sound of trumpet, call to the captains of the camp for a parley. +Well, the Lord Willbewill sounded upon the wall; so the captains came +up in their harness, with their ten thousands at their feet. The +townsmen then told the captains that they had heard and considered their +summons, and would come to an agreement with them, and with their King +Shaddai, upon such certain terms, articles, and propositions as, with +and by the order of their prince, they to them were appointed to propound; +to wit, they would agree upon these grounds to be one people with them.<br> +<br> +1. If that those of their own company, as the now Lord Mayor and their +Mr. Forget-Good, with then brave Lord Willbewill, might, under Shaddai, +be still the governors of the town, castle, and gates of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +2. Provided that no man that now serveth under their great giant Diabolus +be by Shaddai cast out of house, harbour, or the freedom that he hath +hitherto enjoyed in the famous town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +3. That it shall be granted them, that they of the town of Mansoul shall +enjoy certain of their rights and privileges; to wit, such as have formerly +been granted them, and that they have long lived in the enjoyment of, +under the reign of their king Diabolus, that now is, and long has been, +their only lord and great defender.<br> +<br> +4. That no new law, officer, or executioner of law or office, shall +have any power over them, without their own choice and consent.<br> +<br> +‘These be our propositions, or conditions of peace; and upon these +terms,’ said they, ‘we will submit to your King.’<br> +<br> +But when the captains had heard this weak and feeble offer of the town +of Mansoul, and their high and bold demands, they made to them again, +by their noble captain, the Captain Boanerges, this speech following:<br> +<br> +‘O ye inhabitants of the town of Mansoul, when I heard your trumpet +sound for a parley with us, I can truly say I was glad; but when you +said you were willing to submit yourselves to our King and Lord, then +I was yet more glad; but when, by your silly provisos and foolish cavils, +you laid the stumbling-block of your iniquity before your own faces, +then was my gladness turned into sorrows, and my hopeful beginnings +of your return, into languishing fainting fears.<br> +<br> +‘I count that old Ill-Pause, the ancient enemy of Mansoul, did +draw up those proposals that now you present us with as terms of an +agreement; but they deserve not to be admitted to sound in the ear of +any man that pretends to have service for Shaddai. We do therefore +jointly, and that with the highest disdain, refuse and reject such things, +as the greatest of iniquities.<br> +<br> +‘But, O Mansoul, if you will give yourselves into our hands, or +rather into the hands of our King, and will trust him to make such terms +with and for you as shall seem good in his eyes, (and I dare say they +shall be such as you shall find to be most profitable to you,) then +we will receive you, and be at peace with you; but if you like not to +trust yourselves in the arms of Shaddai our King, then things are but +where they were before, and we know also what we have to do.’<br> +<br> +Then cried out old Incredulity, the Lord Mayor, and said, ‘And +who, being out of the hands of their enemies, as ye see we are now, +will be so foolish as to put the staff out of their own hands into the +hands of they know not who? I, for my part, will never yield to +so unlimited a proposition. Do we know the manner and temper of +their King? It is said by some that he will be angry with his +subjects if but the breadth of an hair they chance to step out of the +way; and by others, that he requireth of them much more than they can +perform. Wherefore, it seems, O Mansoul, to be thy wisdom to take +good heed what thou dost in this matter; for if you once yield, you +give up yourselves to another, and so you are no more your own. +Wherefore, to give up yourselves to an unlimited power, is the greatest +folly in the world; for now you indeed may repent, but can never justly +complain. But do you indeed know, when you are his, which of you +he will kill, and which of you he will save alive; or whether he will +not cut off every one of us, and send out of his own country another +new people, and cause them to inhabit this town?’<br> +<br> +This speech of the Lord Mayor undid all, and threw flat to the ground +their hopes of an accord. Wherefore the captains returned to their +trenches, to their tents, and to their men, as they were; and the Mayor +to the castle and to his King.<br> +<br> +Now Diabolus had waited for his return, for he had heard that they had +been at their points. So, when he was come into the chamber of +state, Diabolus saluted him with - ‘Welcome, my lord. How +went matters betwixt you to-day?’ So the Lord Incredulity, +with a low congee, told him the whole of the matter, saying, ‘Thus +and thus said the captains of Shaddai, and thus and thus said I.’ +The which when it was told to Diabolus, he was very glad to hear it, +and said, ‘My Lord Mayor, my faithful Incredulity, I have proved +thy fidelity above ten times already, but never yet found thee false. +I do promise thee, if we rub over this brunt, to prefer thee to a place +of honour, a place far better than to be Lord Mayor of Mansoul. +I will make thee my universal deputy, and thou shalt, next to me, have +all nations under thy hand; yea, and thou shalt lay bands upon them, +that they may not resist thee; nor shall any of our vassals walk more +at liberty, but those that shall be content to walk in thy fetters.’<br> +<br> +Now came the Lord Mayor out from Diabolus, as if he had obtained a favour +indeed. Wherefore to his habitation he goes in great state, and +thinks to feed himself well enough with hopes, until the time came that +his greatness should be enlarged.<br> +<br> +But now, though the Lord Mayor and Diabolus did thus well agree, yet +this repulse to the brave captains put Mansoul into a mutiny. +For while old Incredulity went into the castle to congratulate his lord +with what had passed, the old Lord Mayor, that was so before Diabolus +came to the town, to wit, my Lord Understanding, and the old Recorder, +Mr. Conscience, getting intelligence of what had passed at Ear-gate, +(for you must know that they might not be suffered to be at that debate, +lest they should then have mutinied for the captains; but, I say, they +got intelligence of what had passed there, and were much concerned therewith,) +wherefore they, getting some of the town together, began to possess +them with the reasonableness of the noble captains’ demands, and +with the bad consequences that would follow upon the speech of old Incredulity, +the Lord Mayor; to wit how little reverence he showed therein either +to the captains or to their King; also how he implicitly charged them +with unfaithfulness and treachery. ‘For what less,’ +quoth they, ‘could be made of his words, when he said he would +not yield to their proposition; and added, moreover, a supposition that +he would destroy us, when before he had sent us word that he would show +us mercy!’ The multitude, being now possessed with the conviction +of the evil that old Incredulity had done, began to run together by +companies in all places, and in every corner of the streets of Mansoul; +and first they began to mutter, then to talk openly, and after that +they run to and fro, and cried as they run, ‘Oh the brave captains +of Shaddai! would we were under the government of the captains, and +of Shaddai their King!’ When the Lord Mayor had intelligence +that Mansoul was in an uproar, down he comes to appease the people, +and thought to have quashed their heat with the bigness and the show +of his countenance; but when they saw him, they came running upon him, +and had doubtless done him a mischief, had he not betaken himself to +house. However, they strongly assaulted the house where he was, +to have pulled it down about his ears; but the place was too strong, +so they failed of that. So he, taking some courage, addressed +himself, out at a window, to the people in this manner:<br> +<br> +‘Gentlemen, what is the reason that there is here such an uproar +to-day?’<br> +<br> +Then answered my Lord Understanding, ‘It is even because that +thou and thy master have carried it not rightly, and as you should, +to the captains of Shaddai; for in three things you are faulty. +First, in that you would not let Mr. Conscience and myself be at the +hearing of your discourse. Secondly, in that you propounded such +terms of peace to the captains that by no means could be granted, unless +they had intended that their Shaddai should have been only a titular +prince, and that Mansoul should still have had power by law to have +lived in all lewdness and vanity before him, and so by consequence Diabolus +should still here be king in power, and the other only king in name. +Thirdly, for that thou didst thyself, after the captains had showed +us upon what conditions they would have received us to mercy, even undo +all again with thy unsavoury, unseasonable, and ungodly speech.’<br> +<br> +When old Incredulity had heard this speech, he cried out, ‘Treason! +treason! To your arms! to your arms! O ye, the trusty friends +of Diabolus in Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +<i>Und</i>. - Sir, you may put upon my words what meaning you please; +but I am sure that the captains of such an high lord as theirs is, deserved +a better treatment at your hands.<br> +<br> +Then said old Incredulity, ‘This is but little better. But, +Sir,’ quoth he, ‘what I spake I spake for my prince, for +his government, and the quieting of the people, whom by your unlawful +actions you have this day set to mutiny against us.’<br> +<br> +Then replied the old Recorder, whose name was Mr. Conscience, and said, +‘Sir, you ought not thus to retort upon what my Lord Understanding +hath said. It is evident enough that he hath spoken the truth, +and that you are an enemy to Mansoul. Be convinced, then, of the +evil of your saucy and malapert language, and of the grief that you +have put the captains to; yea, and of the damages that you have done +to Mansoul thereby. Had you accepted of the conditions, the sound +of the trumpet and the alarm of war had now ceased about the town of +Mansoul; but that dreadful sound abides, and your want of wisdom in +your speech has been the cause of it.’<br> +<br> +Then said old Incredulity, ‘Sir, if I live, I will do your errand +to Diabolus, and there you shall have an answer to your words. +Meanwhile we will seek the good of the town, and not ask counsel of +you.’<br> +<br> +<i>Und</i>. - Sir, your prince and you are both foreigners to Mansoul, +and not the natives thereof; and who can tell but that, when you have +brought us into greater straits, (when you also shall see that yourselves +can be safe by no other means than by flight,) you may leave us and +shift for yourselves, or set us on fire, and go away in the smoke, or +by the light of our burning, and so leave us in our ruins?<br> +<br> +<i>Incred</i>. - Sir, you forget that you are under a governor, and +that you ought to demean yourself like a subject; and know ye, when +my lord the king shall hear of this day’s work, he will give you +but little thanks for your labour.<br> +<br> +Now while these gentlemen were thus in their chiding words, down come +from the walls and gates of the town the Lord Willbewill, Mr. Prejudice, +old Ill-Pause, and several of the new-made aldermen and burgesses, and +they asked the reason of the hubbub and tumult; and with that every +man began to tell his own tale, so that nothing could be heard distinctly. +Then was a silence commanded, and the old fox Incredulity began to speak. +‘My lord,’ quoth he, ‘here are a couple of peevish +gentlemen, that have, as a fruit of their bad dispositions, and, as +I fear, through the advice of one Mr. Discontent, tumultuously gathered +this company against me this day, and also attempted to run the town +into acts of rebellion against our prince.’<br> +<br> +Then stood up all the Diabolonians that were present, and affirmed these +things to be true.<br> +<br> +Now when they that took part with my Lord Understanding and with Mr. +Conscience perceived that they were like to come to the worst, for that +force and power was on the other side, they came in for their help and +relief; so a great company was on both sides. Then they on Incredulity’s +side would have had the two old gentlemen presently away to prison; +but they on the other side said they should not. Then they began +to cry up parties again: the Diabolonians cried up old Incredulity, +Forget-Good, the new aldermen, and their great one Diabolus; and the +other party, they as fast cried up Shaddai, the captains, his laws, +their mercifulness, and applauded their conditions and ways. Thus +the bickerment went awhile; at last they passed from words to blows, +and now there were knocks on both sides. The good old gentleman, +Mr. Conscience, was knocked down twice by one of the Diabolonians, whose +name was Mr. Benumbing; and my Lord Understanding had like to have been +slain with an arquebuse, but that he that shot did not take his aim +aright. Nor did the other side wholly escape; for there was one +Mr. Rashhead, a Diabolonian, that had his brains beaten out by Mr. Mind, +the Lord Willbewill’s servant; and it made me laugh to see how +old Mr. Prejudice was kicked and tumbled about in the dirt; for though, +a while since, he was made captain of a company of the Diabolonians, +to the hurt and damage of the town, yet now they had got him under their +feet, and, I’ll assure you, he had, by some of the Lord Understanding’s +party, his crown cracked to boot. Mr. Anything also, he became +a brisk man in the broil; but both sides were against him, because he +was true to none. Yet he had, for his malapertness, one of his +legs broken, and he that did it wished it had been his neck. Much +more harm was done on both sides, but this must not be forgotten; it +was now a wonder to see my Lord Willbewill so indifferent as he was: +he did not seem to take one side more than another, only it was perceived +that he smiled to see how old Prejudice was tumbled up and down in the +dirt. Also, when Captain Anything came halting up before him, +he seemed to take but little notice of him.<br> +<br> +Now, when the uproar was over, Diabolus sends for my Lord Understanding +and Mr. Conscience, and claps them both up in prison as the ringleaders +and managers of this most heavy, riotous rout in Mansoul. So now +the town began to be quiet again, and the prisoners were used hardly; +yea, he thought to have made them away, but that the present juncture +did not serve for that purpose, for that war was in all their gates.<br> +<br> +But let us return again to our story. The captains, when they +were gone back from the gate, and were come into the camp again, called +a council of war, to consult what was further for them to do. +Now, some said, ‘Let us go up presently, and fall upon the town;’ +but the greatest part thought rather better it would be to give them +another summons to yield; and the reason why they thought this to be +best was, because that, so far as could be perceived, the town of Mansoul +now was more inclinable than heretofore. ‘And if,’ +said they, ‘while some of them are in a way of inclination, we +should by ruggedness give them distaste, we may set them further from +closing with our summons than we would be willing they should.’ +Wherefore to this advice they agreed, and called a trumpeter, put words +into his mouth, set him his time, and bid him God speed. Well, +many hours were not expired before the trumpeter addressed himself to +his journey. Wherefore, coming up to the wall of the town, he +steereth his course to Ear-gate, and there sounded, as he was commanded. +They then that were within came out to see what was the matter, and +the trumpeter made them this speech following:<br> +<br> +‘O hard-hearted and deplorable town of Mansoul, how long wilt +thou love thy sinful, sinful simplicity, and, ye fools, delight in your +scorning? As yet despise you the offers of peace and deliverance? +As yet will ye refuse the golden offers of Shaddai, and trust to the +lies and falsehoods of Diabolus? Think you, when Shaddai shall +have conquered you, that the remembrance of these your carriages towards +him will yield you peace and comfort, or that by ruffling language you +can make him afraid as a grasshopper? Doth he entreat you for +fear of you? Do you think that you are stronger than he? +Look to the heavens, and behold and consider the stars, how high are +they? Can you stop the sun from running his course, and hinder +the moon from giving her light? Can you count the number of the +stars, or stay the bottles of heaven? Can you call for the waters +of the sea, and cause them to cover the face of the ground? Can +you behold every one that is proud, and abase him, and bind their faces +in secret? Yet these are some of the works of our King, in whose +name this day we come up unto you, that you may be brought under his +authority. In his name, therefore, I summon you again to yield +up yourselves to his captains.’<br> +<br> +At this summons the Mansoulians seemed to be at a stand, and knew not +what answer to make. Wherefore Diabolus forthwith appeared, and +took upon him to do it himself; and thus he begins, but turns his speech +to them of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘Gentlemen,’ quoth he, ‘and my faithful subjects, +if it is true that this summoner hath said concerning the greatness +of their King, by his terror you will always be kept in bondage, and +so be made to sneak. Yea, how can you now, though he is at a distance, +endure to think of such a mighty one? And if not to think of him +while at a distance, how can you endure to be in his presence? +I, your prince, am familiar with you, and you may play with me as you +would with a grasshopper. Consider, therefore, what is for your +profit, and remember the immunities that I have granted you.<br> +<br> +‘Farther, if all be true that this man hath said, how comes it +to pass that the subjects of Shaddai are so enslaved in all places where +they come? None in the universe so unhappy as they, none so trampled +upon as they.<br> +<br> +‘Consider, my Mansoul: would thou wert as loath to leave me as +I am loath to leave thee. But consider, I say, the ball is yet +at thy foot; liberty you have, if you know how to use it; yea, a king +you have too, if you can tell how to love and obey him.’<br> +<br> +Upon this speech, the town of Mansoul did again harden their hearts +yet more against the captains of Shaddai. The thoughts of his +greatness did quite quash them, and the thoughts of his holiness sunk +them in despair. Wherefore, after a short consult, they (of the +Diabolonian party they were) sent back this word by the trumpeter, That, +for their parts, they were resolved to stick to their king, but never +to yield to Shaddai; so it was but in vain to give them any further +summons, for they had rather die upon the place than yield. And +now things seemed to be gone quite back, and Mansoul to be out of reach +or call, yet the captains who knew what their Lord could do, would not +yet be beat out of heart; they therefore sent them another summons, +more sharp and severe than the last; but the oftener they were sent +to, to reconcile to Shaddai, the further off they were. ‘As +they called them, so they went from them - yea, though they called them +to the Most High.’<br> +<br> +So they ceased that way to deal with them any more, and inclined to +think of another way. The captains, therefore, did gather themselves +together, to have free conference among themselves, to know what was +yet to be done to gain the town, and to deliver it from the tyranny +of Diabolus; and one said after this manner, and another after that. +Then stood up the right noble the Captain Conviction, and said, ‘My +brethren, mine opinion is this:<br> +<br> +‘First, that we continually play our slings into the town, and +keep it in a continual alarm, molesting them day and night. By +thus doing, we shall stop the growth of their rampant spirit; for a +lion may be tamed by continual molestation.<br> +<br> +‘Secondly, this done, I advise that, in the next place, we with +one consent draw up a petition to our Lord Shaddai, by which, after +we have showed our King the condition of Mansoul and of affairs here, +and have begged his pardon for our no better success, we will earnestly +implore his Majesty’s help, and that he will please to send us +more force and power, and some gallant and well-spoken commander to +head them, that so his Majesty may not lose the benefit of these his +good beginnings, but may complete his conquest upon the town of Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +To this speech of the noble Captain Conviction they as one man consented, +and agreed that a petition should forthwith be drawn up, and sent by +a fit man away to Shaddai with speed. The contents of the petition +were thus:-<br> +<br> +‘Most gracious and glorious King, the Lord of the best world, +and the builder of the town of Mansoul, we have, dread Sovereign, at +thy commandment, put our lives in jeopardy, and at thy bidding made +a war upon the famous town of Mansoul. When we went up against +it, we did, according to our commission, first offer conditions of peace +unto it. But they, great King, set light by our counsel, and would +none of our reproof. They were for shutting their gates, and for +keeping us out of the town. They also mounted their guns, they +sallied out upon us, and have done us what damage they could; but we +pursued them with alarm upon alarm, requiting them with such retribution +as was meet, and have done some execution upon the town.<br> +<br> +‘Diabolus, Incredulity, and Willbewill are the great doers against +us: now we are in our winter quarters, but so as that we do yet with +an high hand molest and distress the town.<br> +<br> +‘Once, as we think, had we had but one substantial friend in the +town, such as would but have seconded the sound of our summons as they +ought, the people might have yielded themselves; but there were none +but enemies there, nor any to speak in behalf of our Lord to the town. +Wherefore, though we have done as we could, yet Mansoul abides in a +state of rebellion against thee.<br> +<br> +‘Now, King of kings, let it please thee to pardon the unsuccessfulness +of thy servants, who have been no more advantageous in so desirable +a work as the conquering of Mansoul is. And send, Lord, as we +now desire, more forces to Mansoul, that it may be subdued; and a man +to head them, that the town may both love and fear.<br> +<br> +‘We do not thus speak because we are willing to relinquish the +wars, (for we are for laying of our bones against the place,) but that +the town of Mansoul may be won for thy Majesty. We also pray thy +Majesty, for expedition in this matter, that, after their conquest, +we may be at liberty to be sent about other thy gracious designs. +Amen.’<br> +<br> +The petition, thus drawn up, was sent away with haste to the King by +the hand of that good man, Mr. Love-to-Mansoul.<br> +<br> +When this petition was come to the palace of the King, who should it +be delivered to but to the King’s Son? So he took it and +read it, and because the contents of it pleased him well, he mended, +and also in some things added to the petition himself. So, after +he had made such amendments and additions as he thought convenient, +with his own hand, he carried it in to the King; to whom, when he had +with obeisance delivered it, he put on authority, and spake to it himself.<br> +<br> +Now the King, at the sight of the petition, was glad; but how much more, +think you, when it was seconded by his Son! It pleased him also +to hear that his servants who camped against Mansoul were so hearty +in the work, and so steadfast in their resolves, and that they had already +got some ground upon the famous town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Wherefore the King called to him Emmanuel, his Son, who said, ‘Here +am I, my Father.’ Then said the King, ‘Thou knowest, +as I do myself, the condition of the town of Mansoul, and what we have +purposed, and what thou hast done to redeem it. Come now, therefore, +my Son, and prepare thyself for the war, for thou shalt go to my camp +at Mansoul. Thou shalt also there prosper and prevail, and conquer +the town of Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +Then said the King’s Son, ‘Thy law is within my heart: I +delight to do thy will. This is the day that I have longed for, +and the work that I have waited for all this while. Grant me, +therefore, what force thou shalt in thy wisdom think meet; and I will +go and will deliver from Diabolus, and from his power, thy perishing +town of Mansoul. My heart has been often pained within me for +the miserable town of Mansoul; but now it is rejoiced, but now it is +glad,’<br> +<br> +And with that he leaped over the mountains for joy, saying, ‘I +have not, in my heart, thought anything too dear for Mansoul: the day +of vengeance is in mine heart for thee, my Mansoul: and glad am I that +thou, my Father, hast made me the Captain of their salvation. +And I will now begin to plague all those that have been a plague to +my town of Mansoul, and will deliver it from their hand.’<br> +<br> +When the King’s Son had said thus to his Father, it presently +flew like lightning round about at court; yea, it there became the only +talk what Emmanuel was to go to do for the famous town of Mansoul. +But you cannot think how the courtiers, too, were taken with this design +of the Prince; yea, so affected were they with this work, and with the +justness of the war, that the highest lord and greatest peer of the +kingdom did covet to have commissions under Emmanuel, to go to help +to recover again to Shaddai the miserable town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Then was it concluded that some should go and carry tidings to the camp, +that Emmanuel was to come to recover Mansoul, and that he would bring +along with him so mighty, so impregnable a force, that he could not +be resisted. But, oh! how ready were the high ones at court to +run like lackeys to carry these tidings to the camp that was at Mansoul. +Now, when the captains perceived that the King would send Emmanuel his +Son, and that it also delighted the Son to be sent on this errand by +the great Shaddai his Father, they also, to show how they were pleased +at the thoughts of his coming gave a shout that made the earth rend +at the sound thereof. Yea, the mountains did answer again by echo, +and Diabolus himself did totter and shake.<br> +<br> +For you must know, that though the town of Mansoul itself was not much, +if at all concerned with the project, (for, alas for them! they were +wofully besotted, for they chiefly regarded their pleasure and their +lusts,) yet Diabolus their governor was; for he had his spies continually +abroad, who brought him intelligence of all things, and they told him +what was doing at court against him, and that Emmanuel would shortly +certainly come with a power to invade him. Nor was there any man +at court, nor peer of the kingdom, that Diabolus so feared as he feared +this Prince; for, if you remember, I showed you before that Diabolus +had felt the weight of his hand already; so that, since it was he that +was to come, this made him the more afraid.<br> +<br> +Well, you see how I have told you that the King’s Son was engaged +to come from the court to save Mansoul, and that his Father had made +him the Captain of the forces. The time, therefore, of his setting +forth being now expired, he addressed himself for his march, and taketh +with him, for his power, five noble captains and their forces.<br> +<br> +1. The first was that famous captain, the noble Captain Credence. +His were the red colours, and Mr. Promise bare them; and for a scutcheon +he had the holy lamb and golden shield; and he had ten thousand men +at his feet.<br> +<br> +2. The second was that famous captain, the Captain Good-Hope. +His were the blue colours; his standard-bearer was Mr. Expectation, +and for his scutcheon he had the three golden anchors; and he had ten +thousand men at his feet.<br> +<br> +3. The third was that valiant captain, the Captain Charity. His +standard-bearer was Mr. Pitiful: his were the green colours, and for +his scutcheon he had three naked orphans embraced in the bosom; and +he had ten thousand men at his feet.<br> +<br> +4. The fourth was that gallant commander, the Captain Innocent. +His standard-bearer was Mr. Harmless: his were the white colours, and +for his scutcheon he had the three golden doves.<br> +<br> +5. The fifth was the truly loyal and well-beloved captain, the Captain +Patience. His standard-bearer was Mr. Suffer-Long: his were the +black colours, and for a scutcheon he had three arrows through the golden +heart.<br> +<br> +These were Emmanuel’s captains; these their standard-bearers, +their colours, and their scutcheons; and these the men under their command. +So, as was said, the brave Prince took his march to go to the town of +Mansoul. Captain Credence led the van, and Captain Patience brought +up the rear; so the other three, with their men, made up the main body, +the Prince himself riding in his chariot at the head of them.<br> +<br> +But when they set out for their march, oh, how the trumpets sounded, +their armour glittered, and how the colours waved in the wind! +The Prince’s armour was all of gold, and it shone like the sun +in the firmament; the captains’ armour was of proof, and was in +appearance like the glittering stars. There were also some from +the court that rode reformades for the love that they had to the King +Shaddai, and for the happy deliverance of the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Emmanuel also, when he had thus set forwards to go to recover the town +of Mansoul, took with him, at the commandment of his Father, fifty-four +battering-rams, and twelve slings to whirl stones withal. Every +one of these was made of pure gold, and these they carried with them, +in the heart and body of their army, all along as they went to Mansoul.<br> +<br> +So they marched till they came within less than a league of the town; +there they lay till the first four captains came thither to acquaint +them with matters. Then they took their journey to go to the town +of Mansoul, and unto Mansoul they came; but when the old soldiers that +were in the camp saw that they had new forces to join with, they again +gave such a shout before the walls of the town of Mansoul, that it put +Diabolus into another fright. So they sat down before the town, +not now as the other four captains did, to wit, against the gates of +Mansoul only; but they environed it round on every side, and beset it +behind and before; so that now, let Mansoul look which way it will, +it saw force and power lie in siege against it. Besides, there +were mounts cast up against it. The Mount Gracious was on the +one side, and Mount Justice was on the other. Further, there were +several small banks and advance-grounds, as Plain-Truth Hill and No-Sin +Banks, where many of the slings were placed against the town. +Upon Mount Gracious were planted four, and upon Mount Justice were placed +as many, and the rest were conveniently placed in several parts round +about the town. Five of the best battering-rams, that is, of the +biggest of them, were placed upon Mount Hearken, a mount cast up hard +by Ear-gate, with intent to break that open.<br> +<br> +Now when the men of the town saw the multitude of the soldiers that +were come up against the place, and the rams and slings, and the mounts +on which they were planted, together with the glittering of the armour +and the waving of their colours, they were forced to shift, and shift, +and again to shift their thoughts; but they hardly changed for thoughts +more stout, but rather for thoughts more faint; for though before they +thought themselves sufficiently guarded, yet now they began to think +that no man knew what would be their hap or lot.<br> +<br> +When the good Prince Emmanuel had thus beleaguered Mansoul, in the first +place he hangs out the white flag, which he caused to be set up among +the golden slings that were planted upon Mount Gracious. And this +he did for two reasons: 1. To give notice to Mansoul that he could and +would yet be gracious if they turned to him. 2. And that he might +leave them the more without excuse, should he destroy them, they continuing +in their rebellion.<br> +<br> +So the white flag, with the three golden doves in it, was hung out for +two days together, to give them time and space to consider; but they, +as was hinted before, as if they were unconcerned, made no reply to +the favourable signal of the Prince.<br> +<br> +Then he commanded, and they set the red flag upon that mount called +Mount Justice. It was the red flag of Captain Judgment, whose +scutcheon was the burning fiery furnace; and this also stood waving +before them in the wind for several days together. But look how +they carried it under the white flag, when that was hung out, so did +they also when the red one was; and yet he took no advantage of them.<br> +<br> +Then he commanded again that his servants should hang out the black +flag of defiance against them, whose scutcheon was the three burning +thunderbolts; but as unconcerned was Mansoul at this as at those that +went before. But when the Prince saw that neither mercy nor judgment, +nor execution of judgment, would or could come near the heart of Mansoul, +he was touched with much compunction, and said, ‘Surely this strange +carriage of the town of Mansoul doth rather arise from ignorance of +the manner and feats of war, than from a secret defiance of us, and +abhorrence of their own lives; or if they know the manner of the war +of their own, yet not the rites and ceremonies of the wars in which +we are concerned, when I make wars upon mine enemy Diabolus.’<br> +<br> +Therefore he sent to the town of Mansoul, to let them know what he meant +by those signs and ceremonies of the flag; and also to know of them +which of the things they would choose, whether grace and mercy, or judgment +and the execution of judgment. All this while they kept their +gates shut with locks, bolts, and bars, as fast as they could. +Their guards also were doubled, and their watch made as strong as they +could. Diabolus also did pluck up what heart he could, to encourage +the town to make resistance.<br> +<br> +The townsmen also made answer to the Prince’s messenger, in substance +according to that which follows:-<br> +<br> +‘Great Sir, - As to what, by your messenger, you have signified +to us, whether we will accept of your mercy, or fall by your justice, +we are bound by the law and custom of this place, and can give you no +positive answer; for it is against the law, government, and the prerogative +royal of our king, to make either peace or war without him. But +this we will do, - we will petition that our prince will come down to +the wall, and there give you such treatment as he shall think fit and +profitable for us.’<br> +<br> +When the good Prince Emmanuel heard this answer, and saw the slavery +and bondage of the people, and how much content they were to abide in +the chains of the tyrant Diabolus, it grieved him at the heart; and, +indeed, when at any time he perceived that any were contented under +the slavery of the giant, he would be affected with it.<br> +<br> +But to return again to our purpose. After the town had carried +this news to Diabolus, and had told him, moreover, that the Prince, +that lay in the leaguer without the wall, waited upon them for an answer, +he refused, and huffed as well as he could; but in heart he was afraid.<br> +<br> +Then said he, ‘I will go down to the gates myself, and give him +such an answer as I think fit.’ So he went down to Mouth-gate, +and there addressed himself to speak to Emmanuel, (but in such language +as the town understood not,) the contents whereof were as follows:-<br> +<br> +‘O thou great Emmanuel, Lord of all the world, I know thee, that +thou art the Son of the great Shaddai! Wherefore art thou come +to torment me, and to cast me out of my possession? This town +of Mansoul, as thou very well knowest, is mine, and that by a twofold +right. 1. It is mine by right of conquest; I won it in the open field; +and shall the prey be taken from the mighty, or the lawful captive be +delivered? 2. This town of Mansoul is mine also by their subjection. +They have opened the gates of their town unto me; they have sworn fidelity +to me, and have openly chosen me to be their king; they have also given +their castle into my hands; yea, they have put the whole strength of +Mansoul under me.<br> +<br> +‘Moreover, this town of Mansoul hath disavowed thee, yea, they +have cast thy law, thy name, thy image, and all that is thine, behind +their back, and have accepted and set up in their room my law, my name, +my image, and all that ever is mine. Ask else thy captains, and +they will tell thee that Mansoul hath, in answer to all their summonses, +shown love and loyalty to me, but always disdain, despite, contempt, +and scorn to thee and thine. Now, thou art the Just One and the +Holy, and shouldest do no iniquity. Depart, then, I pray thee, +therefore, from me, and leave me to my just inheritance peaceably.’<br> +<br> +This oration was made in the language of Diabolus himself; for although +he can, to every man, speak in their own language, (else he could not +tempt them all as he does,) yet he has a language proper to himself, +and it is the language of the infernal cave, or black pit.<br> +<br> +Wherefore the town of Mansoul (poor hearts!) understood him not; nor +did they see how he crouched and cringed while he stood before Emmanuel, +their Prince.<br> +<br> +Yea, they all this while took him to be one of that power and force +that by no means could be resisted. Wherefore, while he was thus +entreating that he might have yet his residence there, and that Emmanuel +would not take it from him by force, the inhabitants boasted even of +his valour, saying, ‘Who is able to make war with him?’<br> +<br> +Well, when this pretended king had made an end of what he would say, +Emmanuel, the golden Prince, stood up and spake; the contents of whose +words follow:-<br> +<br> +‘Thou deceiving one,’ said he, ‘I have, in my Father’s +name, in mine own name, and on the behalf and for the good of this wretched +town of Mansoul, somewhat to say unto thee. Thou pretendest a +right, a lawful right, to the deplorable town of Mansoul, when it is +most apparent to all my Father’s court that the entrance which +thou hast obtained in at the gates of Mansoul was through thy lie and +falsehood; thou beliedst my Father, thou beliedst his law, and so deceivedst +the people of Mansoul. Thou pretendest that the people have accepted +thee for their king, their captain, and right liege lord; but that also +was by the exercise of deceit and guile. Now, if lying, wiliness, +sinful craft, and all manner of horrible hypocrisy, will go in my Father’s +court (in which court thou must be tried) for equity and right, then +will I confess unto thee that thou hast made a lawful conquest. +But, alas! what thief, what tyrant, what devil is there that may not +conquer after this sort? But I can make it appear, O Diabolus, +that thou, in all thy pretences to a conquest of Mansoul, hast nothing +of truth to say. Thinkest thou this to be right, that that didst +put the lie upon my Father, and madest him (to Mansoul) the greatest +deluder in the world? And what sayest thou to thy perverting knowingly +the right purport and intent of the law? Was it good also that +thou madest a prey of the innocency and simplicity of the now miserable +town of Mansoul? Yea, thou didst overcome Mansoul by promising +to them happiness in their transgressions against my Father’s +law, when thou knewest, and couldest not but know, hadst thou consulted +nothing but thine own experience, that that was the way to undo them. +Thou hast also thyself, O thou master of enmity, of spite defaced my +Father’s image in Mansoul, and set up thy own in its place, to +the great contempt of my Father, the heightening of thy sin, and to +the intolerable damage of the perishing town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘Thou hast, moreover, (as if all these were but little things +with thee,) not only deluded and undone this place, but, by thy lies +and fradulent carriage, hast set them against their own deliverance. +How hast thou stirred them up against my Father’s captains, and +made them to fight against those that were sent of him to deliver them +from their bondage! All these things, and very many more, thou +hast done against thy light, and in contempt of my Father and of his +law, yea, and with design to bring under his displeasure for ever the +miserable town of Mansoul. I am therefore come to avenge the wrong +that thou hast done to my Father, and to deal with thee for the blasphemies +wherewith thou hast made poor Mansoul blaspheme his name. Yea, +upon thy head, thou prince of the infernal cave, will I requite it.<br> +<br> +‘As for myself, O Diabolus, I am come against thee by lawful power, +and to take, by strength of hand, this town of Mansoul out of thy burning +fingers; for this town of Mansoul is mine, O Diabolus, and that by undoubted +right, as all shall see that will diligently search the most ancient +and most authentic records, and I will plead my title to it, to the +confusion of thy face.<br> +<br> +‘First, for the town of Mansoul, my Father built and did fashion +it with his hand. The palace also that is in the midst of that +town, he built it for his own delight. This town of Mansoul, therefore, +is my Father’s, and that by the best of titles, and he that gainsays +the truth of this must lie against his soul.<br> +<br> +‘Secondly, O thou master of the lie, this town of Mansoul is mine.<br> +<br> +‘1. For that I am my Father’s heir, his firstborn, and the +only delight of his heart. I am therefore come up against thee +in mine own right, even to recover mine own inheritance out of thine +hand.<br> +<br> +‘2. But further, as I have a right and title to Mansoul by being +my Father’s heir, so I have also by my Father’s donation. +His it was, and he gave it me; nor have I at any time offended my Father, +that he should take it from me, and give it to thee. Nor have +I been forced, by playing the bankrupt, to sell or set to sale to thee +my beloved town of Mansoul. Mansoul is my desire, my delight, +and the joy of my heart. But,<br> +<br> +‘3. Mansoul is mine by right of purchase. I have bought +it, O Diabolus, I have bought it to myself. Now, since it was +my Father’s and mine, as I was his heir, and since also I have +made it mine by virtue of a great purchase, it followeth that, by all +lawful right, the town of Mansoul is mine, and that thou art an usurper, +a tyrant, and traitor, in thy holding possession thereof. Now, +the cause of my purchasing of it was this: Mansoul had trespassed against +my Father; now my Father had said, that in the day that they broke his +law they should die. Now, it is more possible for heaven and earth +to pass away than for my Father to break his word. Wherefore when +Mansoul had sinned indeed by hearkening to thy lie, I put in and became +a surety to my Father, body for body, and soul for soul, that I would +make amends for Mansoul’s transgressions, and my Father did accept +thereof. So, when the time appointed was come, I gave body for +body, soul for soul, life for life, blood for blood, and so redeemed +my beloved Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘4. Nor did I do this by halves: my Father’s law and justice, +that were both concerned in the threatening upon transgression, are +both now satisfied, and very well content that Mansoul should be delivered.<br> +<br> +‘5. Nor am I come out this day against thee, but by commandment +of my Father; it was he that said unto me, “Go down and deliver +Mansoul.”<br> +<br> +‘Wherefore be it known unto thee, O thou fountain of deceit, and +be it also known to the foolish town of Mansoul, that I am not come +against thee this day without my Father.<br> +<br> +‘And now,’ said the golden-headed Prince, ‘I have +a word to the town of Mansoul.’ But so soon as mention was +made that he had a word to speak to the besotted town of Mansoul, the +gates were double-guarded, and all men commanded not to give him audience. +So he proceeded and said, ‘O unhappy town of Mansoul, I cannot +but be touched with pity and compassion for thee. Thou hast accepted +of Diabolus for thy king, and art become a nurse and minister of Diabolonians +against thy sovereign Lord. Thy gates thou hast opened to him, +but hast shut them fast against me; thou hast given him an hearing, +but hast stopped thine ears at my cry. He brought to thee thy +destruction, and thou didst receive both him and it: I am come to thee +bringing salvation, but thou regardest me not. Besides, thou hast, +as with sacrilegious hands, taken thyself, with all that was mine in +thee, and hast given all to my foe, and to the greatest enemy my Father +has. You have bowed and subjected yourselves to him, you have +vowed and sworn yourselves to be his. Poor Mansoul! what shall +I do unto thee? Shall I save thee? - shall I destroy thee? +What shall I do unto thee? Shall I fall upon thee, and grind thee +to powder, or make thee a monument of the richest grace? What +shall I do unto thee? Hearken, therefore, thou town of Mansoul, +hearken to my word, and thou shalt live. I am merciful, Mansoul, +and thou shalt find me so: shut me not out of thy gates.<br> +<br> +‘O Mansoul, neither is my commission nor inclination at all to +do thee hurt. Why fliest thou so fast from thy friend, and stickest +so close to thine enemy? Indeed, I would have thee, because it +becomes thee to be sorry for thy sin, but do not despair of life; this +great force is not to hurt thee, but to deliver thee from thy bondage, +and to reduce thee to thy obedience.<br> +<br> +‘My commission, indeed, is to make a war upon Diabolus thy king, +and upon all Diabolonians with him; for he is the strong man armed that +keeps the house, and I will have him out: his spoils I must divide, +his armour I must take from him, his hold I must cast him out of, and +must make it a habitation for myself. And this, O Mansoul, shall +Diabolus know when he shall be made to follow me in chains, and when +Mansoul shall rejoice to see it so.<br> +<br> + ‘I could, would I now put forth my might, cause that forthwith +he should leave you and depart; but I have it in my heart so to deal +with him, as that the justice of the war that I shall make upon him +may be seen and acknowledged by all. He hath taken Mansoul by +fraud, and keeps it by violence and deceit, and I will make him bare +and naked in the eyes of all observers.<br> +<br> +‘All my words are true. I am mighty to save, and will deliver +my Mansoul out of his hand.’<br> +<br> +This speech was intended chiefly for Mansoul, but Mansoul would not +have the hearing of it. They shut up Ear-gate, they barricaded +it up, they kept it locked and bolted, they set a guard thereat, and +commanded that no Mansoulonian should go out to him, nor that any from +the camp should be admitted into the town. All this they did, +so horribly had Diabolus enchanted them to do, and seek to do for him, +against their rightful Lord and Prince; wherefore no man, nor voice, +nor sound of man that belonged to the glorious host, was to come into +the town.<br> +<br> +So when Emmanuel saw that Mansoul was thus involved in sin, he calls +his army together, (since now also his words were despised,) and gave +out a commandment throughout all his host to be ready against the time +appointed. Now, forasmuch as there was no way lawfully to take +the town of Mansoul but to get in by the gates, and at Ear-gate as the +chief, therefore he commanded his captains and commanders to bring their +rams, their slings and their men, and place them at Eye-gate and Ear-gate, +in order to his taking the town.<br> +<br> +When Emmanuel had put all things in a readiness to give Diabolus battle, +he sent again to know of the town of Mansoul, if in peaceable manner +they would yield themselves, or whether they were yet resolved to put +him to try the utmost extremity? They then, together with Diabolus +their king, called a council of war, and resolved upon certain propositions +that should be offered to Emmanuel, if he will accept thereof, so they +agreed; and then the next was, who should be sent on this errand. +Now, there was in the town of Mansoul an old man, a Diabolonian, and +his name was Mr. Loth-to-stoop, a stiff man in his way, and a great +doer for Diabolus; him, therefore, they sent, and put into his mouth +what he should say. So he went and came to the camp to Emmanuel, +and when he was come, a time was appointed to give him audience. +So at the time he came, and after a Diabolonian ceremony or two, he +thus began and said, ‘Great sir, that it may be known unto all +men how good-natured a prince my master is, he has sent me to tell your +lordship that he is very willing, rather than go to war, to deliver +up into your hands one half of the town of Mansoul. I am therefore +to know if your Mightiness will accept of this proposition.’<br> +<br> +Then said Emmanuel, ‘The whole is mine by gift and purchase, wherefore +I will never lose one half.’<br> +<br> +Then said Mr. Loth-to-stoop, ‘Sir, my master hath said that he +will be content that you shall be the nominal and titular Lord of all, +if he may possess but a part.’<br> +<br> +Then Emmanuel answered, ‘The whole is mine really, not in name +and word only; wherefore I will be the sole lord and possessor of all, +or of none at all, of Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +Then Mr. Loth-to-stoop said again, ‘Sir, behold the condescension +of my master! He says, that he will be content, if he may but +have assigned to him some place in Mansoul as a place to live privately +in, and you shall be Lord of all the rest.’<br> +<br> +Then said the golden Prince, ‘All that the Father giveth me shall +come to me; and of all that he giveth me I will lose nothing - no, not +a hoof nor a hair. I will not, therefore, grant him, no, not the +least corner of Mansoul to dwell in; I will have all to myself.’<br> +<br> +Then Loth-to-stoop said again, ‘But, sir, suppose that my Lord +should resign the whole town to you, only with this proviso, that he +sometimes, when he comes into this country, may, for old acquaintance’ +sake, be entertained as a wayfaring man for two days, or ten days or +a month, or so. May not this small matter be granted?’<br> +<br> +Then said Emmanuel, ‘No. He came as a wayfaring man to David, +nor did he stay long with him, and yet it had like to have cost David +his soul. I will not consent that he ever should have any harbour +more there.’<br> +<br> +Then said Mr. Loth-to-stoop, ‘Sir, you seem to be very hard. +Suppose my master should yield to all that your lordship hath said, +provided that his friends and kindred in Mansoul may have liberty to +trade in the town, and to enjoy their present dwellings. May not +that be granted, sir?’<br> +<br> +Then said Emmanuel, ‘No; that is contrary to my Father’s +will; for all, and all manner of Diabolonians that now are, or that +at any time shall be found in Mansoul, shall not only lose their lands +and liberties, but also their lives.’<br> +<br> +Then said Mr. Loth-to-stoop again, ‘But, sir, may not my master +and great lord, by letters, by passengers, by accidental opportunities, +and the like, maintain, if he shall deliver up all unto thee, some kind +of old friendship with Mansoul?’<br> +<br> +Emmanuel answered, ‘No, by no means; forasmuch as any such fellowship, +friendship, intimacy, or acquaintance, in what way, sort, or mode soever +maintained, will tend to the corrupting of Mansoul, the alienating of +their affections from me, and the endangering of their peace with my +Father.’<br> +<br> +Mr. Loth-to-stoop yet added further, saying, ‘But, great sir, +since my master hath many friends, and those that are dear to him, in +Mansoul, may he not, if he shall depart from them, even of his bounty +and good-nature, bestow upon them, as he sees fit, some tokens of his +love and kindness that he had for them, to the end that Mansoul, when +he is gone, may look upon such tokens of kindness once received from +their old friend, and remember him who was once their king, and the +merry times that they sometimes enjoyed one with another, while he and +they lived in peace together?’<br> +<br> +Then said Emmanuel, ‘No; for if Mansoul come to be mine, I shall +not admit of nor consent that there should be the least scrap, shred, +or dust of Diabolus left behind, as tokens of gifts bestowed upon any +in Mansoul, thereby to call to remembrance the horrible communion that +was betwixt them and him.’<br> +<br> +‘Well, sir,’ said Mr. Loth-to-stoop, ‘I have one thing +more to propound, and then I am got to the end of my commission. +Suppose that, when my master is gone from Mansoul, any that shall yet +live in the town should have such business of high concerns to do, that +if they be neglected the party shall be undone; and suppose, sir, that +nobody can help in that case so well as my master and lord, may not +now my master be sent for upon so urgent an occasion as this? +Or if he may not be admitted into the town, may not he and the person +concerned meet in some of the villages near Mansoul, and there lay their +heads together, and there consult of matters?’<br> +<br> +This was the last of those ensnaring propositions that Mr. Loth-to-stoop +had to propound to Emmanuel on behalf of his master Diabolus; but Emmanuel +would not grant it; for he said, ‘There can be no case, or thing, +or matter fall out in Mansoul, when thy master shall be gone, that may +not be solved by my Father; besides, it will be a great disparagement +to my Father’s wisdom and skill to admit any from Mansoul to go +out to Diabolus for advice, when they are bid before, in everything, +by prayer and supplication to let their requests be made known to my +Father. Further, this, should it be granted, would be to grant +that a door should be set open for Diabolus, and the Diabolonians in +Mansoul, to hatch, and plot, and bring to pass treasonable designs, +to the grief of my Father and me, and to the utter destruction of Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +When Mr. Loth-to-stoop had heard this answer, he took his leave of Emmanuel, +and departed, saying that he would carry word to his master concerning +this whole affair. So he departed, and came to Diabolus to Mansoul, +and told him the whole of the matter, and how Emmanuel would not admit, +no, not by any means, that he, when he was once gone out, should for +ever have anything more to do either in, or with any that are of the +town of Mansoul. When Mansoul and Diabolus had heard this relation +of things, they with one consent concluded to use their best endeavour +to keep Emmanuel out of Mansoul, and sent old Ill-Pause, of whom you +have heard before, to tell the Prince and his captains so. So +the old gentleman came up to the top of Ear-gate, and called to the +camp for a hearing, who when they gave audience, he said, ‘I have +in commandment from my high lord to bid you tell it to your Prince Emmanuel, +that Mansoul and their king are resolved to stand and fall together; +and that it is in vain for your Prince to think of ever having Mansoul +in his hand, unless he can take it by force.’ So some went +and told to Emmanuel what old Ill-Pause, a Diabolonian in Mansoul, had +said. Then said the Prince, ‘I must try the power of my +sword, for I will not (for all the rebellions and repulses that Mansoul +has made against me) raise my siege and depart, but will assuredly take +my Mansoul, and deliver it from the hand of her enemy.’ +And with that he gave out a commandment that Captain Boanerges, Captain +Conviction, Captain Judgment, and Captain Execution should forthwith +march up to Ear-gate with trumpets sounding, colours flying, and with +shouting for the battle. Also he would that Captain Credence should +join himself with them. Emmanuel, moreover, gave order that Captain +Good-Hope and Captain Charity should draw themselves up before Eye-gate. +He bid also that the rest of his captains and their men should place +themselves for the best of their advantage against the enemy round about +the town; and all was done as he had commanded.<br> +<br> +Then he bid that the word should be given forth, and the word was at +that time, ‘EMMANUEL.’ Then was an alarm sounded, +and the battering-rams were played, and the slings did whirl stones +into the town amain, and thus the battle began. Now Diabolus himself +did manage the townsmen in the war, and that at every gate; wherefore +their resistance was the more forcible, hellish, and offensive to Emmanuel. +Thus was the good Prince engaged and entertained by Diabolus and Mansoul +for several days together; and a sight worth seeing it was to behold +how the captains of Shaddai behaved themselves in this war.<br> +<br> +And first for Captain Boanerges, (not to under-value the rest,) he made +three most fierce assaults, one after another, upon Ear-gate, to the +shaking of the posts thereof. Captain Conviction, he also made +up as fast with Boanerges as possibly he could, and both discerning +that the gate began to yield, they commanded that the rams should still +be played against it. Now, Captain Conviction, going up very near +to the gate, was with great force driven back, and received three wounds +in the mouth. And those that rode reformades, they went about +to encourage the captains.<br> +<br> +For the valour of the two captains, made mention of before, the Prince +sent for them to his pavilion, and commanded that a while they should +rest themselves, and that with somewhat they should be refreshed. +Care also was taken for Captain Conviction, that he should be healed +of his wounds. The Prince also gave to each of them a chain of +gold, and bid them yet be of good courage.<br> +<br> +Nor did Captain Good-Hope nor Captain Charity come behind in this most +desperate fight, for they so well did behave themselves at Eye-gate, +that they had almost broken it quite open. These also had a reward +from their Prince, as also had the rest of the captains, because they +did valiantly round about the town.<br> +<br> +In this engagement several of the officers of Diabolus were slain, and +some of the townsmen wounded. For the officers, there was one +Captain Boasting slain. This Boasting thought that nobody could +have shaken the posts of Ear-gate, nor have shaken the heart of Diabolus. +Next to him there was one Captain Secure slain: this Secure used to +say that the blind and lame in Mansoul were able to keep the gates of +the town against Emmanuel’s army. This Captain Secure did +Captain Conviction cleave down the head with a two-handed sword, when +he received himself three wounds in his mouth.<br> +<br> +Besides these there was one Captain Bragman, a very desperate fellow, +and he was captain over a band of those that threw firebrands, arrows, +and death: he also received, by the hand of Captain Good-Hope at Eye-gate, +a mortal wound in the breast.<br> +<br> +There was, moreover, one Mr. Feeling; but he was no captain, but a great +stickler to encourage Mansoul to rebellion. He received a wound +in the eye by the hand of one of Boanerges’ soldiers, and had +by the captain himself been slain, but that he made a sudden retreat.<br> +<br> +But I never saw Willbewill so daunted in all my life; he was not able +to do as he was wont, and some say that he also received a wound in +the leg, and that some of the men in the Prince’s army have certainly +seen him limp as he afterwards walked on the wall.<br> +<br> +I shall not give you a particular account of the names of the soldiers +that were slain in the town, for many were maimed, and wounded, and +slain; for when they saw that the posts of Ear-gate did shake, and Eye-gate +was well-nigh broken quite open, and also that their captains were slain, +this took away the hearts of many of the Diabolonians; they fell also +by the force of the shot that were sent by the golden slings into the +midst of the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Of the townsmen, there was one Love-no-Good; he was a townsman, but +a Diabolonian; he also received his mortal wound in Mansoul, but he +died not very soon.<br> +<br> +Mr. Ill-Pause also, who was the man that came along with Diabolus when +at first he attempted the taking of Mansoul, he also received a grievous +wound in the head; some say that his brain-pan was cracked. This +I have taken notice of, that he was never after this able to do that +mischief to Mansoul as he had done in times past. Also old Prejudice +and Mr. Anything fled.<br> +<br> +Now, when the battle was over, the Prince commanded that yet once more +the white flag should be set upon Mount Gracious in sight of the town +of Mansoul, to show that yet Emmanuel had grace for the wretched town +of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +When Diabolus saw the white flag hung out again, and knowing that it +was not for him, but Mansoul, he cast in his mind to play another prank, +to wit, to see if Emmanuel would raise his siege and begone, upon promise +of reformation. So he comes down to the gate one evening, a good +while after the sun was gone down, and calls to speak with Emmanuel, +who presently came down to the gate, and Diabolus saith unto him:<br> +<br> +‘Forasmuch as thou makest it appear by thy white flag that thou +art wholly given to peace and quiet, I thought meet to acquaint thee +that we are ready to accept thereof upon terms which thou mayest admit.<br> +<br> +‘I know that thou art given to devotion, and that holiness pleaseth +thee; yea, that thy great end in making a war upon Mansoul is, that +it may be a holy habitation. Well, draw off thy forces from the +town, and I will bend Mansoul to thy bow.<br> +<br> +‘First, I will lay down all acts of hostility against thee, and +will be willing to become thy deputy, and will, as I have formerly been +against thee, now serve thee in the town of Mansoul. And more +particularly,<br> +<br> +‘1. I will persuade Mansoul to receive thee for their Lord; and +I know that they will do it the sooner when they shall understand that +I am thy deputy.<br> +<br> +‘2. I will show them wherein they have erred, and that transgression +stands in the way to life.<br> +<br> +‘3. I will show them the holy law unto which they must conform, +even that which they have broken.<br> +<br> +‘4. I will press upon them the necessity of a reformation according +to thy law.<br> +<br> +‘5. And, moreover, that none of these things may fail, I myself, +at my own proper cost and charge, will set up and maintain a sufficient +ministry, besides lectures, in Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘6. Thou shalt receive, as a token of our subjection to thee, +year by year, what thou shalt think fit to lay and levy upon us in token +of our subjection to thee.’<br> +<br> +Then said Emmanuel to him, ‘O full of deceit, how movable are +thy ways! How often hast thou changed and rechanged, if so be +thou mightest still keep possession of my Mansoul, though, as has been +plainly declared before, I am the right heir thereof! Often hast +thou made thy proposals already, nor is this last a whit better than +they. And failing to deceive when thou showedst thyself in thy +black, thou hast now transformed thyself into an angel of light, and +wouldst, to deceive, be now as a minister of righteousness.<br> +<br> +‘But know thou, O Diabolus, that nothing must be regarded that +thou canst propound, for nothing is done by thee but to deceive. +Thou neither hast conscience to God, nor love to the town of Mansoul; +whence, then, should these thy sayings arise but from sinful craft and +deceit? He that can of list and will propound what he pleases, +and that wherewith he may destroy them that believe him, is to be abandoned, +with all that he shall say. But if righteousness be such a beauty-spot +in thine eyes now, how is it that wickedness was so closely stuck to +by thee before? But this is by-the-bye.<br> +<br> +‘Thou talkest now of a reformation in Mansoul, and that thou thyself, +if I will please, wilt be at the head of that reformation; all the while +knowing that the greatest proficiency that man can make in the law, +and the righteousness thereof, will amount to no more, for the taking +away of the curse from Mansoul, than just nothing at all; for a law +being broken by Mansoul, that had before, upon a supposition of the +breach thereof, a curse pronounced against him for it of God, can never, +by his obeying of the law, deliver himself therefrom (to say nothing +of what a reformation is like to be set up in Mansoul when the devil +is become corrector of vice). Thou knowest that all that thou +hast now said in this matter is nothing but guile and deceit; and is, +as it was the first, so is it the last card that thou hast to play. +Many there be that do soon discern thee when thou showest them thy cloven +foot; but in thy white, thy light, and in thy transformation, thou art +seen but of a few. But thou shalt not do thus with my Mansoul, +O Diabolus; for I do still love my Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘Besides, I am not come to put Mansoul upon works to live thereby; +should I do so, I should be like unto thee: but I am come that by me, +and by what I have and shall do for Mansoul, they may to my Father be +reconciled, though by their sin they have provoked him to anger, and +though by the law they cannot obtain mercy.<br> +<br> +‘Thou talkest of subjecting of this town to good, when none desireth +it at thy hands. I am sent by my Father to possess it myself, +and to guide it by the skilfulness of my hands into such a conformity +to him as shall be pleasing in his sight. I will therefore possess +it myself; I will dispossess and cast thee out; I will set up mine own +standard in the midst of them; I will also govern them by new laws, +new officers, new motives, and new ways; yea, I will pull down this +town, and build it again; and it shall be as though it had not been, +and it shall then be the glory of the whole universe.’<br> +<br> +When Diabolus heard this, and perceived that he was discovered in all +his deceits, he was confounded, and utterly put to a nonplus; but having +in himself the fountain of iniquity, rage, and malice against both Shaddai +and his Son, and the beloved town of Mansoul, what doth he but strengthen +himself what he could to give fresh battle to the noble Prince Emmanuel? +So, then, now we must have another fight before the town of Mansoul +is taken. Come up, then, to the mountains, you that love to see +military actions, and behold by both sides how the fatal blow is given, +while one seeks to hold, and the other seeks to make himself master +of the famous town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Diabolus, therefore, having withdrawn himself from the wall to his force +that was in the heart of the town of Mansoul, Emmanuel also returned +to the camp; and both of them, after their divers ways, put themselves +into a posture fit to give battle one to another.<br> +<br> +Diabolus, as filled with despair of retaining in his hands the famous +town of Mansoul, resolved to do what mischief he could (if, indeed, +he could do any) to the army of the Prince and to the famous town of +Mansoul; for, alas! it was not the happiness of the silly town of Mansoul +that was designed by Diabolus, but the utter ruin and overthrow thereof, +as now is enough in view. Wherefore, he commands his officers +that they should then, when they see that they could hold the town no +longer, do it what harm and mischief they could, rendering and tearing +men, women, and children. ‘For,’ said he, ‘we +had better quite demolish the place, and leave it like a ruinous heap, +than so leave it that it may be an habitation for Emmanuel.’<br> +<br> +Emmanuel again, knowing that the next battle would issue in his being +made master of the place, gave out a royal commandment to all his officers, +high captains, and men of war, to be sure to show themselves men of +war against Diabolus and all Diabolonians; but favourable, merciful, +and meek to the old inhabitants of Mansoul. ‘Bend, therefore,’ +said the noble Prince, ‘the hottest front of the battle against +Diabolus and his men.’<br> +<br> +So the day being come, the command was given, and the Prince’s +men did bravely stand to their arms, and did, as before, bend their +main force against Ear-gate and Eye-gate. The word was then, ‘Mansoul +is won!’ so they made their assault upon the town. Diabolus +also, as fast as he could, with the main of his power, made resistance +from within; and his high lords and chief captains for a time fought +very cruelly against the Prince’s army.<br> +<br> +But after three or four notable charges by the Prince and his noble +captains, Ear-gate was broken open, and the bars and bolts wherewith +it was used to be fast shut up against the Prince, were broken into +a thousand pieces. Then did the Prince’s trumpets sound, +the captains shout, the town shake, and Diabolus retreat to his hold. +Well, when the Prince’s forces had broken open the gate, himself +came up and did set his throne in it; also he set his standard thereby, +upon a mount that before by his men was cast up to place the mighty +slings thereon. The mount was called Mount Hear-well. There, +therefore, the Prince abode, to wit, hard by the going in at the gate. +He commanded also that the golden slings should yet be played upon the +town, especially against the castle, because for shelter thither was +Diabolus retreated. Now, from Ear-gate the street was straight +even to the house of Mr. Recorder that so was before Diabolus took the +town; and hard by his house stood the castle, which Diabolus for a long +time had made his irksome den. The captains, therefore, did quickly +clear that street by the use of their slings, so that way was made up +to the heart of the town. Then did the Prince command that Captain +Boanerges, Captain Conviction, and Captain Judgment, should forthwith +march up the town to the old gentleman’s gate. Then did +the captains in the most warlike manner enter into the town of Mansoul, +and marching in with flying colours, they came up to the Recorder’s +house, and that was almost as strong as was the castle. Battering-rams +they took also with them, to plant against the castle gates. When +they were come to the house of Mr. Conscience, they knocked, and demanded +entrance. Now, the old gentleman, not knowing as yet fully their +design, kept his gates shut all the time of this fight. Wherefore +Boanerges demanded entrance at his gates; and no man making answer, +he gave it one stroke with the head of a ram, and this made the old +gentleman shake, and his house to tremble and totter. Then came +Mr. Recorder down to the gates, and, as he could, with quivering lips +he asked who was there? Boanerges answered, ‘We are the +captains and commanders of the great Shaddai and of the blessed Emmanuel, +his Son, and we demand possession of your house for the use of our noble +Prince.’ And with that the battering-ram gave the gate another +shake. This made the old gentleman tremble the more, yet durst +he not but open the gate: then the King’s forces marched in, namely, +the three brave captains mentioned before. Now, the Recorder’s +house was a place of much convenience for Emmanuel, not only because +it was near to the castle and strong, but also because it was large, +and fronted the castle, the den where now Diabolus was, for he was now +afraid to come out of his hold. As for Mr. Recorder, the captains +carried it very reservedly to him; as yet he knew nothing of the great +designs of Emmanuel, so that he did not know what judgment to make, +nor what would be the end of such thundering beginnings. It was +also presently noised in the town how the Recorder’s house was +possessed, his rooms taken up, and his palace made the seat of the war; +and no sooner was it noised abroad, but they took the alarm as warmly, +and gave it out to others of his friends, and you know, as a snowball +loses nothing by rolling, so in little time the whole town was possessed +that they must expect nothing from the Prince but destruction; and the +ground of the business was this, the Recorder was afraid, the Recorder +trembled, and the captains carried it strangely to the Recorder. +So many came to see, but when they with their own eyes did behold the +captains in the palace, and their battering-rams ever playing at the +castle gates to beat them down, they were riveted in their fears, and +it made them all in amaze. And, as I said, the man of the house +would increase all this; for whoever came to him, or discoursed with +him, nothing would he talk of, tell them, or hear, but that death and +destruction now attended Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘For,’ quoth the old gentleman, ‘you are all of you +sensible that we all have been traitors to that once despised, but now +famously victorious and glorious Prince Emmanuel; for he now, as you +see, doth not only lie in close siege about us, but hath forced his +entrance in at our gates. Moreover, Diabolus flees before him; +and he hath, as you behold, made of my house a garrison against the +castle where he is. I, for my part, have transgressed greatly, +and he that is clean, it is well for him. But I say I have transgressed +greatly in keeping silence when I should have spoken, and in perverting +justice when I should have executed the same. True, I have suffered +something at the hand of Diabolus for taking part with the laws of King +Shaddai; but that, alas! what will that do? Will that make compensation +for the rebellions and treasons that I have done, and have suffered +without gainsaying to be committed in the town of Mansoul? Oh! I tremble +to think what will be the end of this so dreadful and so ireful a beginning!’<br> +<br> +Now, while these brave captains were thus busy in the house of the old +Recorder, Captain Execution was as busy in other parts of the town, +in securing the back streets and the walls. He also hunted the +Lord Willbewill sorely; he suffered him not to rest in any corner; he +pursued him so hard that he drove his men from him, and made him glad +to thrust his head into a hole. Also this mighty warrior did cut +three of the Lord Willbewill’s officers down to the ground: one +was old Mr. Prejudice, he that had his crown cracked in the mutiny. +This man was made by Lord Willbewill keeper of the Ear-gate, and fell +by the hand of Captain Execution. There was also one Mr. Backward-to-all-but-naught, +and he also was one of Lord Willbewill’s officers, and was the +captain of the two guns that once were mounted on the top of Ear-gate; +he also was cut down to the ground by the hands of Captain Execution. +Besides these two there was another, a third, and his name was Captain +Treacherous; a vile man this was, but one that Willbewill did put a +great deal of confidence in; but him also did this Captain Execution +cut down to the ground with the rest.<br> +<br> +He also made a very great slaughter among my Lord Willbewill’s +soldiers, killing many that were stout and sturdy, and wounding many +that for Diabolus were nimble and active. But all these were Diabolonians; +there was not a man, a native of Mansoul, hurt.<br> +<br> +Other feats of war were also likewise performed by other of the captains, +as at Eye-gate, where Captain Good-Hope and Captain Charity had a charge, +was great execution done; for the Captain Good-Hope, with his own hands, +slew one Captain Blindfold, the keeper of that gate. This Blindfold +was captain of a thousand men, and they were they that fought with mauls; +he also pursued his men, slew many, and wounded more, and made the rest +hide their heads in corners.<br> +<br> +There was also at that gate Mr. Ill-Pause, of whom you have heard before. +He was an old man, and had a beard that reached down to his girdle: +the same was he that was orator to Diabolus: he did much mischief in +the town of Mansoul, and fell by the hand of Captain Good-Hope.<br> +<br> +What shall I say? The Diabolonians in these days lay dead in every +corner, though too many yet were alive in Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Now, the old Recorder and my Lord Understanding, with some others of +the chief of the town, to wit, such as knew they must stand and fall +with the famous town of Mansoul, came together upon a day, and after +consultation had, did jointly agree to draw up a petition, and to send +it to Emmanuel, now while he sat in the gate of Mansoul. So they +drew up their petition to Emmanuel, the contents whereof were these: +That they, the old inhabitants of the now deplorable town of Mansoul, +confessed their sin, and were sorry that they had offended his princely +Majesty, and prayed that he would spare their lives.<br> +<br> +Unto this petition he gave no answer at all, and that did trouble them +yet so much the more. Now, all this while the captains that were +in the Recorder’s house were playing with the battering-rams at +the gates of the castle, to beat them down. So after some time, +labour, and travail, the gate of the castle that was called Impregnable +was beaten open, and broken into several splinters, and so a way made +to go up to the hold in which Diabolus had hid himself. Then were +tidings sent down to Ear-gate, for Emmanuel still abode there, to let +him know that a way was made in at the gates of the castle of Mansoul. +But, oh! how the trumpets at the tidings sounded throughout the Prince’s +camp, for that now the war was so near an end, and Mansoul itself of +being set free.<br> +<br> +Then the Prince arose from the place where he was, and took with him +such of his men of war as were fittest for that expedition, and marched +up the street of Mansoul to the old Recorder’s house.<br> +<br> +Now, the Prince himself was clad all in armour of gold, and so he marched +up the town with his standard borne before him; but he kept his countenance +much reserved all the way as he went, so that the people could not tell +how to gather to themselves love or hatred by his looks. Now, +as he marched up the street, the townsfolk came out at every door to +see, and could not but be taken with his person and the glory thereof, +but wondered at the reservedness of his countenance; for as yet he spake +more to them by his actions and works than he did by words or smiles. +But also poor Mansoul, (as in such cases all are apt to do,) they interpreted +the carriage of Emmanuel to them as did Joseph’s brethren his +to them, even all the quite contrary way. ‘For,’ thought +they, ‘if Emmanuel loved us, he would show it to us by word of +carriage; but none of these he doth, therefore Emmanuel hates us. +Now, if Emmanuel hates us, then Mansoul shall be slain, then Mansoul +shall become a dunghill.’ They knew that they had transgressed +his Father’s law, and that against him they had been in with Diabolus, +his enemy. They also knew that the Prince Emmanuel knew all this; +for they were convinced that he was an angel of God, to know all things +that are done in the earth; and this made them think that their condition +was miserable, and that the good Prince would make them desolate.<br> +<br> +‘And,’ thought they, ‘what time so fit to do this +in as now, when he has the bridle of Mansoul in his hand?’ +And this I took special notice of, that the inhabitants, notwithstanding +all this, could not - no, they could not, when they see him march through +the town, but cringe, bow, bend, and were ready to lick the dust of +his feet. They also wished a thousand times over that he would +become their Prince and Captain, and would become their protection. +They would also one to another talk of the comeliness of his person, +and how much for glory and valour he outstripped the great ones of the +world. But, poor hearts, as to themselves, their thoughts would +chance, and go upon all manner of extremes. Yea, through the working +of them backward and forward, Mansoul became as a ball tossed, and as +a rolling thing before the whirlwind.<br> +<br> +Now, when he was come to the castle gates, he commanded Diabolus to +appear, and to surrender himself into his hands. But, oh! how +loath was the beast to appear! how he stuck at it! how he shrank! how +he cringed! yet out he came to the Prince. Then Emmanuel commanded, +and they took Diabolus and bound him fast in chains, the better to reserve +him to the judgment that he had appointed for him. But Diabolus +stood up to entreat for himself that Emmanuel would not send him into +the deep, but suffer him to depart out of Mansoul in peace.<br> +<br> +When Emmanuel had taken him and bound him in chains, he led him into +the marketplace, and there, before Mansoul, stripped him of his armour +in which he boasted so much before. This now was one of the acts +of triumph of Emmanuel over his enemy; and all the while that the giant +was stripping, the trumpets of the golden Prince did sound amain; the +captains also shouted, and the soldiers did sing for joy.<br> +<br> +Then was Mansoul called upon to behold the beginning of Emmanuel’s +triumph over him in whom they so much had trusted, and of whom they +so much had boasted in the days when he flattered them.<br> +<br> +Thus having made Diabolus naked in the eyes of Mansoul, and before the +commanders of the Prince, in the next place, he commands that Diabolus +should be bound with chains to his chariot wheels. Then leaving +some of his forces, to wit, Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction, +as a guard for the castle-gates, that resistance might be made on his +behalf, (if any that heretofore followed Diabolus should make an attempt +to possess it,) he did ride in triumph over him quite through the town +of Mansoul, and so out at and before the gate called Eye-gate, to the +plain where his camp did lie.<br> +<br> +But you cannot think, unless you had been there, as I was, what a shout +there was in Emmanuel’s camp when they saw the tyrant bound by +the hand of their noble Prince, and tied to his chariot wheels!<br> +<br> +And they said, ‘He hath led captivity captive, he hath spoiled +principalities and powers. Diabolus is subjected to the power +of his sword, and made the object of all derision.’<br> +<br> +Those also that rode reformades, and that came down to see the battle, +they shouted with that greatness of voice, and sung with such melodious +notes, that they caused them that dwell in the highest orbs to open +their windows, put out their heads, and look to see the cause of that +glory.<br> +<br> +The townsmen also, so many of them as saw this sight, were, as it were, +while they looked, betwixt the earth and the heavens. True, they +could not tell what would be the issue of things as to them; but all +things were done in such excellent methods, and I cannot tell how, but +things in the management of them seemed to cast a smile towards the +town, so that their eyes, their heads, their hearts, and their minds, +and all that they had, were taken and held while they observed Emmanuel’s +order.<br> +<br> +So, when the brave Prince had finished this part of his triumph over +Diabolus his foe, he turned him up in the midst of his contempt and +shame, having given him a charge no more to be a possessor of Mansoul. +Then went he from Emmanuel, and out of the midst of his camp, to inherit +the parched places in a salt land, seeking rest, but finding none.<br> +<br> +Now, Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction were, both of them, men +of very great majesty; their faces were like the faces of lions, and +their words like the roaring of the sea; and they still quartered in +Mr. Conscience’s house, of whom mention was made before. +When, therefore, the high and mighty Prince had thus far finished his +triumph over Diabolus, the townsmen had more leisure to view and to +behold the actions of these noble captains. But the captains carried +it with that terror and dread in all that they did, (and you may be +sure that they had private instructions so to do,) that they kept the +town under continual heart-aching, and caused (in their apprehension) +the well-being of Mansoul for the future to hang in doubt before them, +so that for some considerable time they neither knew what rest, or ease, +or peace, or hope meant.<br> +<br> +Nor did the Prince himself as yet abide in the town of Mansoul, but +in his royal pavilion in the camp, and in the midst of his Father’s +forces. So, at a time convenient, he sent special orders to Captain +Boanerges to summons Mansoul, the whole of the townsmen, into the castle-yard, +and then and there, before their faces, to take my Lord Understanding, +Mr. Conscience, and that notable one, the Lord Willbewill, and put them +all three in ward, and that they should set a strong guard upon them +there, until his pleasure concerning them was further known: the which +orders, when the captains had put them in execution, made no small addition +to the fears of the town of Mansoul; for now, to their thinking, were +their former fears of the ruin of Mansoul confirmed. Now, what +death they should die, and how long they should be in dying, was that +which most perplexed their heads and hearts; yea, they were afraid that +Emmanuel would command them all into the deep, the place that the prince +Diabolus was afraid of, for they knew that they had deserved it. +Also to die by the sword in the face of the town, and in the open way +of disgrace, from the hand of so good and so holy a prince, that, too, +troubled them sore. The town was also greatly troubled for the +men that were committed to ward, for that they were their stay and their +guide, and for that they believed that, if those men were cut off, their +execution would be but the beginning of the ruin of the town of Mansoul. +Wherefore, what do they, but, together with the men in prison, draw +up a petition to the Prince, and sent it to Emmanuel by the hand of +Mr. Would-live. So he went, and came to the Prince’s quarters, +and presented the petition, the sum of which was this:<br> +<br> +‘Great and wonderful Potentate, victor over Diabolus, and conqueror +of the town of Mansoul, We, the miserable inhabitants of that most woful +corporation, do humbly beg that we may find favour in thy sight, and +remember not against us former transgressions, nor yet the sins of the +chief of our town: but spare us according to the greatness of thy mercy, +and let us not die, but live in thy sight. So shall we be willing +to be thy servants, and, if thou shalt think fit, to gather our meat +under thy table. Amen.’<br> +<br> +So the petitioner went, as was said, with his petition to the Prince; +and the Prince took it at his hand, but sent him away with silence. +This still afflicted the town of Mansoul; but yet, considering that +now they must either petition or die, for now they could not do anything +else, therefore they consulted again, and sent another petition; and +this petition was much after the form and method of the former.<br> +<br> +But when the petition was drawn up, By whom should they send it? was +the next question; for they would not send this by him by whom they +sent the first, for they thought that the Prince had taken some offence +at the manner of his deportment before him: so they attempted to make +Captain Conviction their messenger with it; but he said that he neither +durst nor would petition Emmanuel for traitors, nor be to the Prince +an advocate for rebels. ‘Yet withal,’ said he, ‘our +Prince is good, and you may adventure to send it by the hand of one +of your town, provided he went with a rope about his head, and pleaded +nothing but mercy.’<br> +<br> +Well, they made, through fear, their delays as long as they could, and +longer than delays were good; but fearing at last the dangerousness +of them, they thought, but with many a fainting in their minds, to send +their petition by Mr. Desires-awake; so they sent for Mr. Desires-awake. +Now he dwelt in a very mean cottage in Mansoul, and he came at his neighbour’s +request. So they told him what they had done, and what they would +do, concerning petitioning, and that they did desire of him that he +would go therewith to the Prince.<br> +<br> +Then said Mr. Desires-awake, ‘Why should not I do the best I can +to save so famous a town as Mansoul from deserved destruction?’ +They therefore delivered the petition to him, and told him how he must +address himself to the Prince, and wished him ten thousand good speeds. +So he comes to the Prince’s pavilion, as the first, and asked +to speak with his Majesty. So word was carried to Emmanuel, and +the Prince came out to the man. When Mr. Desires-awake saw the +Prince, he fell flat with his face to the ground, and cried out, ‘Oh +that Mansoul might live before thee!’ and with that he presented +the petition; the which when the Prince had read, he turned away for +a while and wept; but refraining himself, he turned again to the man, +who all this while lay crying at his feet, as at the first, and said +to him, ‘Go thy way to thy place, and I will consider of thy requests.’<br> +<br> +Now, you may think that they of Mansoul that had sent him, what with +guilt, and what with fear lest their petition should be rejected, could +not but look with many a long look, and that, too, with strange workings +of heart, to see what would become of their petition. At last +they saw their messenger coming back. So, when he was come, they +asked him how he fared, what Emmanuel said, and what was become of the +petition. But he told them that he would be silent till he came +to the prison to my Lord Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and Mr. Recorder. +So he went forwards towards the prison-house, where the men of Mansoul +lay bound. But, oh! what a multitude flocked after, to hear what +the messenger said. So, when he was come, and had shown himself +at the gate of the prison, my Lord Mayor himself looked as white as +a clout; the Recorder also did quake. But they asked and said, +‘Come, good sir, what did the great Prince say to you?’ +Then said Mr. Desires-awake, ‘When I came to my Lord’s pavilion, +I called, and he came forth. So I fell prostrate at his feet, +and delivered to him my petition; for the greatness of his person, and +the glory of his countenance, would not suffer me to stand upon my legs. +Now, as he received the petition, I cried, “Oh that Mansoul might +live before thee!” So, when for a while he had looked thereon, +he turned him about, and said to his servant, “Go thy way to thy +place again, and I will consider of thy requests.”’ +The messenger added, moreover, and said, ‘The Prince to whom you +sent me is such a one for beauty and glory, that whoso sees him must +both love and fear him. I, for my part, can do no less; but I +know not what will be the end of these things.’<br> +<br> +At this answer they were all at a stand, both they in prison, and they +that followed the messenger thither to hear the news; nor knew they +what, or what manner of interpretation to put upon what the Prince had +said. Now, when the prison was cleared of the throng, the prisoners +among themselves began to comment upon Emmanuel’s words. +My Lord Mayor said, that the answer did not look with a rugged face; +but Willbewill said that it betokened evil; and the Recorder, that it +was a messenger of death. Now, they that were left, and that stood +behind, and so could not so well hear what the prisoners said, some +of them catched hold of one piece of a sentence, and some on a bit of +another; some took hold of what the messenger said, and some of the +prisoners’ judgment thereon; so none had the right understanding +of things. But you cannot imagine what work these people made, +and what a confusion there was in Mansoul now.<br> +<br> +For presently they that had heard what was said flew about the town, +one crying one thing, and another the quite contrary; and both were +sure enough they told true; for they did hear, they said, with their +ears what was said, and therefore could not be deceived. One would +say, ‘We must all be killed;’ another would say, ‘We +must all be saved;’ and a third would say that the Prince would +not be concerned with Mansoul; and a fourth, that the prisoners must +be suddenly put to death. And, as I said, every one stood to it +that he told his tale the rightest, and that all others but he were +out. Wherefore Mansoul had now molestation upon molestation, nor +could any man know on what to rest the sole of his foot; for one would +go by now, and as he went, if he heard his neighbour tell his tale, +to be sure he would tell the quite contrary, and both would stand in +it that he told the truth. Nay, some of them had got this story +by the end, that the Prince did intend to put Mansoul to the sword. +And now it began to be dark, wherefore poor Mansoul was in sad perplexity +all that night until the morning.<br> +<br> +But, so far as I could gather by the best information that I could get, +all this hubbub came through the words that the Recorder said when he +told them that, in his judgment, the Prince’s answer was a messenger +of death. It was this that fired the town, and that began the +fright in Mansoul; for Mansoul in former times did use to count that +Mr. Recorder was a seer, and that his sentence was equal to the best +of orators; and thus was Mansoul a terror to itself.<br> +<br> +And now did they begin to feel what were the effects of stubborn rebellion, +and unlawful resistance against their Prince. I say, they now +began to feel the effects thereof by guilt and fear, that now had swallowed +them up; and who more involved in the one but they that were most in +the other, to wit, the chief of the town of Mansoul?<br> +<br> +To be brief: when the fame of the fright was out of the town, and the +prisoners had a little recovered themselves, they take to themselves +some heart, and think to petition the Prince for life again. So +they did draw up a third petition, the contents whereof were these:-<br> +<br> +‘Prince Emmanuel the Great, Lord of all worlds, and Master of +mercy, we, thy poor, wretched, miserable, dying town of Mansoul, do +confess unto thy great and glorious Majesty that we have sinned against +thy Father and thee, and are no more worthy to be called thy Mansoul, +but rather to be cast into the pit. If thou wilt slay us, we have +deserved it. If thou wilt condemn us to the deep, we cannot but +say thou art righteous. We cannot complain whatever thou dost, +or however thou carriest it towards us. But, oh! let mercy reign, +and let it be extended to us! Oh! let mercy take hold upon us, +and free us from our transgressions, and we will sing of thy mercy and +of thy judgment. Amen.’<br> +<br> +This petition, when drawn up, was designed to be sent to the Prince +as the first. But who should carry it? - that was the question. +Some said, ‘Let him do it that went with the first,’ but +others thought not good to do that, and that because he sped no better. +Now, there was an old man in the town, and his name was Mr. Good-Deed; +a man that bare only the name, but had nothing of the nature of the +thing. Now, some were for sending him; but the Recorder was by +no means for that. ‘For,’ said he, ‘we now stand +in need of, and are pleading for mercy: wherefore, to send our petition +by a man of this name, will seem to cross the petition itself. +Should we make Mr. Good-Deed our messenger, when our petition cries +for mercy?<br> +<br> +‘Besides,’ quoth the old gentleman, ‘should the Prince +now, as he receives the petition, ask him, and say, “What is thy +name?” as nobody knows but he will, and he should say, “Old +Good-Deed,” what, think you, would Emmanuel say but this? +“Ay! is old Good-Deed yet alive in Mansoul? then let old Good-Deed +save you from your distresses.” And if he says so, I am +sure we are lost; nor can a thousand of old Good-Deeds save Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +After the Recorder had given in his reasons why old Good-Deed should +not go with this petition to Emmanuel, the rest of the prisoners and +chief of Mansoul opposed it also, and so old Good-Deed was laid aside, +and they agreed to send Mr. Desires-awake again. So they sent +for him, and desired him that he would a second time go with their petition +to the Prince, and he readily told them he would. But they bid +him that in anywise he should take heed that in no word or carriage +he gave offence to the Prince; ‘For by doing so, for ought we +can tell, you may bring Mansoul into utter destruction,’ said +they.<br> +<br> +Now Mr. Desires-awake, when he saw that he must go on this errand, besought +that they would grant that Mr. Wet-Eyes might go with him. Now +this Mr. Wet-Eyes was a near neighbour of Mr. Desires, a poor man, a +man of a broken spirit, yet one that could speak well to a petition; +so they granted that he should go with him. Wherefore, they address +themselves to their business: Mr. Desires put a rope upon his head, +and Mr. Wet-Eyes went with his hands wringing together. Thus they +went to the Prince’s pavilion.<br> +<br> +Now, when they went to petition this third time, they were not without +thoughts that, by often coming, they might be a burden to the Prince. +Wherefore, when they were come to the door of his pavilion, they first +made their apology for themselves, and for their coming to trouble Emmanuel +so often; and they said, that they came not hither to-day for that they +delighted in being troublesome, or for that they delighted to hear themselves +talk, but for that necessity caused them to come to his Majesty. +They could, they said, have no rest day nor night because of their transgressions +against Shaddai and against Emmanuel, his Son. They also thought +that some misbehaviour of Mr. Desires-awake the last time might give +distaste to his Highness, and so cause that he returned from so merciful +a Prince empty, and without countenance. So, when they had made +this apology, Mr. Desires-awake cast himself prostrate upon the ground, +as at the first, at the feet of the mighty Prince, saying, ‘Oh! +that Mansoul might live before thee!’ and so he delivered his +petition. The Prince then, having read the petition, turned aside +awhile as before, and coming again to the place where the petitioner +lay on the ground, he demanded what his name was, and of what esteem +in the account of Mansoul, for that he, above all the multitude in Mansoul, +should be sent to him upon such an errand. Then said the man to +the Prince, ‘Oh let not my Lord be angry; and why inquirest thou +after the name of such a dead do - as I am? Pass by, I pray thee, +and take not notice of who I am, because there is, as thou very well +knowest, so great a disproportion between me and thee. Why the +townsmen chose to send me on this errand to my Lord is best known to +themselves, but it could not be for that they thought that I had favour +with my Lord. For my part, I am out of charity with myself; who, +then, should be in love with me? Yet live I would, and so would +I that my townsmen should; and because both they and myself are guilty +of great transgressions, therefore they have sent me, and I am come +in their names to beg of my Lord for mercy. Let it please thee, +therefore, to incline to mercy; but ask not what thy servants are.’<br> +<br> +Then said the Prince, ‘And what is he that is become thy companion +in this so weighty a matter?’ So Mr. Desires told Emmanuel +that he was a poor neighbour of his, and one of his most intimate associates. +‘And his name,’ said he, ‘may it please your most +excellent Majesty, is Wet-Eyes, of the town of Mansoul, I know that +there are many of that name that are naught; but I hope it will be no +offence to my Lord that I have brought my poor neighbour with me.’<br> +<br> +Then Mr. Wet-Eyes fell on his face to the ground, and made this apology +for his coming with his neighbour to his Lord:-<br> +<br> +‘O, my Lord,’ quoth he, ‘what I am I know not myself, +nor whether my name be feigned or true, especially when I begin to think +what some have said, namely, That this name was given me because Mr. +Repentance was my father. Good men have bad children, and the +sincere do oftentimes beget hypocrites. My mother also called +me by this name from the cradle; but whether because of the moistness +of my brain, or because of the softness of my heart, I cannot tell. +I see dirt in mine own tears, and filthiness in the bottom of my prayers. +But I pray thee (and all this while the gentleman wept) that thou wouldest +not remember against us our transgressions, nor take offence at the +unqualifiedness of thy servants, but mercifully pass by the sin of Mansoul, +and refrain from the glorifying of thy grace no longer.’<br> +<br> +So at his bidding they arose, and both stood trembling before him, and +he spake to them to this purpose:-<br> +<br> +“The town of Mansoul hath grievously rebelled against my Father, +in that they have rejected him from being their King, and did choose +to themselves for their captain a liar, a murderer, and a runagate slave. +For this Diabolus, your pretended prince, though once so highly accounted +of by you, made rebellion against my Father and me, even in our palace +and highest court there, thinking to become a prince and king. +But being there timely discovered and apprehended, and for his wickedness +bound in chains, and separated to the pit with those that were his companions, +he offered himself to you, and you have received him.<br> +<br> +‘Now this is, and for a long time hath been, a high affront to +my Father; wherefore my Father sent to you a powerful army to reduce +you to your obedience. But you know how these men, their captains +and their counsels, were esteemed of you, and what they received at +your hand. You rebelled against them, you shut your gates upon +them, you bid them battle, you fought them, and fought for Diabolus +against them. So they sent to my Father for more power, and I, +with my men, are come to subdue you. But as you treated the servants, +so you treated their Lord. You stood up in hostile manner against +me, you shut up your gates against me, you turned the deaf ear to me, +and resisted as long as you could; but now I have made a conquest of +you. Did you cry me mercy so long as you had hopes that you might +prevail against me? But now I have taken the town, you cry; but +why did you not cry before, when the white flag of my mercy, the red +flag of justice, and the black flag that threatened execution, were +set up to cite you to it? Now I have conquered your Diabolus, +you come to me for favour; but why did you not help me against the mighty? +Yet I will consider your petition, and will answer it so as will be +for my glory.<br> +<br> +‘Go, bid Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction bring the prisoners +out to me into the camp to-morrow, and say you to Captain Judgment and +Captain Execution, “Stay you in the castle, and take good heed +to yourselves that you keep all quiet in Mansoul until you shall hear +further from me.”’ And with that he turned himself +from them, and went into his royal pavilion again.<br> +<br> +So the petitioners, having received this answer from the Prince, returned, +as at the first, to go to their companions again. But they had +not gone far, but thoughts began to work in their minds that no mercy +as yet was intended by the Prince to Mansoul. So they went to +the place where the prisoners lay bound; but these workings of mind +about what would become of Mansoul had such strong power over them, +that by that they were come unto them that sent them, they were scarce +able to deliver their message.<br> +<br> +But they came at length to the gates of the town, (now the townsmen +with earnestness were waiting for their return,) where many met them, +to know what answer was made to the petition. Then they cried +out to those that were sent, ‘What news from the Prince? and what +hath Emmanuel said?’ But they said that they must, as afore, +go up to the prison, and there deliver their message. So away +they went to the prison, with a multitude at their heels. Now, +when they were come to the gates of the prison, they told the first +part of Emmanuel’s speech to the prisoners, to wit, how he reflected +upon their disloyalty to his Father and himself, and how they had chosen +and closed with Diabolus, had fought for him, hearkened to him, and +been ruled by him; but had despised him and his men. This made +the prisoners look pale; but the messengers proceeded and said, ‘He, +the Prince, said, moreover, that yet he would consider your petition, +and give such answer thereto as would stand with his glory.’ +And as these words were spoken, Mr. Wet-Eyes gave a great sigh. +At this they were all of them struck into their dumps, and could not +tell what to say: fear also possessed them in a marvellous manner, and +death seemed to sit upon some of their eyebrows. Now, there was +in the company a notable, sharp-witted fellow, a mean man of estate, +and his name was old Inquisitive. This man asked the petitioners +if they had told out every whit of what Emmanuel said, and they answered, +‘Verily, no.’ Then said Inquisitive, ‘I thought +so, indeed. Pray, what was it more that he said unto you?’ +Then they paused awhile; but at last they brought out all, saying, ‘The +Prince bade us bid Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction bring the +prisoners down to him to-morrow; and that Captain Judgment and Captain +Execution should take charge of the castle and town till they should +hear further from him. They said also that when the Prince had +commanded them thus to do, he immediately turned his back upon them, +and went into his royal pavilion.<br> +<br> +But, oh! how this return, and specially this last clause of it, that +the prisoners must go out to the Prince into the camp, brake all their +loins in pieces! Wherefore, with one voice they set up a cry that +reached up to the heavens. This done, each of the three prepared +himself to die; (and the Recorder said unto them, ‘This was the +thing that I feared;’) for they concluded that to-morrow, by that +the sun went down, they should be tumbled out of the world. The +whole town also counted of no other, but that, in their time and order, +they must all drink of the same cup. Wherefore the town of Mansoul +spent that night in mourning, and sackcloth and ashes. The prisoners +also, when the time was come for them to go down before the Prince, +dressed themselves in mourning attire, with ropes upon their heads. +The whole town of Mansoul also showed themselves upon the wall, all +clad in mourning weeds, if, perhaps, the Prince with the sight thereof +might be moved with compassion. But, oh! how the busy-bodies that +were in the town of Mansoul did now concern themselves! They did +run here and there through the streets of the town by companies, crying +out as they ran in tumultuous wise, one after one manner, and another +the quite contrary, to the almost utter distraction of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Well, the time is come that the prisoners must go down to the camp, +and appear before the Prince. And thus was the manner of their +going down: Captain Boanerges went with a guard before them, and Captain +Conviction came behind, and the prisoners went down, bound in chains, +in the midst. So I say, the prisoners went in the midst, and the +guard went with flying colours behind and before, but the prisoners +went with drooping spirits.<br> +<br> +Or, more particularly, thus: The prisoners went down all in mourning: +they put ropes upon themselves; they went on, smiting themselves on +the breasts, but durst not lift up their eyes to heaven. Thus +they went out at the gate of Mansoul, till they came into the midst +of the Prince’s army, the sight and glory of which did greatly +heighten their affliction. Nor could they now longer forbear, +but cry out aloud, ‘O unhappy men! O wretched men of Mansoul!’ +Their chains, still mixing their dolorous notes with the cries of the +prisoners, made the noise more lamentable.<br> +<br> +So, when they were come to the door of the Prince’s pavilion, +they cast themselves prostrate upon the place; then one went in and +told his Lord that the prisoners were come down. The Prince then +ascended a throne of state, and sent for the prisoners in; who, when +they came, did tremble before him, also they covered their faces with +shame. Now, as they drew near to the place where he sat, they +threw themselves down before him. Then said the Prince to the +Captain Boanerges, ‘Bid the prisoners stand upon their feet.’ +Then they stood trembling before him, and he said, ‘Are you the +men that heretofore were the servants of Shaddai?’ And they +said, ‘Yes, Lord, yes.’ Then said the Prince again, +‘Are you the men that did suffer yourselves to be corrupted and +defiled by that abominable one, Diabolus?’ And they said, +‘We did more than suffer it, Lord; for we chose it of our own +mind.’ The Prince asked further, saying, ‘Could you +have been content that your slavery should have continued under his +tyranny as long as you had lived?’ Then said the prisoners, +‘Yes, Lord, yes; for his ways were pleasing to our flesh, and +we were grown aliens to a better state.’ - ‘And did you,’ +said he, ‘when I came up against this town of Mansoul, heartily +wish that I might not have the victory over you?’ - ‘Yes, +Lord, yes,’ said they. Then said the Prince, ‘And +what punishment is it, think you, that you deserve at my hand, for these +and other your high and mighty sins?’ - And they said, ‘Both +death and the deep, Lord; for we have deserved no less.’ +He asked again if they had aught to say for themselves why the sentence, +that they confessed that they had deserved, should not be passed upon +them? And they said, ‘We can say nothing, Lord: thou art +just, for we have sinned.’ Then said the Prince, ‘And +for what are those ropes on your heads?’ The prisoners answered, +‘These ropes are to bind us withal to the place of execution, +if mercy be not pleasing in thy sight.’ So he further asked +if all the men in the town of Mansoul were in this confession, as they? +And they answered, ‘All the natives, Lord; but for the Diabolonians +that came into our town when the tyrant got possession of us, we can +say nothing for them.’<br> +<br> +Then the Prince commanded that a herald should be called, and that he +should, in the midst and throughout the camp of Emmanuel, proclaim, +and that with sound of trumpet, that the Prince, the Son of Shaddai, +had, in his Father’s name, and for his Father’s glory, gotten +a perfect conquest and victory over Mansoul; and that the prisoners +should follow him, and say Amen. So, this was done as he had commanded. +And presently the music that was in the upper region sounded melodiously, +the captains that were in the camp shouted, and the soldiers did sing +songs of triumph to the Prince; the colours waved in the wind, and great +joy was everywhere, only it was wanting as yet in the hearts of the +men of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Then the Prince called for the prisoners to come and to stand again +before him, and they came and stood trembling. And he said unto +them, ‘The sins, trespasses, iniquities, that you, with the whole +town of Mansoul, have from time to time committed against my Father +and me, I have power and commandment from my Father to forgive to the +town of Mansoul, and do forgive you accordingly.’ And having +so said, he gave them, written in parchment, and sealed with seven seals, +a large and general pardon, commanding my Lord Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, +and Mr. Recorder, to proclaim and cause it to be proclaimed to-morrow, +by that the sun is up, throughout the whole town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Moreover, the Prince stripped the prisoners of their mourning weeds, +and gave them beauty for ashes, the oil of joy for mourning, and the +garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness.<br> +<br> +Then he gave to each of the three jewels of gold and precious stones, +and took away their ropes, and put chains of gold about their necks, +and ear-rings in their ears. Now, the prisoners, when they did +hear the gracious words of Prince Emmanuel, and had beheld all that +was done unto them, fainted almost quite away; for the grace, the benefit, +the pardon, was sudden, glorious, and so big, that they were not able, +without staggering, to stand up under it. Yea, my Lord Willbewill +swooned outright; but the Prince stepped to him, put his everlasting +arms under him, embraced him, kissed him, and bid him be of good cheer, +for all should be performed according to his word. He also did +kiss, and embrace, and smile upon the other two that were Willbewill’s +companions, saying, ‘Take these as further tokens of my love, +favour, and compassions to you; and I charge you that you, Mr. Recorder, +tell in the town of Mansoul what you have heard and seen.’<br> +<br> +Then were their fetters broken to pieces before their faces, and cast +into the air, and their steps were enlarged under them. Then they +fell down at the feet of the Prince, and kissed his feet, and wetted +them with tears: also they cried out with a mighty strong voice, saying, +‘Blessed be the glory of the Lord from this place.’ +So they were bid rise up, and go to the town, and tell to Mansoul what +the Prince had done. He commanded also that one with a pipe and +tabor should go and play before them all the way into the town of Mansoul. +Then was fulfilled what they never looked for, and they were made to +possess that which they never dreamed of.<br> +<br> +The Prince also called for the noble Captain Credence, and commanded +that he and some of his officers should march before the noble men of +Mansoul with flying colours into the town. He gave also unto Captain +Credence a charge, that about that time that the Recorder did read the +general pardon in the town of Mansoul, that at that very time he should +with flying colours march in at Eye-gate with his ten thousands at his +feet and that he should so go until he came by the high street of the +town, up to the castle gates, and that himself should take possession +thereof against his Lord came thither. He commanded, moreover, +that he should bid Captain Judgment and Captain Execution to leave the +stronghold to him, and to withdraw from Mansoul, and to return into +the camp with speed unto the Prince.<br> +<br> +And now was the town of Mansoul also delivered from the terror of the +first four captains and their men.<br> +<br> +Well, I told you before how the prisoners were entertained by the noble +Prince Emmanuel, and how they behaved themselves before him, and how +he sent them away to their home with pipe and tabor going before them. +And now you must think that those of the town that had all this while +waited to hear of their death, could not but be exercised with sadness +of mind, and with thoughts that pricked like thorns. Nor could +their thoughts be kept to any one point; the wind blew with them all +this while at great uncertainties; yea, their hearts were like a balance +that had been disquieted with a shaking hand. But at last, as +they with many a long look looked over the wall of Mansoul, they thought +that they saw some returning to the town; and thought again, Who should +they be, too? Who should they be? At last they discerned +that they were the prisoners: but can you imagine how their hearts were +surprised with wonder, specially when they perceived also in what equipage +and with what honour they were sent home. They went down to the +camp in black, but they came back to the town in white; they went down +to the camp in ropes, they came back in chains of gold; they went down +to the camp with their feet in fetters, but came back with their steps +enlarged under them; they went also to the camp looking for death, but +they came back from thence with assurance of life; they went down to +the camp with heavy hearts, but came back again with pipe and tabor +playing before them. So as soon as they were come to Eye-gate, +the poor and tottering town of Mansoul adventured to give a shout; and +they gave such a shout as made the captains in the Prince’s army +leap at the sound thereof. Alas! for them, poor hearts! who could +blame them? since their dead friends were come to life again; for it +was to them as life from the dead to see the ancients of the town of +Mansoul shine in such splendour. They looked for nothing but the +axe and the block; but, behold, joy and gladness, comfort and consolation, +and such melodious notes attending them that was sufficient to make +a sick man well.<br> +<br> +So, when they came up, they saluted each other with, ‘Welcome, +welcome! and blessed be he that has spared you!’ They added +also, ‘We see it is well with you; but how must it go with the +town of Mansoul? And will it go well with the town of Mansoul?’ +said they. Then answered them the Recorder and my Lord Mayor, +‘Oh! tidings! glad tidings! good tidings of good, and of great +joy to poor Mansoul!’ Then they gave another shout, that +made the earth to ring again. After this, they inquired yet more +particularly how things went in the camp, and what message they had +from Emmanuel to the town. So they told them all passages that +had happened to them at the camp, and everything that the Prince did +to them. This made Mansoul wonder at the wisdom and grace of the +Prince Emmanuel. Then they told them what they had received at +his hands for the whole town of Mansoul, and the Recorder delivered +it in these words: ‘ PARDON, PARDON, PARDON for Mansoul! and this +shall Mansoul know to-morrow!’ Then he commanded, and they +went and summoned Mansoul to meet together in the market-place to-morrow, +then to hear their general pardon read.<br> +<br> +But who can think what a turn, what a change, what an alteration this +hint of things did make in the countenance of the town of Mansoul! +No man of Mansoul could sleep that night for joy; in every house there +was joy and music, singing and making merry: telling and hearing of +Mansoul’s happiness was then all that Mansoul had to do; and this +was the burden of all their song: ‘Oh! more of this at the rising +of the sun! more of this to-morrow!’ ‘Who thought +yesterday,’ would one say, ‘that this day would have been +such a day to us? And who thought, that saw our prisoners go down +in irons, that they would have returned in chains of gold? Yea, +they that judged themselves as they went to be judged of their judge, +were by his mouth acquitted, not for that they were innocent, but of +the Prince’s mercy, and sent home with pipe and tabor. But +is this the common custom of princes? Do they use to show such kind +of favours to traitors? No; this is only peculiar to Shaddai, +and unto Emmanuel, his Son!’<br> +<br> +Now morning drew on apace; wherefore the Lord Mayor, the Lord Willbewill, +and Mr. Recorder came down to the market-place at the time that the +Prince had appointed, where the townsfolk were waiting for them: and +when they came, they came in that attire, and in that glory that the +Prince had put them into the day before, and the street was lightened +with their glory. So the Mayor, Recorder, and my Lord Willbewill +drew down to Mouth-gate, which was at the lower end of the market-place, +because that of old time was the place where they used to read public +matters. Thither, therefore, they came in their robes, and their +tabrets went before them. Now, the eagerness of the people to +know the full of the matter was great.<br> +<br> +Then the Recorder stood up upon his feet, and, first beckoning with +his hand for silence, he read out with a loud voice the pardon. +But when he came to these words: ‘The Lord, the Lord God, merciful +and gracious, pardoning iniquity, transgressions, and sins, and to them +all manner of sin and blasphemy shall be forgiven,’ etc., they +could not forbear leaping for joy. For this you must know, that +there was conjoined herewith every man’s name in Mansoul; also +the seals of the pardon made a brave show.<br> +<br> +When the Recorder had made an end of reading the pardon, the townsmen +ran up upon the walls of the town, and leaped and skipped thereon for +joy, and bowed themselves seven times with their faces toward Emmanuel’s +pavilion, and shouted out aloud for joy, and said, ‘Let Emmanuel +live for ever!’ Then order was given to the young men in +Mansoul that they should ring the bells for joy. So the bells +did ring, and the people sing, and the music go in every house in Mansoul.<br> +<br> +When the Prince had sent home the three prisoners of Mansoul with joy, +and pipe and tabor, he commanded his captains, with all the field officers +and soldiers throughout his army, to be ready in that morning, that +the Recorder should read the pardon in Mansoul, to do his further pleasure. +So the morning, as I have showed, being come, just as the Recorder had +made an end of reading the pardon, Emmanuel commanded that all the trumpets +in the camp should sound, that the colours should be displayed, half +of them upon Mount Gracious, and half of them upon Mount Justice. +He commanded also that all the captains should show themselves in all +their harness, and that the soldiers should shout for joy. Nor +was Captain Credence, though in the castle, silent in such a day; but +he, from the top of the hold, showed himself with sound of trumpet to +Mansoul and to the Prince’s camp.<br> +<br> +Thus have I showed you the manner and way that Emmanuel took to recover +the town of Mansoul from under the hand and power of the tyrant Diabolus.<br> +<br> +Now, when the Prince had completed these, the outward ceremonies of +his joy, he again commanded that his captains and soldiers should show +unto Mansoul some feats of war: so they presently addressed themselves +to this work. But oh! with what agility, nimbleness, dexterity, +and bravery did these military men discover their skill in feats of +war to the now gazing town of Mansoul!<br> +<br> +They marched, they counter-marched; they opened to the right and left; +they divided and subdivided; they closed, they wheeled, made good their +front and rear with their right and left wings, and twenty things more, +with that aptness, and then were all as the were again, that they took +- yea, ravished, the hearts that were in Mansoul to behold it. +But add to this, the handling of their arms, the managing of their weapons +of war, were marvellously taking to Mansoul and me.<br> +<br> +When this action was over, the whole town of Mansoul came out as one +man to the Prince in the camp to thank him, and praise him for his abundant +favour, and to beg that it would please his grace to come unto Mansoul +with his men, and there to take up their quarters for ever: and this +they did in most humble manner, bowing themselves seven times to the +ground before him. Then said he, ‘All peace be to you.’ +So the town came nigh, and touched with the hand the top of his golden +sceptre; and they said, ‘Oh! that the Prince Emmanuel, with his +captains and men of war, would dwell in Mansoul for ever; and that his +battering-rams and slings might be lodged in her for the use and service +of the Prince, and for the help and strength of Mansoul. For,’ +said they, ‘we have room for thee, we have room for thy men, we +have also room for thy weapons of war, and a place to make a magazine +for thy carriages. Do it, Emmanuel, and thou shalt be King and +Captain in Mansoul for ever. Yea, govern thou also according to +all the desire of thy soul, and make thou governors and princes under +thee of thy captains and men of war, and we will become thy servants, +and thy laws shall be our direction.’<br> +<br> +They added, moreover, and prayed his Majesty to consider thereof; ‘for,’ +said they, ‘if now, after all this grace bestowed upon us, thy +miserable town of Mansoul, thou shouldest withdraw, thou and thy captains, +from us, the town of Mansoul will die. Yea,’ said they, +‘our blessed Emmanuel, if thou shouldest depart from us now, now +thou hast done so much good for us, and showed so much mercy unto us, +what will follow but that our joy will be as if it had not been, and +our enemies will a second time come upon us with more rage than at the +first? Wherefore, we beseech thee, O thou, the desire of our eyes, +and the strength and life of our poor town, accept of this motion that +now we have made unto our Lord, and come and dwell in the midst of us, +and let us be thy people. Besides, Lord, we do not know but that +to this day many Diabolonians may be yet lurking in the town of Mansoul, +and they will betray us, when thou shalt leave us, into the hand of +Diabolus again; and who knows what designs, plots, or contrivances have +passed betwixt them about these things already? Loath we are to +fall again into his horrible hands. Wherefore, let it please thee +to accept of our palace for thy place of residence, and of the houses +of the best men in our town for the reception of thy soldiers and their +furniture.’<br> +<br> +Then said the Prince, ‘If I come to your town, will you suffer +me further to prosecute that which is in mine heart against mine enemies +and yours? - yea, will you help me in such undertakings?’<br> +<br> +They answered, ‘We know not what we shall do; we did not think +once that we should have been such traitors to Shaddai as we have proved +to be. What, then, shall we say to our Lord? Let him put +no trust in his saints; let the Prince dwell in our castle, and make +of our town a garrison; let him set his noble captains and his warlike +soldiers over us; yea, let him conquer us with his love, and overcome +us with his grace, and then surely shall he be but with us, and help +us, as he was and did that morning that our pardon was read unto us. +We shall comply with this our Lord, and with his ways, and fall in with +his word against the mighty.<br> +<br> +‘One word more, and thy servants have done, and in this will trouble +our Lord no more. We know not the depth of the wisdom of thee, +our Prince. Who could have thought, that had been ruled by his +reason, that so much sweet as we do now enjoy should have come out of +those bitter trials wherewith we were tried at the first! But, +Lord, let light go before, and let love come after: yea, take us by +the hand, and lead us by thy counsels, and let this always abide upon +us, that all things shall be the best for thy servants, and come to +our Mansoul, and do as it pleaseth thee. Or, Lord, come to our +Mansoul, do what thou wilt, so thou keepest us from sinning, and makest +us serviceable to thy Majesty.’<br> +<br> +Then said the Prince to the town of Mansoul again, ‘Go, return +to your houses in peace. I will willingly in this comply with +your desires; I will remove my royal pavilion, I will draw up my forces +before Eye-gate to-morrow, and so will march forwards into the town +of Mansoul. I will possess myself of your castle of Mansoul, and +will set my soldiers over you: yea, I will yet do things in Mansoul +that cannot be paralleled in any nation, country, or kingdom under heaven.’ +Then did the men of Mansoul give a shout, and returned unto their houses +in peace; they also told to their kindred and friends the good that +Emmanuel had promised to Mansoul. ‘And to-morrow,’ +said they, ‘he will march into our town, and take up his dwelling, +he and his men, in Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +Then went out the inhabitants of the town of Mansoul with haste to the +green trees and to the meadows, to gather boughs and flowers, therewith +to strew the streets against their Prince, the Son of Shaddai, should +come; they also made garlands and other fine works to betoken how joyful +they were, and should be to receive their Emmanuel into Mansoul; yea, +they strewed the street quite from Eye-gate to the castle-gate, the +place where the Prince should be. They also prepared for his coming +what music the town of Mansoul would afford, that they might play before +him to the palace, his habitation.<br> +<br> +So, at the time appointed he makes his approach to Mansoul, and the +gates were set open for him; there also the ancients and elders of Mansoul +met him to salute him with a thousand welcomes. Then he arose +and entered Mansoul, he and all his servants. The elders of Mansoul +did also go dancing before him till he came to the castle gates. +And this was the manner of his going up thither:- He was clad in his +golden armour, he rode in his royal chariot, the trumpets sounded about +him, the colours were displayed, his ten thousands went up at his feet, +and the elders of Mansoul danced before him. And now were the +walls of the famous town of Mansoul filled with the tramplings of the +inhabitants thereof, who went up thither to view the approach of the +blessed Prince and his royal army. Also the casements, windows, +balconies, and tops of the houses, were all now filled with persons +of all sorts, to behold how their town was to be filled with good.<br> +<br> +Now, when he was come so far into the town as to the Recorder’s +house, he commanded that one should go to Captain Credence, to know +whether the castle of Mansoul was prepared to entertain his royal presence +(for the preparation of that was left to that captain), and word was +brought that it was. Then was Captain Credence commanded also +to come forth with his power to meet the Prince, the which was, as he +had commanded, done; and he conducted him into the castle. This +done, the Prince that night did lodge in the castle with his mighty +captains and men of war, to the joy of the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Now, the next care of the townsfolk was, how the captains and soldiers +of the Prince’s army should be quartered among them; and the care +was not how they should shut their hands of them, but how they should +fill their houses with them; for every man in Mansoul now had that esteem +of Emmanuel and his men that nothing grieved them more than because +they were not enlarged enough, every one of them to receive the whole +army of the Prince; yea, they counted it their glory to be waiting upon +them, and would, in those days, run at their bidding like lackeys.<br> +<br> +At last they came to this result:-<br> +<br> +1. That Captain Innocency should quarter at Mr. Reason’s.<br> +<br> +2. That Captain Patience should quarter at Mr. Mind’s. This +Mr. Mind was formerly the Lord Willbewill’s clerk in time of the +late rebellion.<br> +<br> +3. It was ordered that Captain Charity should quarter at Mr. Affection’s +house.<br> +<br> +4. That Captain Good-Hope should quarter at my Lord Mayor’s. +Now, for the house of the Recorder, himself desired, because his house +was next to the castle, and because from him it was ordered by the Prince +that, if need be, the alarm should be given to Mansoul, - it was, I +say, desired by him that Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction should +take up their quarters with him, even they and all their men.<br> +<br> +5. As for Captain Judgment and Captain Execution, my Lord Willbewill +took them and their men to him, because he was to rule under the Prince +for the good of the town of Mansoul now, as he had before under the +tyrant Diabolus for the hurt and damage thereof.<br> +<br> +6. And throughout the rest of the town were quartered Emmanuel’s +forces; but Captain Credence, with his men, abode still in the castle. +So the Prince, his captains, and his soldiers, were lodged in the town +of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Now, the ancients and elders of the town of Mansoul thought that they +never should have enough of the Prince Emmanuel; his person, his actions, +his words, and behaviour, were so pleasing, so taking, so desirable +to them. Wherefore they prayed him, that though the castle of +Mansoul was his place of residence, (and they desired that he might +dwell there for ever,) yet that he would often visit the streets, houses, +and people of Mansoul. ‘For,’ said they, ‘dread +Sovereign, thy presence, thy looks, thy smiles, thy words, are the life, +and strength, and sinews of the town of Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +Besides this, they craved that they might have, without difficulty or +interruption, continual access unto him, (so for that very purpose he +commanded that the gates should stand open,) that they might there see +the manner of his doings, the fortifications of the place, and the royal +mansion-house of the Prince.<br> +<br> +When he spake, they all stopped their mouths and gave audience; and +when he walked, it was their delight to imitate him in his goings.<br> +<br> +Now, upon a time, Emmanuel made a feast for the town of Mansoul; and +upon the feasting-day the townsfolk were come to the castle to partake +of his banquet; and he feasted them with all manner of outlandish food; +- food that grew not in the fields of Mansoul; nor in all the whole +Kingdom of Universe; it was food that came from his Father’s court. +And so there was dish after dish set before them, and they were commanded +freely to eat. But still, when a fresh dish was set before them, +they would whisperingly say to each other, ‘What is it?’ +for they wist not what to call it. They drank also of the water +that was made wine, and were very merry with him. There was music +also all the while at the table; and man did eat angels’ food, +and had honey given him out of the rock. So Mansoul did eat the +food that was peculiar to the court; yea, they had now thereof to the +full.<br> +<br> +I must not forget to tell you, that as at this table there were musicians, +so they were not those of the country, nor yet of the town of Mansoul; +but they were the masters of the songs that were sung at the court of +Shaddai.<br> +<br> +Now, after the feast was over, Emmanuel was for entertaining the town +of Mansoul with some curious riddles of secrets drawn up by his Father’s +secretary, by the skill and wisdom of Shaddai; the like to these there +is not in any kingdom. These riddles were made upon the King Shaddai +himself, and upon Emmanuel his Son, and upon his wars and doings with +Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Emmanuel also expounded unto them some of those riddles himself; but, +oh! how they were lightened! They saw what they never saw; they +could not have thought that such rarities could have been couched in +so few and such ordinary words. I told you before, whom these +riddles did concern; and as they were opened, the people did evidently +see it was so. Yea, they did gather that the things themselves +were a kind of a portraiture, and that of Emmanuel himself; for when +they read in the scheme where the riddles were writ, and looked in the +face of the Prince, things looked so like the one to the other, that +Mansoul could not forbear but say, ‘This is the lamb! this is +the sacrifice! this is the rock! this is the red cow! this is the door! +and this is the way!’ with a great many other things more.<br> +<br> +And thus he dismissed the town of Mansoul. But can you imagine +how the people of the corporation were taken with this entertainment! +Oh! they were transported with joy, they were drowned with wonderment, +while they saw and understood, and considered what their Emmanuel entertained +them withal, and what mysteries he opened to them. And when they +were at home in their houses, and in their most retired places, they +could not but sing of him and of his actions. Yea, so taken were +the townsmen now with their Prince, that they would sing of him in their +sleep.<br> +<br> +Now, it was in the heart of the Prince Emmanuel to new-model the town +of Mansoul, and to put it into such a condition as might be most pleasing +to him, and that might best stand with the profit and security of the +now flourishing town of Mansoul. He provided also against insurrections +at home, and invasions from abroad, such love had he for the famous +town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Wherefore he first of all commanded that the great slings that were +brought from his Father’s court, when he came to the war of Mansoul, +should be mounted, some upon the battlements of the castle, some upon +the towers; for there were towers in the town of Mansoul, towers, new-built +by Emmanuel since he came hither. There was also an instrument, +invented by Emmanuel, that was to throw stones from the castle of Mansoul, +out at Mouth-gate; an instrument that could not be resisted, nor that +would miss of execution. Wherefore, for the wonderful exploits +that it did when used, it went without a name; and it was committed +to the care of, and to be managed by the brave captain, the Captain +Credence, in case of war.<br> +<br> +This done, Emmanuel called the Lord Willbewill to him, and gave him +in commandment to take care of the gates, the wall, and towers in Mansoul; +also the Prince gave him the militia into his hand, and a special charge +to withstand all insurrections and tumults that might be made in Mansoul +against the peace of our Lord the King, and the peace and tranquillity +of the town of Mansoul. He also gave him in commission, that if +he found any of the Diabolonians lurking in any corner of the famous +town of Mansoul, he should forthwith apprehend them, and stay them, +or commit them to safe custody, that they may be proceeded against according +to law.<br> +<br> +Then he called unto him the Lord Understanding, who was the old Lord +Mayor, he that was put out of place when Diabolus took the town, and +put him into his former office again, and it became his place for his +lifetime. He bid him also that he should build him a palace near +Eye-gate; and that he should build it in fashion like a tower for defence. +He bid him also that he should read in the Revelation of Mysteries all +the days of his life, that he might know how to perform his office aright.<br> +<br> +He also made Mr. Knowledge the Recorder, not of contempt to old Mr. +Conscience, who had been Recorder before, but for that it was in his +princely mind to confer upon Mr. Conscience another employ, of which +he told the old gentleman he should know more hereafter.<br> +<br> +Then he commanded that the image of Diabolus should be taken down from +the place where it was set up, and that they should destroy it utterly, +beating it into powder, and casting it into the wind without the town +wall; and that the image of Shaddai, his Father, should be set up again, +with his own, upon the castle gates; and that it should be more fairly +drawn than ever, forasmuch as both his Father and himself were come +to Mansoul in more grace and mercy than heretofore. He would also +that his name should be fairly engraven upon the front of the town, +and that it should be done in the best of gold, for the honour of the +town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +After this was done, Emmanuel gave out a commandment that those three +great Diabolonians should be apprehended, namely, the two late Lord +Mayors, to wit, Mr. Incredulity, Mr. Lustings, and Mr. Forget-Good, +the Recorder. Besides these, there were some of them that Diabolus +made burgesses and aldermen in Mansoul, that were committed to ward +by the hand of the now valiant and now right noble, the brave Lord Willbewill.<br> +<br> +And these were their names: Alderman Atheism, Alderman Hard-Heart, and +Alderman False-Peace. The burgesses were, Mr. No-Truth, Mr. Pitiless, +Mr. Haughty, with the like. These were committed to close custody, +and the gaoler’s name was Mr. True-Man. This True-Man was +one of those that Emmanuel brought with him from his Father’s +court when at the first he made a war upon Diabolus in the town or Mansoul.<br> +<br> +After this, the Prince gave a charge that the three strongholds that, +at the command of Diabolus, the Diabolonians built in Mansoul, should +be demolished and utterly pulled down; of which holds and their names, +with their captains and governors, you read a little before. But +this was long in doing, because of the largeness of the places, and +because the stones, the timber, the iron, and all rubbish, was to be +carried without the town.<br> +<br> +When this was done, the Prince gave order that the Lord Mayor and aldermen +of Mansoul should call a court of judicature for the trial and execution +of the Diabolonians in the corporation now under the charge of Mr. True-Man, +the gaoler.<br> +<br> +Now, when the time was come, and the court set, commandment was sent +to Mr. True-Man, the gaoler, to bring the prisoners down to the bar. +Then were the prisoners brought down, pinioned and chained together, +as the custom of the town of Mansoul was. So, when they were presented +before the Lord Mayor, the Recorder, and the rest of the honourable +bench, first, the jury was empannelled, and then the witnesses sworn. +The names of the jury were these: Mr. Belief, Mr. True-Heart, Mr. Upright, +Mr. Hate-Bad, Mr. Love-God, Mr. See-Truth, Mr. Heavenly-Mind, Mr. Moderate, +Mr. Thankful, Mr. Good-Work, Mr. Zeal-for-God, and Mr. Humble.<br> +<br> +The names of the witnesses were - Mr. Know-All, Mr. Tell-True, Mr. Hate-Lies, +with my Lord Willbewill and his man, if need were.<br> +<br> +So the prisoners were set to the bar. Then said Mr. Do-Right, +(for he was the Town-Clerk,) ‘Set Atheism to the bar, gaoler.’ +So he was set to the bar. Then said the Clerk, ‘Atheism, +hold up thy hand. Thou art here indicted by the name of Atheism, +(an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for that thou hast perniciously +and doltishly taught and maintained that there is no God, and so no +heed to be taken to religion. This thou hast done against the +being, honour, and glory of the King, and against the peace and safety +of the town of Mansoul. What sayest thou? Art thou guilty +of this indictment, or not?<br> +<br> +<i>Atheism</i>. Not guilty.<br> +<br> +<i>Crier</i>. Call Mr. Know-All, Mr. Tell-True, and Mr. Hate-Lies +into the court.<br> +<br> +So they were called, and they appeared.<br> +<br> +Then said the Clerk, ‘You, the witnesses for the King, look upon +the prisoner at the bar; do you know him?’<br> +<br> +Then said Mr. Know-All, ‘Yes, my lord, we know him; his name is +Atheism; he has been a very pestilent fellow for many years in the miserable +town of Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. You are sure you know him?<br> +<br> +<i>Know</i>. Know him! Yes my lord; I have heretofore too +often been in his company to be at this time ignorant of him. +He is a Diabolonian, the son of a Diabolonian: I knew his grandfather +and his father.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Well said. He standeth here indicted by the +name of Atheism, etc., and is charged that he hath maintained and taught +that there is no God, and so no heed need be taken to any religion. +What say you, the King’s witnesses, to this? Is he guilty +or not?<br> +<br> +<i>Know</i>. My lord, I and he were once in Villain’s Lane +together, and he at that time did briskly talk of divers opinions; and +then and there I heard him say, that, for his part, he did believe that +there was no God. ‘But,’ said he, ‘I can profess +one, and be as religious too, if the company I am in, and the circumstances +of other things,’ said he, ‘shall put me upon it.’<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. You are sure you heard him say thus?<br> +<br> +<i>Know</i>. Upon mine oath, I heard him say thus.<br> +<br> +Then said the Clerk, ‘Mr. Tell-True, what say you to the King’s +judges touching the prisoner at the bar?’<br> +<br> +<i>Tell</i>. My lord, I formerly was a great companion of his, +for the which I now repent me, and I have often heard him say, and that +with very great stomachfulness, that he believed there was neither God, +angel, nor spirit.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Where did you hear him say so?<br> +<br> +<i>Tell</i>. In Blackmouth Lane and in Blasphemer’s Row, +and in many other places besides.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Have you much knowledge of him?<br> +<br> +<i>Tell</i>. I know him to be a Diabolonian, the son of a Diabolonian, +and a horrible man to deny a Deity. His father’s name was +Never-be-good, and he had more children than this Atheism. I have +no more to say,<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Mr. Hate-Lies, look upon the prisoner at the bar; +do you know him?<br> +<br> +<i>Hate</i>. My lord, this Atheism is one of the vilest wretches +that ever I came near, or had to do with in my life. I have heard +him say that there is no God; I have heard him say that there is no +world to come, no sin, nor punishment hereafter, and, moreover, I have +heard him say that it was as good to go to a whore-house as to go to +hear a sermon.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Where did you hear him say these things?<br> +<br> +<i>Hate</i>. In Drunkard’s Row, just at Rascal-Lane’s +End, at a house in which Mr. Impiety lived.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. Lustings to the +bar. Mr. Lustings, thou art here indicted by the name of Lustings, +(an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for that thou hast devilishly +and traitorously taught, by practice and filthy words, that it is lawful +and profitable to man to give way to his carnal desires; and that thou, +for thy part, hast not, nor never wilt, deny thyself of any sinful delight +as long as thy name is Lustings. How sayest thou? Art thou +guilty of this indictment, or not?<br> +<br> +Then said Mr. Lustings, ‘My lord, I am a man of high birth, and +have been used to pleasures and pastimes of greatness. I have +not been wont to be snubbed for my doings, but have been left to follow +my will as if it were law. And it seems strange to me that I should +this day be called into question for that, that not only I, but almost +all men, do either secretly or openly countenance, love, and approve +of.’<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Sir, we concern not ourselves with your greatness; +(though the higher, the better you should have been;) but we are concerned, +and so are you now, about an indictment preferred against you. +How say you? Are you guilty of it, or not?<br> +<br> +<i>Lust</i>. Not guilty.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Crier, call upon the witnesses to stand forth and +give their evidence.<br> +<br> +<i>Crier</i>. Gentlemen, you, the witnesses for the King, come +in and give in your evidence for our Lord the King against the prisoner +at the bar.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Come, Mr. Know-All, look upon the prisoner at the +bar; do you know him?<br> +<br> +<i>Know</i>. Yes, my lord, I know him.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. What is his name?<br> +<br> +<i>Know</i>. His name is Lustings; he was the son of one Beastly, +and his mother bare him in Flesh Street: she was one Evil-Concupiscence’s +daughter. I knew all the generation of them.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Well said. You have heard his indictment; +what say you to it? Is he guilty of the things charged against +him, or not?<br> +<br> +<i>Know</i>. My lord, he has, as he saith, been a great man indeed, +and greater in wickedness than by pedigree more than a thousandfold.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. But what do you know of his particular actions, +and especially with reference to his indictment?<br> +<br> +<i>Know</i>. I know him to be a swearer, a liar, a Sabbath-breaker; +I know him to be a fornicator and an unclean person; I know him to be +guilty of abundance of evils. He has been, to my knowledge, a +very filthy man.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. But where did he use to commit his wickedness? in +some private corners, or more open and shamelessly?<br> +<br> +<i>Know</i>. All the town over, my lord.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Come, Mr. Tell-True, what have you to say for our +Lord the King against the prisoner at the bar?<br> +<br> +<i>Tell</i>. My lord, all that the first witness has said I know +to be true, and a great deal more besides.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Mr. Lustings, do you hear what these gentlemen say?<br> +<br> +<i>Lust</i>. I was ever of opinion that the happiest life that +a man could live on earth was to keep himself back from nothing that +he desired in the world; nor have I been false at any time to this opinion +of mine, but have lived in the love of my notions all my days. +Nor was I ever so churlish, having found such sweetness in them myself, +as to keep the commendations of them from others.<br> +<br> +Then said the Court, ‘There hath proceeded enough from his own +mouth to lay him open to condemnation; wherefore, set him by, gaoler, +and set Mr. Incredulity to the bar.’<br> +<br> +Incredulity set to the bar.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Mr. Incredulity, thou art here indicted by the name +of Incredulity, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for that thou +hast feloniously and wickedly, and that when thou wert an officer in +the town of Mansoul, made head against the captains of the great King +Shaddai when they came and demanded possession of Mansoul; yea, thou +didst bid defiance to the name, forces, and cause of the King, and didst +also, as did Diabolus thy captain, stir up and encourage the town of +Mansoul to make head against and resist the said force of the King. +What sayest thou to this indictment? Art thou guilty of it, or +not?<br> +<br> +Then said Incredulity, ‘I know not Shaddai; I love my old prince; +I thought it my duty to be true to my trust, and to do what I could +to possess the minds of the men of Mansoul to do their utmost to resist +strangers and foreigners, and with might to fight against them. +Nor have I, nor shall I, change mine opinion for fear of trouble, though +you at present are possessed of place and power.’<br> +<br> +Then said the Court, ‘The man, as you see, is incorrigible; he +is for maintaining his villainies by stoutness of words, and his rebellion +with impudent confidence; and therefore set him by, gaoler, and set +Mr. Forget-Good to the bar.<br> +<br> +Forget-Good set to the bar.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Mr. Forget-Good, thou art here indicted by the name +of Forget-Good, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for that thou, +when the whole affairs of the town of Mansoul were in thy hand, didst +utterly forget to serve them in what was good, and didst fall in with +the tyrant Diabolus against Shaddai the King, against his captains, +and all his host, to the dishonour of Shaddai, the breach of his law, +and the endangering of the destruction of the famous town of Mansoul. +What sayest thou to this indictment? Art thou guilty or not guilty?<br> +<br> +Then said Forget-Good: ‘Gentlemen, and at this time my judges, +as to the indictment by which I stand of several crimes accused before +you, pray attribute my forgetfulness to mine age, and not to my wilfulness; +to the craziness of my brain, and not to the carelessness of my mind; +and then I hope I may be by your charity excused from great punishment, +though I be guilty.’<br> +<br> +Then said the Court, ‘Forget-Good, Forget-Good, thy forgetfulness +of good was not simply of frailty, but of purpose, and for that thou +didst loathe to keep virtuous things in thy mind. What was bad +thou couldst retain, but what was good thou couldst not abide to think +of; thy age, therefore, and thy pretended craziness, thou makest use +of to blind the court withal, and as a cloak to cover thy knavery. +But let us hear what the witnesses have to say for the King against +the prisoner at the bar. Is he guilty of this indictment, or not?’<br> +<br> +<i>Hate</i>. My lord, I have heard this Forget-Good say, that +he could never abide to think of goodness, no, not for a quarter of +an hour.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Where did you hear him say so?<br> +<br> +<i>Hate</i>. In All-base Lane, at a house next door to the sign +of the Conscience seared with a hot iron.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Mr. Know-All, what can you say for our Lord the +King against the prisoner at the bar?<br> +<br> +<i>Know</i>. My lord, I know this man well. He is a Diabolonian, +the son of a Diabolonian: his father’s name was Love-Naught; and +for him, I have often heard him say, that he counted the very thoughts +of goodness the most burdensome thing in the world.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Where have you heard him say these words?<br> +<br> +<i>Know</i>. In Flesh Lane, right opposite to the church.<br> +<br> +Then said the Clerk, ‘Come, Mr. Tell-True, give in your evidence +concerning the prisoner at the bar, about that for which he stands here, +as you see, indicted by this honourable Court.’<br> +<br> +<i>Tell</i>. My lord, I have heard him often say he had rather +think of the vilest thing than of what is contained in the Holy Scriptures.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Where did you hear him say such grievous words?<br> +<br> +<i>Tell</i>. Where? - in a great many places, particularly in +Nauseous Street, in the house of one Shameless, and in Filth Lane, at +the sign of the Reprobate, next door to the Descent into the Pit.<br> +<br> +<i>Court</i>. Gentlemen, you have heard the indictment, his plea, +and the testimony of the witnesses. Gaoler, set Mr. Hard-Heart +to the bar.<br> +<br> +He is set to the bar.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Mr. Hard-Heart, thou art here indicted by the name +of Hard-Heart, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for that thou +didst most desperately and wickedly possess the town of Mansoul with +impenitency and obdurateness; and didst keep them from remorse and sorrow +for their evils, all the time of their apostacy from and rebellion against +the blessed King Shaddai. What sayest thou to this indictment? +Art thou guilty, or not guilty?<br> +<br> +<i>Hard</i>. My lord, I never knew what remorse or sorrow meant +in all my life. I am impenetrable. I care for no man; nor +can I be pierced with men’s griefs; their groans will not enter +into my heart. Whomsoever I mischief, whomsoever I wrong, to me +it is music, when to others mourning.<br> +<br> +<i>Court</i>. You see the man is a right Diabolonian, and has +convicted himself. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. False-Peace +to the bar.<br> +<br> +False-Peace set to the bar.<br> +<br> +“Mr. False-Peace, thou art here indicted by the name of False-Peace, +(an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for that thou didst most wickedly +and satanically bring, hold, and keep the town of Mansoul, both in her +apostacy and in her hellish rebellion, in a false, groundless, and dangerous +peace, and damnable security, to the dishonour of the King, the transgression +of his law, and the great damage of the town of Mansoul. What +sayest thou? Art thou guilty of this indictment, or not?<br> +<br> +Then said Mr. False-Peace: ‘Gentlemen, and you now appointed to +be my judges, I acknowledge that my name is Mr. Peace; but that my name +is False-Peace I utterly deny. If your honours shall please to +send for any that do intimately know me, or for the midwife that laid +my mother of me, or for the gossips that were at my christening, they +will, any or all of them, prove that my name is not False-Peace, but +Peace. Wherefore I cannot plead to this indictment, forasmuch +as my name is not inserted therein; and as is my true name, so are also +my conditions. I was always a man that loved to live at quiet, +and what I loved myself, that I thought others might love also. +Wherefore, when I saw any of my neighbours to labour under a disquieted +mind, I endeavoured to help them what I could; and instances of this +good temper of mine many I could give; as,<br> +<br> +‘1. When, at the beginning, our town of Mansoul did decline the +ways of Shaddai, they, some of them, afterwards began to have disquieting +reflections upon themselves for what they had done; but I, as one troubled +to see them disquieted, presently sought out means to get them quiet +again.<br> +<br> +‘2. When the ways of the old world, and of Sodom, were in fashion, +if anything happened to molest those that were for the customs of the +present times, I laboured to make them quiet again, and to cause them +to act without molestation.<br> +<br> +‘3. To come nearer home: when the wars fell out between Shaddai +and Diabolus, if at any time I saw any of the town of Mansoul afraid +of destruction, I often used, by some way, device, invention, or other, +to labour to bring them to peace again. Wherefore, since I have +been always a man of so virtuous a temper as some say a peace-maker +is, and if a peace-maker be so deserving a man as some have been bold +to attest he is, then let me, gentlemen, be accounted by you, who have +a great name for justice and equity in Mansoul, for a man that deserveth +not this inhuman way of treatment, but liberty, and also a license to +seek damage of those that have been my accusers.’<br> +<br> +Then said the clerk, ‘Crier, make a proclamation.’<br> +<br> +<i>Crier</i>. Oyes! Forasmuch as the prisoner at the bar +hath denied his name to be that which is mentioned in the indictment, +the Court requireth that if there be any in this place that can give +information to the Court of the original and right name of the prisoner, +they would come forth and give in their evidence; for the prisoner stands +upon his own innocency.<br> +<br> +Then came two into the court, and desired that they might have leave +to speak what they knew concerning the prisoner at the bar: the name +of the one was Search-Truth, and the name of the other Vouch-Truth. +So the Court demanded of these men if they knew the prisoner, and what +they could say concerning him, ‘for he stands,’ said they, +‘upon his own vindication.’<br> +<br> +Then said Mr. Search-Truth, ‘My Lord, I - ’<br> +<br> +<i>Court</i>. Hold! give him his oath.<br> +<br> +Then they sware him. So he proceeded.<br> +<br> +<i>Search</i>. My lord, I know and have known this man from a +child, and can attest that his name is False-Peace. I know his +father; his name was Mr. Flatter: and his mother, before she was married, +was called by the name of Mrs. Sooth-Up: and these two, when they came +together, lived not long without this son; and when he was born, they +called his name False-Peace. I was his play-fellow, only I was +somewhat older than he; and when his mother did use to call him home +from his play, she used to say, ‘False-Peace, False-Peace, come +home quick, or I’ll fetch you.’ Yea, I knew him when +he sucked; and though I was then but little, yet I can remember that +when his mother did use to sit at the door with him, or did play with +him in her arms, she would call him, twenty times together, ‘My +little False-Peace! my pretty False-Peace!’ and, ‘Oh! my +sweet rogue, False-Peace!’ and again, ‘Oh! my little bird, +False-Peace!’ and ‘How do I love my child!’ +The gossips also know it is thus, though he has had the face to deny +it in open court.<br> +<br> +Then Mr. Vouch-Truth was called upon to speak what he knew of him. +So they sware him.<br> +<br> +Then said Mr. Vouch-Truth, ‘My lord, all that the former witness +hath said is true. His name is False-Peace, the son of Mr. Flatter, +and of Mrs. Sooth-Up, his mother: and I have in former times seen him +angry with those that have called him anything else but False-Peace, +for he would say that all such did mock and nickname him; but this was +in the time when Mr. False-Peace was a great man, and when the Diabolonians +were the brave men in Mansoul.<br> +<br> +<i>Court</i>. Gentlemen, you have heard what these two men have +sworn against the prisoner at the bar. And now, Mr. False-Peace, +to you: you have denied your name to be False-Peace, yet you see that +these honest men have sworn that that is your name. As to your +plea, in that you are quite besides the matter of your indictment, you +are not by it charged for evil-doing because you are a man of peace, +or a peace-maker among your neighbours; but for that you did wickedly +and satanically bring, keep, and hold the town of Mansoul, both under +its apostasy from, and in its rebellion against its King, in a false, +lying, and damnable peace, contrary to the law of Shaddai, and to the +hazard of the destruction of the then miserable town of Mansoul. +All that you have pleaded for yourself is, that you have denied your +name, etc.; but here, you see, we have witnesses to prove that you are +the man. For the peace that you so much boast of making among +your neighbours, know that peace that is not a companion of truth and +holiness, but that which is without this foundation, is grounded upon +a lie, and is both deceitful and damnable, as also the great Shaddai +hath said. Thy plea, therefore, has not delivered thee from what +by the indictment thou art charged with, but rather it doth fasten all +upon thee. But thou shalt have very fair play. Let us call +the witnesses that are to testify as to matter of fact, and see what +they have to say for our Lord the King against the prisoner at the bar.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Mr. Know-All, what say you for our Lord the King +against the prisoner at the bar?<br> +<br> +<i>Know</i>. My lord, this man hath of a long time made it, to +my knowledge, his business to keep the town of Mansoul in a sinful quietness +in the midst of all her lewdness, filthiness, and turmoils, and hath +said, and that in my hearing, Come, come, let us fly from all trouble, +on what ground soever it comes, and let us be for a quiet and peaceable +life, though it wanteth a good foundation.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Come, Mr. Hate-Lies, what have you to say?<br> +<br> +<i>Hate</i>. My lord, I have heard him say, that peace, though +in a way of unrighteousness, is better than trouble with truth.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Where did you hear him say this?<br> +<br> +<i>Hate</i>. I heard him say it in Folly-yard, at the house of +one Mr. Simple, next door to the sign of the Self-deceiver. Yea, +he hath said this to my knowledge twenty times in that place.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. We may spare further witness; this evidence is plain +and full. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. No-Truth to the bar. +Mr. No-Truth, thou art here indicted by the name of No-Truth, (an intruder +upon the town of Mansoul,) for that thou hast always, to the dishonour +of Shaddai, and the endangering of the utter ruin of the famous town +of Mansoul, set thyself to deface, and utterly to spoil, all the remainders +of the law and image of Shaddai that have been found in Mansoul after +her deep apostasy from her king to Diabolus, the envious tyrant. +What sayest thou, art thou guilty of this indictment, or not?<br> +<br> +<i>No</i>. Not guilty, my lord.<br> +<br> +Then the witnesses were called, and Mr. Know-All did first give in his +evidence against him.<br> +<br> +<i>Know</i>. My lord, this man was at the pulling down of the +image of Shaddai; yea, this is he that did it with his own hands. +I myself stood by and saw him do it, and he did it at the commandment +of Diabolus. Yea, this Mr. No-Truth did more than this, he did +also set up the horned image of the beast Diabolus in the same place. +This also is he that, at the bidding of Diabolus, did rend and tear, +and cause to be consumed, all that he could of the remainders of the +law of the King, even whatever he could lay his hands on in Mansoul.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Who saw him do this besides yourself?<br> +<br> +<i>Hate</i>. I did, my lord, and so did many more besides; for +this was not done by stealth, or in a corner, but in the open view of +all; yea, he chose himself to do it publicly, for he delighted in the +doing of it.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Mr. No-Truth, how could you have the face to plead +not guilty, when you were so manifestly the doer of all this wickedness?<br> +<br> +<i>No</i>. Sir, I thought I must say something, and as my name +is, so I speak. I have been advantaged thereby before now, and +did not know but by speaking no truth, I might have reaped the same +benefit now.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. Pitiless to the +bar. Mr. Pitiless, thou art here indicted by the name of Pitiless, +(an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for that thou didst most traitorously +and wickedly shut up all bowels of compassion, and wouldest not suffer +poor Mansoul to condole her own misery when she had apostatised from +her rightful King, but didst evade, and at all times turn her mind awry +from those thoughts that had in them a tendency to lead her to repentance. +What sayest thou to this indictment? Guilty or not guilty?<br> +<br> +‘Not guilty of pitilessness: all I did was to cheer up, according +to my name, for my name is not Pitiless, but Cheer-up; and I could not +abide to see Mansoul inclined to melancholy.’<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. How! do you deny your name, and say it is not Pitiless, +but Cheer-up? Call for the witnesses. What say you, the witnesses, +to this plea?<br> +<br> +<i>Know</i>. My lord, his name is Pitiless; so he hath written +himself in all papers of concern wherein he has had to do. But +these Diabolonians love to counterfeit their names: Mr. Covetousness +covers himself with the name of Good-Husbandry, or the like; Mr. Pride +can, when need is, call himself Mr. Neat, Mr. Handsome, or the like; +and so of all the rest of them.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Mr. Tell-True, what say you?<br> +<br> +<i>Tell</i>. His name is Pitiless, my lord. I have known +him from a child, and he hath done all that wickedness whereof he stands +charged in the indictment; but there is a company of them that are not +acquainted with the danger of damning, therefore they call all those +melancholy that have serious thoughts how that state should be shunned +by them.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Set Mr. Haughty to the bar, gaoler. Mr. Haughty, +thou art here indicted by the name of Haughty, (an intruder upon the +town of Mansoul,) for that thou didst most traitorously and devilishly +teach the town of Mansoul to carry it loftily and stoutly against the +summons that was given them by the captains of the King Shaddai. +Thou didst also teach the town of Mansoul to speak contemptuously and +vilifyingly of their great King Shaddai; and didst moreover encourage, +both by words and examples, Mansoul, to take up arms both against the +King and his son Emmanuel. How sayest thou, art thou guilty of +this indictment, or not?<br> +<br> +<i>Haughty</i>. Gentlemen, I have always been a man of courage +and valour, and have not used, when under the greatest clouds, to sneak +or hang down the head like a bulrush; nor did it at all at any time +please me to see men veil their bonnets to those that have opposed them; +yea, though their adversaries seemed to have ten times the advantage +of them. I did not use to consider who was my foe, nor what the +cause was in which I was engaged. It was enough to me if I carried +it bravely, fought like a man, and came off a victor.<br> +<br> +<i>Court</i>. Mr. Haughty, you are not here indicted for that +you have been a valiant man, nor for your courage and stoutness in times +of distress, but for that you have made use of this your pretended valour +to draw the town of Mansoul into acts of rebellion both against the +great King, and Emmanuel his Son. This is the crime and the thing +wherewith thou art charged in and by the indictment.<br> +<br> +But he made no answer to that.<br> +<br> +Now when the Court had thus far proceeded against the prisoners at the +bar, then they put them over to the verdict of their jury, to whom they +did apply themselves after this manner:<br> +<br> +‘Gentlemen of the jury, you have been here, and have seen these +men; you have heard their indictments, their pleas, and what the witnesses +have testified against them: now what remains, is, that you do forthwith +withdraw yourselves to some place, where without confusion you may consider +of what verdict, in a way of truth and righteousness, you ought to bring +in for the King against them, and so bring it in accordingly.’<br> +<br> +Then the jury, to wit, Mr. Belief, Mr. True-Heart, Mr. Upright, Mr. +Hate-bad, Mr. Love-God, Mr. See-Truth, Mr. Heavenly-Mind, Mr. Moderate, +Mr. Thankful, Mr. Humble, Mr. Good-Work, and Mr. Zeal-for-God, withdrew +themselves in order to their work. Now when they were shut up +by themselves, they fell to discourse among themselves in order to the +drawing up of their verdict.<br> +<br> +And thus Mr. Belief (for he was the foreman) began: ‘Gentlemen,’ +quoth he, ‘for the men, the prisoners at the bar, for my part +I believe that they all deserve death.’ ‘Very right,’ +said Mr. True-Heart; ‘I am wholly of your opinion.’ +‘Oh what a mercy is it,’ said Mr. Hate-Bad, ‘that +such villains as these are apprehended!’ ‘Ay! ay!’ +said Mr. Love-God, ‘this is one of the joyfullest days that ever +I saw in my life.’ Then said Mr. See-Truth, ‘I know +that if we judge them to death, our verdict shall stand before Shaddai +himself’ ‘Nor do I at all question it,’ said +Mr. Heavenly-Mind; he said, moreover, ‘When all such beasts as +these are cast out of Mansoul, what a goodly town will it be then!’ +‘Then,’ said Mr. Moderate, ‘it is not my manner to +pass my judgment with rashness; but for these their crimes are so notorious, +and the witness so palpable, that that man must be wilfully blind who +saith the prisoners ought not to die.’ ‘Blessed be +God,’ said Mr. Thankful, ‘that the traitors are in safe +custody.’ ‘And I join with you in this upon my bare +knees,’ said Mr. Humble. ‘I am glad also,’ said +Mr. Good-Work. Then said the warm man, and true-hearted Mr. Zeal-for-God, +‘Cut them off; they have been the plague, and have sought the +destruction of Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +Thus, therefore, being all agreed in their verdict, they come instantly +into the Court.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Gentlemen of the jury, answer all to your names: +Mr. Belief, one; Mr. True-Heart, two; Mr. Upright, three; Mr. Hate-Bad, +four; Mr. Love-God, five; Mr. See-Truth, six; Mr. Heavenly-mind, seven; +Mr. Moderate, eight; Mr. Thankful, nine; Mr. Humble, ten; Mr. Good-Work, +eleven; and Mr. Zeal-for-God, twelve. Good men and true, stand +together in your verdict: are you all agreed?<br> +<br> +<i>Jury</i>. Yes, my lord.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Who shall speak for you?<br> +<br> +<i>Jury</i>. Our foreman.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. You, the gentlemen of the jury, being empannelled +for our Lord the King, to serve here in a matter of life and death, +have heard the trials of each of these men, the prisoners at the bar: +what say you? are they guilty of that, and those crimes for which they +stand here indicted, or are they not guilty?<br> +<br> +<i>Foreman</i>. Guilty, my lord.<br> +<br> +<i>Clerk</i>. Look to your prisoners, gaoler.<br> +<br> +This was done in the morning, and in the afternoon they received the +sentence of death according to the law.<br> +<br> +The gaoler, therefore, having received such a charge, put them all in +the inward prison, to preserve them there till the day of execution, +which was to be the next day in the morning.<br> +<br> +But now to see how it happened, one of the prisoners, Incredulity by +name, in the interim betwixt the sentence and the time of execution, +brake prison and made his escape, and gets him away quite out of the +town of Mansoul, and lay lurking in such places and holes as he might, +until he should again have opportunity to do the town of Mansoul a mischief +for their thus handling of him as they did.<br> +<br> +Now when Mr. Trueman, the gaoler, perceived that he had lost his prisoner, +he was in a heavy taking, because that prisoner was, to speak on, the +very worst of all the gang: wherefore first he goes and acquaints my +Lord Mayor, Mr. Recorder, and my Lord Willbewill, with the matter, and +to get of them an order to make search for him throughout the town of +Mansoul. So an order he got, and search was made, but no such +man could now be found in all the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +All that could be gathered was, that he had lurked a while about the +outside of the town, and that here and there one or other had a glimpse +of him as he did make his escape out of Mansoul; one or two also did +affirm that they saw him without the town, going apace quite over the +plain. Now when he was quite gone, it was affirmed by one Mr. +Did-see, that he ranged all over dry places, till he met with Diabolus, +his friend, and where should they meet one another but just upon Hell-gate +hill.<br> +<br> +But oh! what a lamentable story did the old gentleman tell to Diabolus +concerning what sad alteration Emmanuel had made in Mansoul!<br> +<br> +As, first, how Mansoul had, after some delays, received a general pardon +at the hands of Emmanuel, and that they had invited him into the town, +and that they had given him the castle for his possession. He +said, moreover, that they had called his soldiers into the town, coveted +who should quarter the most of them; they also entertained him with +the timbrel, song, and dance. ‘But that,’ said Incredulity, +‘which is the sorest vexation to me is, that he hath pulled down, +O father, thy image, and set up his own; pulled down thy officers and +set up his own. Yea, and Willbewill, that rebel, who, one would +have thought, should never have turned from us, he is now in as great +favour with Emmanuel as ever he was with thee. But, besides all +this, this Willbewill has received a special commission from his master +to search for, to apprehend, and to put to death all, and all manner +of Diabolonians that he shall find in Mansoul: yea, and this Willbewill +has taken and committed to prison already eight of my Lord’s most +trusty friends in Mansoul. Nay, further, my Lord, with grief I +speak it, they have been all arraigned, condemned, and, I doubt, before +this executed in Mansoul. I told my Lord of eight, and myself +was the ninth, who should assuredly have drunk of the same cup, but +that through craft, I, as thou seest, have made mine escape from them.’<br> +<br> +When Diabolus had heard this lamentable story, he yelled and snuffed +up the wind like a dragon, and made the sky to look dark with his roaring; +he also sware that he would try to be revenged on Mansoul for this. +So they, both he and his old friend Incredulity, concluded to enter +into great consultation, how they might get the town of Mansoul again.<br> +<br> +Now, before this time, the day was come in which the prisoners in Mansoul +were to be executed. So they were brought to the cross, and that +by Mansoul, in most solemn manner; for the Prince said that this should +be done by the hand of the town of Mansoul, ‘that I may see,’ +said he, ‘the forwardness of my now redeemed Mansoul to keep my +word, and to do my commandments; and that I may bless Mansoul in doing +this deed. Proof of sincerity pleases me well; let Mansoul therefore +first lay their hands upon these Diabolonians to destroy them.’<br> +<br> +So the town of Mansoul slew them, according to the word of their Prince; +but when the prisoners were brought to the cross to die, you can hardly +believe what troublesome work Mansoul had of it to put the Diabolonians +to death; for the men, knowing that they must die, and every of them +having implacable enmity in their hearts to Mansoul, what did they but +took courage at the cross, and there resisted the men of the town of +Mansoul? Wherefore the men of Mansoul were forced to cry out for +help to the captains and men of war. Now the great Shaddai had +a secretary in the town, and he was a great lover of the men of Mansoul, +and he was at the place of execution also; so he, hearing the men of +Mansoul cry out against the strugglings and unruliness of the prisoners, +rose up from his place, and came and put his hands upon the hands of +the men of Mansoul. So they crucified the Diabolonians that had +been a plague, a grief, and an offence to the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Now, when this good work was done, the Prince came down to see, to visit, +and to speak comfortably to the men of Mansoul, and to strengthen their +hands in such work. And he said to them that, by this act of theirs +he had proved them, and found them to be lovers of his person, observers +of his laws, and such as had also respect to his honour. He said, +moreover, (to show them that they by this should not be losers, nor +their town weakened by the loss of them,) that he would make them another +captain, and that of one of themselves. And that this captain +should be the ruler of a thousand, for the good and benefit of the now +flourishing town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +So he called one to him whose name was Waiting, and bid him, ‘Go +quickly up to the castle gate, and inquire there for one Mr. Experience, +that waiteth upon that noble captain, the Captain Credence, and bid +him come hither to me.’ So the messenger that waited upon +the good Prince Emmanuel went and said as he was commanded. Now +the young gentleman was waiting to see the captain train and muster +his men in the castle yard. Then said Mr. Waiting to him, ‘Sir, +the Prince would that you should come down to his highness forthwith.’ +So he brought him down to Emmanuel, and he came and made obeisance before +him. Now the men of the town knew Mr. Experience well, for he +was born and bred in Mansoul; they also knew him to be a man of conduct, +of valour, and a person prudent in matters; he was also a comely person, +well-spoken, and very successful in his undertakings.<br> +<br> +Wherefore the hearts of the townsmen were transported with joy when +they saw that the Prince himself was so taken with Mr. Experience, that +he would needs make him a captain over a band of men.<br> +<br> +So with one consent they bowed the knee before Emmanuel, and with a +shout said, ‘Let Emmanuel live for ever!’ Then said +the Prince to the young gentleman, whose name was Mr. Experience, ‘I +have thought good to confer upon thee a place of trust and honour in +this my town of Mansoul.’ Then the young man bowed his head +and worshipped. ‘It is,’ said Emmanuel, ‘that +thou shouldest be a captain, a captain over a thousand men in my beloved +town of Mansoul.’ Then said the captain, ‘Let the +King live!’ So the Prince gave out orders forthwith to the +King’s secretary, that he should draw up for Mr. Experience a +commission to make him a captain over a thousand men. ‘And +let it be brought to me,’ said he, ‘that I may set to my +seal.’ So it was done as it was commanded. The commission +was drawn up, brought to Emmanuel, and he set his seal thereto. +Then, by the hand of Mr. Waiting, he sent it away to the captain.<br> +<br> +Now as soon as the captain had received his commission, he sounded his +trumpet for volunteers, and young men came to him apace; yea, the greatest +and chief men in the town sent their sons, to be listed under his command. +Thus Captain Experience came under command to Emmanuel, for the good +of the town of Mansoul. He had for his lieutenant one Mr. Skilful, +and for his cornet one Mr. Memory. His under officers I need not +name. His colours were the white colours for the town of Mansoul; +and his scutcheon was the dead lion and dead bear. So the Prince +returned to his royal palace again.<br> +<br> +Now when he was returned thither, the elders of the town of Mansoul, +to wit, the Lord Mayor, the Recorder, and the Lord Willbewill, went +to congratulate him, and in special way to thank him for his love, care, +and the tender compassion which he showed to his ever-obliged town of +Mansoul. So after a while, and some sweet communion between them, +the townsmen having solemnly ended their ceremony, returned to their +place again.<br> +<br> +Emmanuel also at this time appointed them a day wherein he would renew +their charter, yea, wherein he would renew and enlarge it, mending several +faults therein, that Mansoul’s yoke might be yet more easy. +And this he did without any desire of theirs, even of his own frankness +and noble mind. So when he had sent for and seen their old one, +he laid it by, and said, ‘Now that which decayeth and waxeth old +is ready to vanish away.’ He said, moreover, ‘The +town of Mansoul shall have another, a better, a new one, more steady +and firm by far.’ An epitome hereof take as follows:-<br> +<br> +‘Emmanuel, Prince of Peace, and a great lover of the town of Mansoul, +I do in the name of my Father, and of mine own clemency, give, grant, +and bequeath to my beloved town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘First. Free, full, and everlasting forgiveness of all wrongs, +injuries, and offences done by them against my Father, me, their neighbour, +or themselves.<br> +<br> +‘Second. I do give them the holy law and my testament, with +all that therein is contained, for their everlasting comfort and consolation.<br> +<br> +‘Third. I do also give them a portion of the self-same grace +and goodness that dwells in my Father’s heart and mine.<br> +<br> +‘Fourth. I do give, grant, and bestow upon them freely, +the world and what is therein, for their good; and they shall have that +power over them, as shall stand with the honour of my Father, my glory, +and their comfort: yea, I grant them the benefits of life and death, +and of things present, and things to come. This privilege no other +city, town, or corporation, shall have, but my Mansoul only.<br> +<br> +‘Fifth. I do give and grant them leave, and free access +to me in my palace at all seasons - to my palace above or below - there +to make known their wants to me, and I give them, moreover, a promise +that I will hear and redress all their grievances.<br> +<br> +‘Sixth. I do give, grant to, and invest the town of Mansoul +with full power and authority to seek out, take, enslave, and destroy +all, and all manner of Diabolonians that at any time, from whencesoever, +shall be found straggling in or about the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘Seventh. I do further grant to my beloved town of Mansoul, +that they shall have authority not to suffer any foreigner, or stranger, +or their seed, to be free in, and of the blessed town of Mansoul, nor +to share in the excellent privileges thereof. But that all the +grants, privileges, and immunities that I bestow upon the famous town +of Mansoul, shall be for those the old natives, and true inhabitants +thereof; to them, I say, and to their right seed after them.<br> +<br> +‘But all Diabolonians, of what sort, birth, country, or kingdom +soever, shall be debarred a share therein.’<br> +<br> +So when the town of Mansoul had received at the hand of Emmanuel their +gracious charter, (which in itself is infinitely more large than by +this lean epitome is set before you,) they carried it to audience, that +is, to the market place, and there Mr. Recorder read it in the presence +of all the people. This being done, it was had back to the castle +gates, and there fairly engraven upon the doors thereof, and laid in +letters of gold, to the end that the town of Mansoul, with all the people +thereof, might have it always in their view, or might go where they +might see what a blessed freedom their Prince had bestowed upon them, +that their joy might be increased in themselves, and their love renewed +to their great and good Emmanuel.<br> +<br> +But what joy, what comfort, what consolation, think you, did now possess +the hearts of the men of Mansoul! The bells rung, the minstrels +played, the people danced, the captains shouted, the colours waved in +the wind, and the silver trumpets sounded; and the Diabolonians now +were glad to hide their heads, for they looked like them that had been +long dead.<br> +<br> +When this was over, the Prince sent again for the elders of the town +of Mansoul, and communed with them about a ministry that he intended +to establish among them; such a ministry that might open unto them, +and that might instruct them in the things that did concern their present +and future state.<br> +<br> +‘For,’ said he, ‘you, of yourselves, unless you have +teachers and guides, will not be able to know, and, if not to know, +to be sure not to do the will of my Father.’<br> +<br> +At this news, when the elders of Mansoul brought it to the people, the +whole town came running together, (for it pleased them well, as whatever +the Prince now did pleased the people,) and all with one consent implored +his Majesty that he would forthwith establish such a ministry among +them as might teach them both law and judgment, statute and commandment; +that they might be documented in all good and wholesome things. +So he told them that he would grant them their requests, and would establish +two among them; one that was of his Father’s court, and one that +was a native of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘He that is from the court,’ said he, ‘is a person +of no less quality and dignity than my Father and I; and he is the Lord +Chief Secretary of my Father’s house: for he is, and always has +been, the chief dictator of all my Father’s laws, a person altogether +well skilled in all mysteries, and knowledge of mysteries, as is my +Father, or as myself is. Indeed he is one with us in nature, and +also as to loving of, and being faithful to, and in the eternal concerns +of the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘And this is he,’ said the Prince, ‘that must be your +chief teacher; for it is he, and he only, that can teach you clearly +in all high and supernatural things. He, and he only, it is that +knows the ways and methods of my Father at court, nor can any like him +show how the heart of my Father is at all times, in all things, upon +all occasions, towards Mansoul; for as no man knows the things of a +man but that spirit of a man which is in him, so the things of my Father +knows no man but this his high and mighty Secretary. Nor can any, +as he, tell Mansoul how and what they shall do to keep themselves in +the love of my Father. He also it is that can bring lost things +to your remembrance, and that can tell you things to come. This +teacher, therefore, must of necessity have the pre-eminence, both in +your affections and judgment, before your other teacher; his personal +dignity, the excellency of his teaching, also the great dexterity that +he hath to help you to make and draw up petitions to my Father for your +help, and to his pleasing, must lay obligations upon you to love him, +fear him, and to take heed that you grieve him not.<br> +<br> +‘This person can put life and vigour into all he says; yea, and +can also put it into your heart. This person can make seers of +you, and can make you tell what shall be hereafter. By this person +you must frame all your petitions to my Father and me; and without his +advice and counsel first obtained, let nothing enter into the town or +castle of Mansoul, for that may disgust and grieve this noble person.<br> +<br> +‘Take heed, I say, that you do not grieve this minister; for if +you do, he may fight against you; and should he once be moved by you +to set himself against you in battle array, that will distress you more +than if twelve legions should from my Father’s court be sent to +make war upon you.<br> +<br> +‘But, as I said, if you shall hearken unto him, and shall love +him; if you shall devote yourselves to his teaching, and shall seek +to have converse, and to maintain communion with him, you shall find +him ten times better than is the whole world to any; yea, he will shed +abroad the love of my Father in your hearts, and Mansoul will be the +wisest, and most blessed of all people.’<br> +<br> +Then did the Prince call unto him the old gentleman, who before had +been the Recorder of Mansoul, Mr. Conscience by name, and told him, +That, forasmuch as he was well skilled in the law and government of +the town of Mansoul, and was also well-spoken, and could pertinently +deliver to them his Master’s will in all terrene and domestic +matters, therefore he would also make him a minister for, in, and to +the goodly town of Mansoul, in all the laws, statutes, and judgments +of the famous town of Mansoul. ‘And thou must,’ said +the Prince, ‘confine thyself to the teaching of moral virtues, +to civil and natural duties; but thou must not attempt to presume to +be a revealer of those high and supernatural mysteries that are kept +close in the bosom of Shaddai, my Father: for those things knows no +man, nor can any reveal them but my Father’s Secretary only.<br> +<br> +‘Thou art a native of the town of Mansoul, but the Lord Secretary +is a native with my Father; wherefore, as thou hast knowledge of the +laws and customs of the corporation, so he of the things and will of +my Father.<br> +<br> +‘Wherefore, O Mr. Conscience, although I have made thee a minister +and a preacher to the town of Mansoul, yet as to the things which the +Lord Secretary knoweth, and shall teach to this people, there thou must +be his scholar and a learner, even as the rest of Mansoul are.<br> +<br> +‘Thou must therefore, in all high and supernatural things, go +to him for information and knowledge; for though there be a spirit in +man, this person’s inspiration must give him understanding. +Wherefore, O thou Mr. Recorder, keep low and be humble, and remember +that the Diabolonians that kept not their first charge, but left their +own standing, are now made prisoners in the pit. Be therefore +content with thy station.<br> +<br> +‘I have made thee my Father’s vicegerent on earth, in such +things of which I have made mention before: and thou, take thou power +to teach them to Mansoul, yea, and to impose them with whips and chastisements, +if they shall not willingly hearken to do thy commandments.<br> +<br> +‘And, Mr. Recorder, because thou art old, and through many abuses +made feeble; therefore I give thee leave and license to go when thou +wilt to my fountain, my conduit, and there to drink freely of the blood +of my grape, for my conduit doth always run wine. Thus doing, +thou shalt drive from thine heart and stomach all foul, gross, and hurtful +humours. It will also lighten thine eyes, and will strengthen +thy memory for the reception and keeping of all that the King’s +most noble Secretary teacheth.’<br> +<br> +When the Prince had thus put Mr. Recorder (that once so was) into the +place and office of a minister to Mansoul, and the man had thankfully +accepted thereof, then did Emmanuel address himself in a particular +speech to the townsmen themselves.<br> +<br> +‘Behold,’ said the Prince to Mansoul, ‘my love and +care towards you; I have added to all that is past, this mercy, to appoint +you preachers; the most noble Secretary to teach you in all high and +sublime mysteries; and this gentleman,’ pointing to Mr. Conscience, +‘is to teach you in all things human and domestic, for therein +lieth his work. He is not, by what I have said, debarred of telling +to Mansoul anything that he hath heard and received at the mouth of +the lord high Secretary; only he shall not attempt to presume to pretend +to be a revealer of those high mysteries himself; for the breaking of +them up, and the discovery of them to Mansoul lieth only in the power, +authority, and skill of the lord high Secretary himself. Talk +of them he may, and so may the rest of the town of Mansoul; yea, and +may, as occasion gives them opportunity, press them upon each other +for the benefit of the whole. These things, therefore, I would +have you observe and do, for it is for your life, and the lengthening +of your days.<br> +<br> +‘And one thing more to my beloved Mr. Recorder, and to all the +town of Mansoul: You must not dwell in, nor stay upon, anything of that +which he hath in commission to teach you, as to your trust and expectation +of the next world; (of the next world, I say, for I purpose to give +another to Mansoul, when this with them is worn out;) but for that you +must wholly and solely have recourse to, and make stay upon his doctrine +that is your Teacher after the first order. Yea, Mr. Recorder +himself must not look for life from that which he himself revealeth; +his dependence for that must be founded in the doctrine of the other +preacher. Let Mr. Recorder also take heed that he receive not +any doctrine, or point of doctrine, that is not communicated to him +by his Superior Teacher, nor yet within the precincts of his own formal +knowledge.’<br> +<br> +Now, after the Prince had thus settled things in the famous town of +Mansoul, he proceeded to give to the elders of the corporation a necessary +caution, to wit, how they should carry it to the high and noble captains +that he had, from his Father’s court, sent or brought with him, +to the famous town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘These captains,’ said he, ‘do love the town of Mansoul, +and they are picked men, picked out of abundance, as men that best suit, +and that will most faithfully serve in the wars of Shaddai against the +Diabolonians, for the preservation of the town of Mansoul. ‘I +charge you therefore,’ said he, ‘O ye inhabitants of the +now flourishing town of Mansoul, that you carry it not ruggedly or untowardly +to my captains, or their men; since, as I said, they are picked and +choice men - men chosen out of many for the good of the town of Mansoul. +I say, I charge you, that you carry it not untowardly to them: for though +they have the hearts and faces of lions, when at any time they shall +be called forth to engage and fight with the King’s foes, and +the enemies of the town of Mansoul; yet a little discountenance cast +upon them from the town of Mansoul will deject and cast down their faces, +will weaken and take away their courage. Do not, therefore, O +my beloved, carry it unkindly to my valiant captains and courageous +men of war, but love them, nourish them, succour them, and lay them +in your bosoms; and they will not only fight for you, but cause to fly +from you all those the Diabolonians that seek, and will, if possible, +be, your utter destruction.<br> +<br> +‘If, therefore, any of them should at any time be sick or weak, +and so not able to perform that office of love, which, with all their +hearts, they are willing to do (and will do also when well and in health), +slight them not, nor despise them, but rather strengthen them and encourage +them, though weak and ready to die, for they are your fence, and your +guard, your wall, your gates, your locks, and your bars. And although, +when they are weak, they can do but little, but rather need to be helped +by you, than that you should then expect great things from them, yet, +when well, you know what exploits, what feats and warlike achievements +they are able to do, and will perform for you.<br> +<br> +‘Besides, if they be weak, the town of Mansoul cannot be strong; +if they be strong, then Mansoul cannot be weak; your safety, therefore, +doth lie in their health, and in your countenancing them. Remember, +also, that if they be sick, they catch that disease of the town of Mansoul +itself.<br> +<br> +‘These things I have said unto you because I love your welfare +and your honour: observe, therefore, O my Mansoul, to be punctual in +all things that I have given in charge unto you, and that not only as +a town corporate, and so to your officers and guard, and guides in chief, +but to you as you are a people whose well-being, as single persons, +depends on the observation of the orders and commandments of their Lord.<br> +<br> +‘Next, O my Mansoul, I do warn you of that, of which, notwithstanding +that reformation that at present is wrought among you, you have need +to be warned about: wherefore hearken diligently unto me. I am +now sure, and you will know hereafter, that there are yet of the Diabolonians +remaining in the town of Mansoul, Diabolonians that are sturdy and implacable, +and that do already while I am with you, and that will yet more when +I am from you, study, plot, contrive, invent, and jointly attempt to +bring you to desolation, and so to a state far worse than that of the +Egyptian bondage; they are the avowed friends of Diabolus, therefore +look about you. They used heretofore to lodge with their Prince +in the Castle, when Incredulity was the Lord Mayor of this town; but +since my coming hither, they lie more in the outsides and walls, and +have made themselves dens, and caves, and holes, and strongholds therein. +Wherefore, O Mansoul! thy work, as to this, will be so much the more +difficult and hard; that is, to take, mortify, and put them to death +according to the will of my Father. Nor can you utterly rid yourselves +of them, unless you should pull down the walls of your town, the which +I am by no means willing you should. Do you ask me, What shall +we do then? Why, be you diligent, and quit you like men; observe +their holes; find out their haunts; assault them, and make no peace +with them. Wherever they haunt, lurk, or abide, and what terms +of peace soever they offer you, abhor, and all shall be well betwixt +you and me. And that you may the better know them from those that +are the natives of Mansoul, I will give you this brief schedule of the +names of the chief of them; and they are these that follow:- The Lord +Fornication, the Lord Adultery, the Lord Murder, the Lord Anger, the +Lord Lasciviousness, the Lord Deceit, the Lord Evil-Eye, Mr. Drunkenness, +Mr. Revelling, Mr. Idolatry, Mr. Witch-craft, Mr. Variance, Mr. Emulation, +Mr. Wrath, Mr. Strife, Mr. Sedition, and Mr. Heresy. These are +some of the chief, O Mansoul! of those that will seek to overthrow thee +for ever. These, I say, are the skulkers in Mansoul; but look +thou well into the law of thy King, and there thou shalt find their +physiognomy, and such other characteristical notes of them, by which +they certainly may be known.<br> +<br> +‘These, O my Mansoul, (and I would gladly that you should certainly +know it,) if they be suffered to run and range about the town as they +would, will quickly, like vipers, eat out your bowels; yea, poison your +captains, cut the sinews of your soldiers, break the bars and bolts +of your gates, and turn your now most flourishing Mansoul into a barren +and desolate wilderness, and ruinous heap. Wherefore, that you +may take courage to yourselves to apprehend these villains wherever +you find them, I give to you, my Lord Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and +Mr. Recorder, with all the inhabitants of the town of Mansoul, full +power and commission to seek out, to take, and to cause to be put to +death by the cross, all, and all manner of Diabolonians, when and wherever +you shall find them to lurk within, or to range without the walls of +the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘I told you before that I had placed a standing ministry among +you; not that you have but these with you, for my first four captains +who came against the master and lord of the Diabolonians that was in +Mansoul, they can, and if need be, and if they be required, will not +only privately inform, but publicly preach to the corporation both good +and wholesome doctrine, and such as shall lead you in the way. +Yea, they will set up a weekly, yea, if need be, a daily lecture in +thee, O Mansoul! and will instruct thee in such profitable lessons, +that, if heeded, will do thee good at the end. And take good heed +that you spare not the men that you have a commission to take and crucify.<br> +<br> +‘Now, as I have set before your eyes the vagrants and runagates +by name, so I will tell you, that among yourselves, some of them shall +creep in to beguile you, even such as would seem, and that in appearance +are, very rife and hot for religion. And they, if you watch not, +will do you a mischief, such an one as at present you cannot think of.<br> +<br> +‘These, as I said, will show themselves to you in another hue +than those under description before. Wherefore, Mansoul, watch +and be sober, and suffer not thyself to be betrayed.’<br> +<br> +When the Prince had thus far new modelled the town of Mansoul, and had +instructed them in such matters as were profitable for them to know, +then he appointed another day in which he intended, when the townsfolk +came together, to bestow a further badge of honour upon the town of +Mansoul, - a badge that should distinguish them from all the people, +kindreds, and tongues that dwell in the kingdom of Universe. Now +it was not long before the day appointed was come, and the Prince and +his people met in the King’s palace, where first Emmanuel made +a short speech unto them, and then did for them as he had said, and +unto them as he had promised.<br> +<br> +‘My Mansoul,’ said he, ‘that which I now am about +to do, is to make you known to the world to be mine, and to distinguish +you also in your own eyes, from all false traitors that may creep in +among you.’<br> +<br> +Then he commanded that those that waited upon him should go and bring +forth out of his treasury those white and glistening robes ‘that +I,’ said he, ‘have provided and laid up in store for my +Mansoul.’ So the white garments were fetched out of his +treasury, and laid forth to the eyes of the people. Moreover, +it was granted to them that they should take them and put them on, ‘according,’ +said he, ‘to your size and stature.’ So the people +were put into white, into fine linen, white and clean.<br> +<br> +Then said the Prince unto them, ‘This, O Mansoul, is my livery, +and the badge by which mine are known from the servants of others. +Yea, it is that which I grant to all that are mine, and without which +no man is permitted to see my face. Wear them, therefore, for +my sake, who gave them unto you; and also if you would be known by the +world to be mine.’<br> +<br> +But now! can you think how Mansoul shone? It was fair as the sun, +clear as the moon, and terrible as an army with banners.<br> +<br> +The Prince added further, and said, ‘No prince, potentate, or +mighty one of Universe, giveth this livery but myself: behold, therefore, +as I said before, you shall be known by it to be mine.<br> +<br> +‘And now,’ said he, ‘I have given you my livery, let +me give you also in commandment concerning them; and be sure that you +take good heed to my words.<br> +<br> +‘First. Wear them daily, day by day, lest you should at +sometimes appear to others as if you were none of mine.<br> +<br> +‘Second. Keep them always white; for if they be soiled, +it is dishonour to me.<br> +<br> +‘Third. Wherefore gird them up from the ground, and let +them not lag with dust and dirt.<br> +<br> +‘Fourth. Take heed that you lose them not, lest you walk +naked, and they see your shame.<br> +<br> +‘Fifth. But if you should sully them, if you should defile +them, the which I am greatly unwilling you should, and the prince Diabolus +will be glad if you would, then speed you to do that which is written +in my law, that yet you may stand, and befall before me, and before +my throne. Also, this is the way to cause that I may not leave +you, nor forsake you while here, but may dwell in this town of Mansoul +for ever.’<br> +<br> +And now was Mansoul, and the inhabitants of it, as the signet upon Emmanuel’s +right hand. Where was there now a town, a city, a corporation, +that could compare with Mansoul! a town redeemed from the hand, and +from the power of Diabolus! a town that the King Shaddai loved, and +that he sent Emmanuel to regain from the Prince of the infernal cave; +yea, a town that Emmanuel loved to dwell in, and that he chose for his +royal habitation; a town that he fortified for himself, and made strong +by the force of his army. What shall I say, Mansoul has now a +most excellent Prince, golden captains and men of war, weapons proved, +and garments as white as snow. Nor are these benefits to be counted +little, but great; can the town of Mansoul esteem them so, and improve +them to that end and purpose for which they are bestowed upon them?<br> +<br> +When the Prince had thus completed the modelling of the town, to show +that he had great delight in the work of his hands and took pleasure +in the good that he had wrought for the famous and flourishing Mansoul, +he commanded, and they set his standard upon the battlements of the +castle. And then,<br> +<br> +First. He gave them frequent visits; not a day now but the elders +of Mansoul must come to him, or he to them, into his palace. Now +they must walk and talk together of all the great things that he had +done, and yet further promised to do, for the town of Mansoul. +Thus would he often do with the Lord Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and +the honest subordinate preacher Mr. Conscience, and Mr. Recorder. +But oh, how graciously, how lovingly, how courteously, and tenderly +did this blessed Prince now carry it towards the town of Mansoul! +In all the streets, gardens, orchards, and other places where he came, +to be sure the poor should have his blessing and benediction; yea, he +would kiss them, and if they were ill he would lay hands on them, and +make them well. The captains, also, he would daily, yea, sometimes +hourly, encourage with his presence and goodly words. For you +must know that a smile from him upon them would put more vigour, more +life, and stoutness into them, than would anything else under heaven.<br> +<br> +The Prince would now also feast them, and be with them continually: +hardly a week would pass but a banquet must be had betwixt him and them. +You may remember that, some pages before, we make mention of one feast +that they had together; but now to feast them was a thing more common: +every day with Mansoul was a feast-day now. Nor did he, when they +returned to their places, send them empty away, either they must have +a ring, a gold chain, a bracelet, a white stone, or something; so dear +was Mansoul to him now; so lovely was Mansoul in his eyes.<br> +<br> +Second. When the elders and townsmen did not come to him, he would +send in much plenty of provision unto them; meat that came from court, +wine and bread that were prepared for his Father’s table; yea, +such delicates would he send unto them, and therewith would so cover +their table, that whoever saw it confessed that the like could not be +seen in any kingdom.<br> +<br> +Third. If Mansoul did not frequently visit him as he desired they +should, he would walk out to them, knock at their doors, and desire +entrance, that amity might be maintained betwixt them and him; if they +did hear and open to him, as commonly they would, if they were at home, +then would he renew his former love, and confirm it too with some new +tokens, and signs of continued favour.<br> +<br> +And was it not now amazing to behold, that in that very place where +sometimes Diabolus had his abode, and entertained his Diabolonians to +the almost utter destruction of Mansoul, the Prince of princes should +sit eating and drinking with them, while all his mighty captains, men +of war, trumpeters, with the singing-men and singing-women of his Father, +stood round about to wait upon them! Now did Mansoul’s cup +run over, now did her conduits run sweet wine, now did she eat the finest +of the wheat, and drink milk and honey out of the rock! Now, she +said, How great is his goodness! for since I found favour in his eyes, +how honourable have I been!<br> +<br> +The blessed Prince did also ordain a new officer in the town, and a +goodly person he was; his name was Mr. God’s-Peace: this man was +set over my Lord Willbewill, my Lord Mayor, Mr. Recorder, the subordinate +preacher, Mr. Mind, and over all the natives of the town of Mansoul. +Himself was not a native of it, but came with the Prince Emmanuel from +the court. He was a great acquaintance of Captain Credence and +Captain Good-Hope; some say they were kin, and I am of that opinion +too. This man, as I said, was made governor of the town in general, +especially over the castle, and Captain Credence was to help him there. +And I made great observation of it, that so long as all things went +in Mansoul as this sweet-natured gentleman would, the town was in most +happy condition. Now there were no jars, no chiding, no interferings, +no unfaithful doings in all the town of Mansoul; every man in Mansoul +kept close to his own employment. The gentry, the officers, the +soldiers, and all in place observed their order. And as for the +women and children of the town, they followed their business joyfully; +they would work and sing, work and sing, from morning till night: so +that quite through the town of Mansoul now nothing was to be found but +harmony, quietness, joy, and health. And this lasted all that +summer.<br> +<br> +But there was a man in the town of Mansoul, and his name was Mr. Carnal-Security; +this man did, after all this mercy bestowed on this corporation, bring +the town of Mansoul into great and grievous slavery and bondage. +A brief account of him and of his doings take as followeth:-<br> +<br> +When Diabolus at first took possession of the town of Mansoul, he brought +thither, with himself, a great number of Diabolonians, men of his own +conditions. Now among these there was one whose name was Mr. Self-Conceit, +and a notable brisk man he was, as any that in those days did possess +the town of Mansoul. Diabolus, then, perceiving this man to be +active and bold, sent him upon many desperate designs, the which he +managed better, and more to the pleasing of his lord, than most that +came with him from the dens could do. Wherefore, finding him so +fit for his purpose, he preferred him, and made him next to the great +Lord Willbewill, of whom we have written so much before. Now the +Lord Willbewill being in those days very well pleased with him, and +with his achievements, gave him his daughter, the Lady Fear-Nothing, +to wife. Now, of my Lady Fear-nothing, did this Mr. Self-Conceit +beget this gentleman, Mr. Carnal-Security. Wherefore, there being +then in Mansoul those strange kinds of mixtures, it was hard for them, +in some cases, to find out who were natives, who not, for Mr. Carnal-Security +sprang from my Lord Willbewill by mother’s side, though he had +for his father a Diabolonian by nature.<br> +<br> +Well, this Carnal-Security took much after his father and mother; he +was self-conceited, he feared nothing, he was also a very busy man: +nothing of news, nothing of doctrine, nothing of alteration, or talk +of alteration, could at any time be on foot in Mansoul, but be sure +Mr. Carnal-Security would be at the head or tail of it: but, to be sure, +he would decline those that he deemed the weakest, and stood always +with them in his way of standing, that he supposed was the strongest +side.<br> +<br> +Now, when Shaddai the mighty, and Emmanuel his Son, made war upon Mansoul, +to take it, this Mr. Carnal-Security was then in town, and was a great +doer among the people, encouraging them in their rebellion, putting +them upon hardening themselves in their resisting the King’s forces: +but when he saw that the town of Mansoul was taken, and converted to +the use of the glorious Prince Emmanuel; and when he also saw what was +become of Diabolus, and how he was unroosted, and made to quit the castle +in the greatest contempt and scorn; and that the town of Mansoul was +well lined with captains, engines of war, and men, and also provision; +what doth he but slyly wheel about also; and as he had served Diabolus +against the good Prince, so he feigned that he would serve the Prince +against his foes.<br> +<br> +And having got some little smattering of Emmanuel’s things by +the end, being bold, he ventures himself into the company of the townsmen, +any attempts also to chat among them. Now he knew that the power +and strength of the town of Mansoul was great, and that it could not +but be pleasing to the people, if he cried up their might and their +glory. Wherefore he beginneth his tale with the power and strength +of Mansoul, and affirmed that it was impregnable; now magnifying their +captains and their slings, and their rams; then crying up their fortifications +and strongholds; and, lastly, the assurances that they had from their +Prince, that Mansoul should be happy for ever. But when he saw +that some of the men of the town were tickled and taken with his discourse, +he makes it his business, and walking from street to street, house to +house, and man to man, he at last brought Mansoul to dance after his +pipe, and to grow almost as carnally secure as himself; so from talking +they went to feasting, and from feasting to sporting; and so to some +other matters. Now Emmanuel was yet in the town of Mansoul, and +he wisely observed their doings. My Lord Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, +and Mr. Recorder were also all taken with the words of this tattling +Diabolonian gentleman, forgetting that their Prince had given them warning +before to take heed that they were not beguiled with any Diabolonian +sleight; he had further told them that the security of the now flourishing +town of Mansoul did not so much lie in her present fortifications and +force, as in her so using of what she had, as might oblige her Emmanuel +to abide within her castle. For the right doctrine of Emmanuel +was, that the town of Mansoul should take heed that they forgot not +his Father’s love and his; also, that they should so demean themselves +as to continue to keep themselves therein. Now this was not the +way to do it, namely, to fall in love with one of the Diabolonians, +and with such an one too as Mr. Carnal-Security was, and to be led up +and down by the nose by him; they should have heard their Prince, feared +their Prince, loved their Prince, and have stoned this naughty pack +to death, and took care to have walked in the ways of their Prince’s +prescribing: for then should their peace have been as a river, when +their righteousness had been like the waves of the sea.<br> +<br> +Now when Emmanuel perceived that through the policy of Mr. Carnal-Security +the hearts of the men of Mansoul were chilled and abated in their practical +love to him,<br> +<br> +First. He bemoans them, and, condoles their state with the Secretary, +saying, ‘Oh that my people had hearkened unto me, and that Mansoul +had walked in my ways! I would have fed them with the finest of +the wheat; and with honey out of the rock would I have sustained them.’ +This done, he said in his heart, ‘I will return to the court, +and go to my place, till Mansoul shall consider and acknowledge their +offence.’ And he did so, and the cause and manner of his +going away from them was, that Mansoul declined him, as is manifest +in these particulars.<br> +<br> +‘1. They left off their former way of visiting him, they came +not to his royal palace as afore.<br> +<br> +‘2. They did not regard, nor yet take notice, that he came or +came not to visit them.<br> +<br> +‘3. The love-feasts that had wont to be between their Prince and +them, though he made them still, and called them to them, yet they neglected +to come to them, or to be delighted with them.<br> +<br> +‘4. They waited not for his counsels, but began to be headstrong +and confident in themselves, concluding that now they were strong and +invincible, and that Mansoul was secure, and beyond all reach of the +foe, and that her state must needs be unalterable for ever.’<br> +<br> +Now, as was said, Emmanuel perceiving that by the craft of Mr. Carnal-Security, +the town of Mansoul was taken off from their dependence upon him, and +upon his Father by him, and set upon what by them was bestowed upon +it; he first, as I said, bemoaned their state, then he used means to +make them understand that the way that they went on in was dangerous: +for he sent my Lord High Secretary to them, to forbid them such ways; +but twice when he came to them, he found them at dinner in Mr. Carnal-Security’s +parlour; and perceiving also that they were not willing to reason about +matters concerning their good, he took grief and went his way; the which +when he had told to the Prince Emmanuel, he took offence, and was grieved +also, and so made provision to return to his Father’s court.<br> +<br> +Now, the methods of his withdrawing, as I was saying before, were thus:-<br> +<br> +‘1. Even while he was yet with them in Mansoul, he kept himself +close, and more retired than formerly.<br> +<br> +‘2. His speech was not now, if he came in their company, so pleasant +and familiar as formerly.<br> +<br> +‘3. Nor did he, as in times past, send to Mansoul, from his table, +those dainty bits which he was wont to do.<br> +<br> +‘4. Nor when they came to visit him, as now and then they would, +would he be so easily spoken with as they found him to be in times past. +They might now knock once, yea, twice, but he would seem not at all +to regard them; whereas formerly at the sound of their feet he would +up and run, and meet them halfway, and take them too, and lay them in +his bosom.’<br> +<br> +But thus Emmanuel carried it now, and by this his carriage he sought +to make them bethink themselves, and return to him. But, alas! +they did not consider, they did not know his ways, they regarded not, +they were not touched with these, nor with the true remembrance of former +favours. Wherefore what does he but in private manner withdraw +himself, first from his palace, then to the gate of the town, and so +away from Mansoul he goes, till they should acknowledge their offence, +and more earnestly seek his face. Mr. God’s-Peace also laid +down his commission, and would for the present act no longer in the +town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Thus they walked contrary to him, and he again, by way of retaliation, +walked contrary to them. But, alas! by this time they were so +hardened in their way, and had so drunk in the doctrine of Mr. Carnal-Security, +that the departing of their Prince touched them not, nor was he remembered +by them when gone; and so, of consequence, his absence not condoled +by them.<br> +<br> +Now, there was a day wherein this old gentleman, Mr. Carnal-Security, +did again make a feast for the town of Mansoul; and there was at that +time in the town one Mr. Godly-Fear, one now but little set by, though +formerly one of great request. This man, old Carnal-Security, +had a mind, if possible, to gull, and debauch, and abuse, as he did +the rest, and therefore he now bids him to the feast with his neighbours. +So the day being come, they prepare, and he goes and appears with the +rest of the guests; and being all set at the table, they did eat and +drink, and were merry, even all but this one man: for Mr. Godly-Fear +sat like a stranger, and did neither eat nor was merry. The which, +when Mr. Carnal-Security perceived, he presently addressed himself in +a speech thus to him:-<br> +<br> +‘Mr. Godly-Fear, are you not well? You seem to be ill of +body or mind, or both. I have a cordial of Mr. Forget-Good’s +making, the which, sir, if you will take a dram of, I hope it may make +you bonny and blithe, and so make you more fit for us, feasting companions.’<br> +<br> +Unto whom the good old gentleman discreetly replied, ‘Sir, I thank +you for all things courteous and civil; but for your cordial I have +no list thereto. But a word to the natives of Mansoul: You, the +elders and chief of Mansoul, to me it is strange to see you so jocund +and merry, when the town of Mansoul is in such woeful case.’<br> +<br> +Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, ‘You want sleep, good air, I doubt. +If you please, lie down, and take a nap, and we meanwhile will be merry.’<br> +<br> +Then said the good man as follows: ‘Sir, if you were not destitute +of an honest heart, you could not do as you have done and do.’<br> +<br> +Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, ‘Why?’<br> +<br> +<i>Godly</i>. Nay, pray interrupt me not. It is true the +town of Mansoul was strong, and, with a <i>proviso</i>, impregnable; +but you, the townsmen, have weakened it, and it now lies obnoxious to +its foes. Nor is it a time to flatter, or be silent; it is you, +Mr. Carnal-Security, that have wilily stripped Mansoul, and driven her +glory from her; you have pulled down her towers, you have broken down +her gates, you have spoiled her locks and bars.<br> +<br> +And now, to explain myself: from that time that my lords of Mansoul, +and you, sir, grew so great, from that time the Strength of Mansoul +has been offended, and now he is arisen and is gone. If any shall +question the truth of my words, I will answer him by this, and suchlike +questions. ‘Where is the Prince Emmanuel? When did +a man or woman in Mansoul see him? When did you hear from him, +or taste any of his dainty bits?’ You are now a feasting +with this Diabolonian monster, but he is not your Prince. I say, +therefore, though enemies from without, had you taken heed, could not +have made a prey of you, yet since you have sinned against your Prince, +your enemies within have been too hard for you.<br> +<br> +Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, ‘Fie! fie! Mr. Godly-Fear, +fie! - will you never shake off your <i>timorousness</i>? Are +you afraid of being sparrow-blasted? Who hath hurt you? +Behold, I am on your side; only you are for doubting, and I am for being +confident. Besides, is this a time to be sad in? A feast +is made for mirth; why, then, do you now, to your shame, and our trouble, +break out into such passionate melancholy language, when you should +eat and drink, and be merry?’<br> +<br> +Then said Mr. Godly-Fear again, ‘I may well be sad, for Emmanuel +is gone from Mansoul. I say again, he is gone, and you, sir, are +the man that has driven him away; yea, he is gone without so much as +acquainting the nobles of Mansoul with his going; and if that is not +a sign of his anger, I am not acquainted with the methods of godliness.<br> +<br> +‘And now, my lords and gentlemen, for my speech is still to you, +your gradual declining from him did provoke him gradually to depart +from you, the which he did for some time, if perhaps you would have +been made sensible thereby, and have been renewed by humbling yourselves; +but when he saw that none would regard, nor lay these fearful beginnings +of his anger and judgment to heart, he went away from this place; and +this I saw with mine eye. Wherefore now, while you boast, your +strength is gone; you are like the man that had lost his locks that +before did wave about his shoulders. You may, with this lord of +your feast, shake yourselves, and conclude to do as at other times; +but since without him you can do nothing, and he is departed from you, +turn your feast into a sigh, and your mirth into lamentation.’<br> +<br> +Then the subordinate preacher, old Mr. Conscience by name, he that of +old was Recorder of Mansoul, being startled at what was said, began +to second it thus:-<br> +<br> +‘Indeed, my brethren,’ quoth he, ‘I fear that Mr. +Godly-Fear tells us true: I, for my part, have not seen my Prince a +long season. I cannot remember the day, for my part; nor can I +answer Mr. Godly-Fear’s question. I doubt, I am afraid that +all is nought with Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +<i>Godly</i>. Nay, I know that you shall not find him in Mansoul, +for he is departed and gone; yea, and gone for the faults of the elders, +and for that they rewarded his grace with unsufferable unkindness.<br> +<br> +Then did the subordinate preacher look as if he would fall down dead +at the table; also all there present, except the man of the house, began +to look pale and wan. But having a little recovered themselves, +and jointly agreeing to believe Mr. Godly-Fear and his sayings, they +began to consult what was best to be done, (now Mr. Carnal-Security +was gone into his withdrawing-room, for he liked not such dumpish doings,) +both to the man of the house for drawing them into evil, and also to +recover Emmanuel’s love.<br> +<br> +And, with that, that saying of their Prince came very hot into their +minds, which he had bidden them do to such as were false prophets that +should arise to delude the town of Mansoul. So they took Mr. Carnal-Security +(concluding that he must be he) and burned his house upon him with fire; +for he also was a Diabolonian by nature.<br> +<br> +So when this was passed and over, they bespeed themselves to look for +Emmanuel their Prince; and they sought him, but they found him not. +Then were they more confirmed in the truth of Mr. Godly-Fear’s +sayings, and began also severely to reflect upon themselves for their +so vile and ungodly doings; for they concluded now that it was through +them that their Prince had left them.<br> +<br> +Then they agreed and went to my Lord Secretary, (him whom before they +refused to hear - him whom they had grieved with their doings,) to know +of him, for he was a seer, and could tell where Emmanuel was, and how +they might direct a petition to him. But the Lord Secretary would +not admit them to a conference about this matter, nor would admit them +to his royal place of abode, nor come out to them to show them his face +or intelligence.<br> +<br> +And now was it a day gloomy and dark, a day of clouds and of thick darkness +with Mansoul. Now they saw that they had been foolish, and began +to perceive what the company and prattle of Mr. Carnal-Security had +done, and what desperate damage his swaggering words had brought poor +Mansoul into. But what further it was likely to cost them they +were ignorant of. Now Mr. Godly-Fear began again to be in repute +with the men of the town; yea, they were ready to look upon him as a +prophet.<br> +<br> +Well, when the Sabbath day was come, they went to hear their subordinate +preacher; but oh, how he did thunder and lighten this day! His +text was that in the prophet Jonah: ‘They that observe lying vanities +forsake their own mercy.’ But there was then such power +and authority in that sermon, and such a dejection seen in the countenances +of the people that day, that the like hath seldom been heard or seen. +The people, when sermon was done, were scarce able to go to their homes, +or to betake themselves to their employs the week after; they were so +sermon-smitten, and also so sermon-sick by being smitten, that they +knew not what to do.<br> +<br> +He did not only show to Mansoul their sin, but did tremble before them, +under the sense of his own, still crying out of himself, as he preached +to them, ‘Unhappy man that I am! that I should do so wicked a +thing! That I, a preacher! whom the Prince did set up to teach +to Mansoul his law, should myself live senseless and sottishly here, +and be one of the first found in transgression! This transgression +also fell within my precincts; I should have cried out against the wickedness; +but I let Mansoul lie wallowing in it, until it had driven Emmanuel +from its borders!’ With these things he also charged all +the lords and gentry of Mansoul, to the almost distracting of them.<br> +<br> +About this time, also, there was a great sickness in the town of Mansoul, +and most of the inhabitants were greatly afflicted. Yea, the captains +also, and men of war, were brought thereby to a languishing condition, +and that for a long time together; so that in case of an invasion, nothing +could to purpose now have been done, either by the townsmen or field +officers. Oh, how many pale faces, weak hands, feeble knees, and +staggering men were now seen to walk the streets of Mansoul! Here +were groans, there pants, and yonder lay those that were ready to faint.<br> +<br> +The garments, too, which Emmanuel had given them were but in a sorry +case; some were rent, some were torn, and all in a nasty condition; +some also did hang so loosely upon them, that the next bush they came +at was ready to pluck them off.<br> +<br> +After some time spent in this sad and desolate condition, the subordinate +preacher called for a day of fasting, and to humble themselves for being +so wicked against the great Shaddai and his Son. And he desired +that Captain Boanerges would preach. So he consented to do it; +and the day being come, and his text was this, ‘Cut it down, why +cumbereth it the ground?’ And a very smart sermon he made +upon the place. First, he showed what was the occasion of the +words, namely, because the fig-tree was barren; then he showed what +was contained in the sentence, namely, repentance, or utter desolation. +He then showed, also, by whose authority this sentence was pronounced, +and that was by Shaddai himself. And, lastly, he showed the reasons +of the point, and then concluded his sermon. But he was very pertinent +in the application, insomuch that he made poor Mansoul tremble. +For this sermon, as well as the former, wrought much upon the hearts +of the men of Mansoul; yea, it greatly helped to keep awake those that +were roused by the preaching that went before. So that now throughout +the whole town, there was little or nothing to be heard or seen but +sorrow, and mourning, and woe.<br> +<br> +Now, after sermon, they got together and consulted what was best to +be done. ‘But,’ said the subordinate preacher, ‘I +will do nothing of mine own head, without advising with my neighbour +Mr. Godly-Fear. For if he had aforehand understood more of the +mind of our Prince than we, I do not know but he also may have it now, +even now we are turning again to virtue.’<br> +<br> +So they called and sent for Mr. Godly-Fear, and he forthwith appeared. +Then they desired that he would further show his opinion about what +they had best to do. Then said the old gentleman as followeth: ‘It +is my opinion that this town of Mansoul should, in this day of her distress, +draw up and send an humble petition to their offended Prince Emmanuel, +that he, in his favour and grace, will turn again unto you, and not +keep anger for ever.’<br> +<br> +When the townsmen had heard this speech, they did, with one consent, +agree to his advice; so they did presently draw up their request, and +the next was, But who shall carry it? At last they did all agree +to send it by my Lord Mayor. So he accepted of the service, and +addressed himself to his journey; and went and came to the court of +Shaddai, whither Emmanuel the Prince of Mansoul was gone. But +the gate was shut, and a strict watch kept thereat; so that the petitioner +was forced to stand without for a great while together. Then he +desired that some would go into the Prince and tell him who stood at +the gate, and what his business was. So one went and told to Shaddai, +and to Emmanuel his Son, that the Lord Mayor of the town of Mansoul +stood without at the gate of the King’s court, desiring to be +admitted into the presence of the Prince, the King’s Son. +He also told what was the Lord Mayor’s errand, both to the King +and his Son Emmanuel. But the Prince would not come down, nor +admit that the gate should be opened to him, but sent him an answer +to this effect: ‘They have turned their back unto me, and not +their face; but now in the time of their trouble they say to me, Arise, +and save us. But can they not now go to Mr. Carnal-Security, to +whom they went when they turned from me, and make him their leader, +their lord, and their protection now in their trouble; why now in their +trouble do they visit me, since in their prosperity they went astray?’<br> +<br> +The answer made my Lord Mayor look black in the face; it troubled, it +perplexed, it rent him sore. And now he began again to see what +it was to be familiar with Diabolonians, such as Mr. Carnal-Security +was. When he saw that at court, as yet, there was little help +to be expected, either for himself or friends in Mansoul, he smote upon +his breast, and returned weeping, and all the way bewailing the lamentable +state of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Well, when he was come within sight of the town, the elders and chief +of the people of Mansoul went out at the gate to meet him, and to salute +him, and to know how he sped at court. But he told them his tale +in so doleful a manner, that they all cried out, and mourned, and wept. +Wherefore they threw ashes and dust upon their heads, and put sackcloth +upon their loins, and went crying out through the town of Mansoul; the +which, when the rest of the townsfolk saw, they all mourned and wept. +This, therefore, was a day of rebuke and trouble, and of anguish to +the town of Mansoul, and also of great distress.<br> +<br> +After some time, when they had somewhat refrained themselves, they came +together to consult again what by them was yet to be done; and they +asked advice, as they did before, of that reverend Mr. Godly-Fear, who +told them that there was no way better than to do as they had done, +nor would he that they should be discouraged at all with that they had +met with at court; yea, though several of their petitions should be +answered with nought but silence or rebuke: ‘For,’ said +he, ‘it is the way of the wise Shaddai to make men wait and to +exercise patience, and it should be the way of them in want, to be willing +to stay his leisure.<br> +<br> +Then they took courage, and sent again and again, and again, and again; +for there was not now one day, nor an hour that went over Mansoul’s +head, wherein a man might not have met upon the road one or other riding +post, sounding the horn from Mansoul to the court of the King Shaddai; +and all with letters petitionary in behalf of, and for the Prince’s +return to Mansoul. The road, I say, was now full of messengers, +going and returning, and meeting one another; some from the court, and +some from Mansoul; and this was the work of the miserable town of Mansoul, +all that long, that sharp, that cold and tedious winter.<br> +<br> +Now if you have not forgot, you may yet remember that I told you before, +that after Emmanuel had taken Mansoul, yea, and after that he had new +modelled the town, there remained in several lurking places of the corporation +many of the old Diabolonians, that either came with the tyrant when +he invaded and took the town, or that had there, by reason of unlawful +mixtures, their birth and breeding, and bringing up. And their +holes, dens, and lurking places were in, under, or about the wall of +the town. Some of their names are the Lord Fornication, the Lord +Adultery, the Lord Murder, the Lord Anger, the Lord Lasciviousness, +the Lord Deceit, the Lord Evil-eye, the Lord Blasphemy, and that horrible +villain, the old and dangerous Lord Covetousness. These, as I +told you, with many more, had yet their abode in the town of Mansoul, +and that after that Emmanuel had driven their prince Diabolus out of +the castle.<br> +<br> +Against these the good Prince did grant a commission to the Lord Willbewill +and others, yea, to the whole town of Mansoul, to seek, take, secure, +and destroy any or all that they could lay hands of, for that they were +Diabolonians by nature, enemies to the Prince, and those that sought +to ruin the blessed town of Mansoul. But the town of Mansoul did +not pursue this warrant, but neglected to look after, to apprehend, +to secure, and to destroy these Diabolonians. Wherefore what do +these villains but by degrees take courage to put forth their heads, +and to show themselves to the inhabitants of the town. Yea, and +as I was told, some of the men of Mansoul grew too familiar with some +of them, to the sorrow of the corporation, as you yet will hear more +of in time and place.<br> +<br> +Well, when the Diabolonian lords that were left perceived that Mansoul +had, through sinning, offended Emmanuel their Prince, and that he had +withdrawn himself and was gone, what do they but plot the ruin of the +town of Mansoul. So upon a time they met together at the hold +of one Mr. Mischief, who was also a Diabolonian, and there consulted +how they might deliver up Mansoul into the hands of Diabolus again. +Now some advised one way, and some another, every man according to his +own liking. At last my Lord Lasciviousness propounded, whether +it might not be best, in the first place, for some of those that were +Diabolonians in Mansoul, to adventure to offer themselves for servants +to some of the natives of the town; ‘for,’ said he, ‘if +they so do, and Mansoul shall accept of them, they may for us, and for +Diabolus our Lord, make the taking of the town of Mansoul more easy +than otherwise it will be.’ But then stood up the Lord Murder, +and said, ‘This may not be done at this time; for Mansoul is now +in a kind of a rage, because by our friend, Mr. Carnal-Security, she +hath been once ensnared already, and made to offend against her Prince; +and how shall she reconcile herself unto her lord again, but by the +heads of these men? Besides, we know that they have in commission +to take and slay us wherever they shall find us; let us, therefore, +be wise as foxes: when we are dead, we can do them no hurt; but while +we live, we may.’ Thus, when they had tossed the matter +to and fro, they jointly agreed that a letter should forthwith be sent +away to Diabolus in their name, by which the state of the town of Mansoul +should be showed him, and how much it is under the frowns of their Prince. +‘We may also,’ said some, ‘let him know our intentions, +and ask of him his advice in the case.’<br> +<br> +So a letter was presently framed, the contents of which were these:-<br> +<br> +‘To our great lord, the Prince Diabolus, dwelling below in the +infernal cave:<br> +<br> +‘O great father, and mighty Prince Diabolus, we, the true Diabolonians +yet remaining in the rebellious town of Mansoul, having received our +beings from thee, and our nourishment at thy hands, cannot with content +and quiet endure to behold, as we do this day, how thou art dispraised, +disgraced, and reproached among the inhabitants of this town; nor is +thy long absence at all delightful to us, because greatly to our detriment.<br> +<br> +‘The reason of this our writing unto our lord, is for that we +are not altogether without hope that this town may become thy habitation +again; for it is greatly declined from its Prince Emmanuel; and he is +uprisen, and is departed from them: yea, and though they send, and send, +and send, and send after him to return to them, yet can they not prevail, +nor get good words from him.<br> +<br> +‘There has been also of late, and is yet remaining, a very great +sickness and fainting among them; and that not only upon the poorer +sort of the town, but upon the lords, captains, and chief gentry of +the place, (we only who are of the Diabolonians by nature remain well, +lively, and strong,) so that through their great transgression on the +one hand, and their dangerous sickness on the other, we judge they lie +open to thy hand and power. If, therefore, it shall stand with +thy horrible cunning, and with the cunning of the rest of the princes +with thee, to come and make an attempt to take Mansoul again, send us +word, and we shall to our utmost power be ready to deliver it into thy +hand. Or if what we have said shall not by thy fatherhood be thought +best and most meet to be done, send us thy mind in a few words, and +we are all ready to follow thy counsel to the hazarding of our lives, +and what else we have.<br> +<br> +‘Given under our hands the day and date above-written, after a +close consultation at the house of Mr. Mischief, who yet is alive and +hath his place in our desirable town of Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +When Mr. Profane (for he was the carrier) was come with his letter to +Hell-Gate Hill, he knocked at the brazen gates for entrance. Then +did Cerberus, the porter, for he is the keeper of that gate, open to +Mr. Profane, to whom he delivered his letter, which he had brought from +the Diabolonians in Mansoul. So he carried it in, and presented +it to Diabolus his lord, and said, ‘Tidings, my lord, from Mansoul, +from our trusty friends in Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +Then came together from all places of the den Beelzebub, Lucifer, Apollyon, +with the rest of the rabblement there, to hear what news from Mansoul. +So the letter was broken up and read, and Cerberus he stood by. +When the letter was openly read, and the contents thereof spread into +all the corners of the den, command was given that, without let or stop, +dead-man’s bell should be rung for joy. So the bell was +rung, and the princes rejoiced that Mansoul was likely to come to ruin. +Now, the clapper of the bell went, ‘The town of Mansoul is coming +to dwell with us: make room for the town of Mansoul.’ This +bell therefore they did ring, because they did hope that they should +have Mansoul again.<br> +<br> +Now, when they had performed this their horrible ceremony, they got +together again to consult what answer to send to their friends in Mansoul; +and some advised one thing, and some another: but at length, because +the business required haste, they left the whole business to the prince +Diabolus, judging him the most proper lord of the place. So he +drew up a letter as he thought fit, in answer to what Mr. Profane had +brought, and sent it to the Diabolonians that did dwell in Mansoul, +by the same hand that had brought theirs to him; and these were the +contents thereof:-<br> +<br> +‘To our offspring, the high and mighty Diabolonians that yet dwell +in the town of Mansoul, Diabolus, the great prince of Mansoul, wisheth +a prosperous issue and conclusion of those many brave enterprises, conspiracies, +and designs, that you, of your love and respect to our honour, have +in your hearts to attempt to do against Mansoul. Beloved children +and disciples, my Lord Fornication, Adultery, and the rest, we have +here, in our desolate den, received, to our highest joy and content, +your welcome letter, by the hand of our trusty Mr. Profane; and to show +how acceptable your tidings were, we rang out our bell for gladness; +for we rejoiced as much as we could, when we perceived that yet we had +friends in Mansoul, and such as sought our honour and revenge in the +ruin of the town of Mansoul. We also rejoiced to hear that they +are in a degenerated condition, and that they have offended their Prince, +and that he is gone. Their sickness also pleaseth us, as does +also your health, might, and strength. Glad also would we be, +right horribly beloved, could we get this town into our clutches again. +Nor will we be sparing of spending our wit, our cunning, our craft, +and hellish inventions to bring to a wished conclusion this your brave +beginning in order thereto.<br> +<br> +‘And take this for your comfort, (our birth, and our offspring,) +that shall we again surprise it and take it, we will attempt to put +all your foes to the sword, and will make you the great lords and captains +of the place. Nor need you fear, if ever we get it again, that +we after that shall be cast out any more; for we will come with more +strength, and so lay far more fast hold than at the first we did. +Besides, it is the law of that Prince that now they own, that if we +get them a second time, they shall be ours for ever.<br> +<br> +‘Do you, therefore, our trusty Diabolonians, yet more pry into, +and endeavour to spy out the weakness of the town of Mansoul. +We also would that you yourselves do attempt to weaken them more and +more. Send us word also by what means you think we had best to +attempt the regaining thereof: namely, whether by persuasion to a vain +and loose life; or, whether by tempting them to doubt and despair; or, +whether by blowing up of the town by the gunpowder of pride, and self-conceit. +Do you also, O ye brave Diabolonians, and true sons of the pit, be always +in a readiness to make a most hideous assault within, when we shall +be ready to storm it without. Now speed you in your project, and +we in our desires, to the utmost power of our gates, which is the wish +of your great Diabolus, Mansoul’s enemy, and him that trembles +when he thinks of judgment to come. All the blessings of the pit +be upon you, and so we close up our letter.<br> +<br> +‘Given at the pit’s mouth, by the joint consent of all the +princes of darkness, to be sent, to the force and power that we have +yet remaining in Mansoul, by the hand of Mr. Profane, by me, Diabolus.’<br> +<br> +This letter, as was said, was sent to Mansoul, to the Diabolonians that +yet remained there, and that yet inhabited the wall, from the dark dungeon +of Diabolus, by the hand of Mr. Profane, by whom they also in Mansoul +sent theirs to the pit. Now, when this Mr. Profane had made his +return, and was come to Mansoul again, he went and came as he was wont +to the house of Mr. Mischief, for there was the conclave, and the place +where the contrivers were met. Now, when they saw that their messenger +was returned safe and sound, they were greatly gladded thereat. +Then he presented them with his letter which he had brought from Diabolus +for them; the which, when they had read and considered, did much augment +their gladness. They asked him after the welfare of their friends, +as how their Lord Diabolus, Lucifer, and Beelzebub did, with the rest +of those of the den. To which this Profane made answer, ‘Well, +well, my lords; they are well, even as well as can be in their place. +They also,’ said he, ‘did ring for joy at the reading of +your letter, as you well perceived by this when you read it.’<br> +<br> +Now, as was said, when they had read their letter, and perceived that +it encouraged them in their work, they fell to their way of contriving +again, namely, how they might complete their Diabolonian design upon +Mansoul. And the first thing that they agreed upon was to keep +all things from Mansoul as close as they could. ‘Let it +not be known, let not Mansoul be acquainted with what we design against +it.’ The next thing was, how, or by what means, they should +try to bring to pass the ruin and overthrow of Mansoul; and one said +after this manner, and another said after that. Then stood up +Mr. Deceit, and said, ‘My right Diabolonian friends, our lords, +and the high ones of the deep dungeon, do propound unto us these three +ways.<br> +<br> +‘1. Whether we had best to seek its ruin by making Mansoul loose +and vain.<br> +<br> +‘2. Or whether by driving them to doubt and despair.<br> +<br> +‘3. Or whether by endeavouring to blow them up by the gunpowder +of pride and self-conceit.<br> +<br> +‘Now, I think, if we shall tempt them to pride, that may do something; +and if we tempt them to wantonness, that may help. But, in my +mind, if we could drive them into desperation, that would knock the +nail on the head; for then we should have them, in the first place, +question the truth of the love of the heart of their Prince towards +them, and that will disgust him much. This, if it works well, +will make them leave off quickly their way of sending petitions to him; +then farewell earnest solicitations for help and supply; for then this +conclusion lies naturally before them, “As good do nothing, as +do to no purpose.”’ So to Mr. Deceit they unanimously +did consent.<br> +<br> +Then the next question was, But how shall we do to bring this our project +to pass? and it was answered by the same gentleman - that this might +be the best way to do it: ‘Even let,’ quoth he, ‘so +many of our friends as are willing to venture themselves for the promoting +of their prince’s cause, disguise themselves with apparel, change +their names, and go into the market like far country-men, and proffer +to let themselves for servants to the famous town of Mansoul, and let +them pretend to do for their masters as beneficially as may be; for +by so doing they may, if Mansoul shall hire them, in little time so +corrupt and defile the corporation, that her now Prince shall be not +only further offended with them, but in conclusion shall spue them out +of his mouth. And when this is done, our prince Diabolus shall +prey upon them with ease: yea, of themselves they shall fall into the +mouth of the cater.’<br> +<br> +This project was no sooner propounded, but was as highly accepted, and +forward were all Diabolonians now to engage in so delicate an enterprise: +but it was not thought fit that all should do thus; wherefore they pitched +upon two or three, namely, the Lord Covetousness, the Lord Lasciviousness, +and the Lord Anger. The Lord Covetousness called himself by the +name of Prudent-Thrifty; the Lord Lasciviousness called himself by the +name of Harmless-Mirth; and the Lord Anger called himself by the name +of Good-Zeal.<br> +<br> +So upon a market-day they came into the market-place, three lusty fellows +they were to look on, and they were clothed in sheep’s russet, +which was also now in a manner as white as were the white robes of the +men of Mansoul. Now the men could speak the language of Mansoul +well. So when they were come into the market-place, and had offered +to let themselves to the townsmen, they were presently taken up; for +they asked but little wages, and promised to do their masters great +service.<br> +<br> +Mr. Mind hired Prudent-Thrifty, and Mr. Godly-Fear hired Good-Zeal. +True, this fellow Harmless-Mirth did hang a little in hand, and could +not so soon get him a master as the others did, because the town of +Mansoul was now in Lent, but after a while, because Lent was almost +out, the Lord Willbewill hired Harmless-Mirth to be both his waiting +man and his lackey: and thus they got them masters.<br> +<br> + These villains now being got thus far into the houses of the men +of Mansoul, quickly began to do great mischief therein; for, being filthy, +arch, and sly, they quickly corrupted the families where they were; +yea, they tainted their masters much, especially this Prudent-Thrifty, +and him they call Harmless-Mirth. True, he that went under the +visor of Good-Zeal, was not so well liked of his master; for he quickly +found that he was but a counterfeit rascal; the which when the fellow +perceived, with speed he made his escape from the house, or I doubt +not but his master had hanged him.<br> +<br> +Well, when these vagabonds had thus far carried on their design, and +had corrupted the town as much as they could, in the next place they +considered with themselves at what time their prince Diabolus without, +and themselves within the town, should make an attempt to seize upon +Mansoul; and they all agreed upon this, that a market-day would be best +for that work; for why? Then will the townsfolk be busy in their +ways: and always take this for a rule, when people are most busy in +the world, they least fear a surprise. ‘We also then,’ +said they, ‘shall be able with less suspicion to gather ourselves +together for the work of our friends and lords; yea, and in such a day, +if we shall attempt our work, and miss it, we may, when they shall give +us the rout, the better hide ourselves in the crowd, and escape.’<br> +<br> +These things being thus far agreed upon by them, they wrote another +letter to Diabolus, and sent it by the hand to Mr. Profane, the contents +of which were these:-<br> +<br> +‘The lords of Looseness send to the great and high Diabolus from +our dens, caves, holes, and strongholds, in and about the wall of the +town of Mansoul, greeting:<br> +<br> +‘Our great lord, and the nourisher of our lives, Diabolus - how +glad we were when we heard of your fatherhood’s readiness to comply +with us, and help forward our design in our attempts to ruin Mansoul, +none can tell but those who, as we do, set themselves against all appearance +of good, when and wheresoever we find it.<br> +<br> +‘Touching the encouragement that your greatness is pleased to +give us to continue to devise, contrive, and study the utter desolation +of Mansoul, that we are not solicitous about: for we know right well +that it cannot but be pleasing and profitable to us to see our enemies, +and them that seek our lives, die at our feet, or fly before us. +We therefore are still contriving, and that to the best of our cunning, +to make this work most facile and easy to your lordships, and to us.<br> +<br> +‘First, we considered of that most hellishly cunning, compacted, +threefold project, that by you was propounded to us in your last; and +have concluded, that though to blow them up with the gunpowder of pride +would do well, and to do it by tempting them to be loose and vain will +help on, yet to contrive to bring them into the gulf of desperation, +we think will do best of all. Now we, who are at your beck, have +thought or two ways to do this: first we, for our parts, will make them +as vile as we can, and then you with us, at a time appointed, shall +be ready to fall upon them with the utmost force. And of all the +nations that are at your whistle, we think that an army of doubters +may be the most likely to attack and overcome the town of Mansoul. +Thus shall we overcome these enemies, else the pit shall open her mouth +upon them, and desperation shall thrust them down into it. We +have also, to effect this so much by us desired design, sent already +three of our trusty Diabolonians among them; they are disguised in garb, +they have changed their names, and are now accepted of them; namely, +Covetousness, Lasciviousness, and Anger. The name of Covetousness +is changed to Prudent-Thrifty, and him Mr. Mind has hired, and is almost +become as bad as our friend. Lasciviousness has changed his name +to Harmless-Mirth, and he is got to be the Lord Willbewill’s lackey; +but he has made his master very wanton. Anger changed his name +into Good-Zeal, and was entertained by Mr. Godly-Fear; but the peevish +old gentleman took pepper in the nose, and turned our companion out +of his house. Nay, he has informed us since that he ran away from +him, or else his old master had hanged him up for his labour.<br> +<br> +‘Now these have much helped forward our work and design upon Mansoul; +for notwithstanding the spite and quarrelsome temper of the old gentleman +last mentioned, the other two ply their business well, and are likely +to ripen the work apace.<br> +<br> +‘Our next project is, that it be concluded that you come upon +the town upon a market-day, and that when they are upon the heat of +their business; for then, to be sure, they will be most secure, and +least think that an assault will be made upon them. They will +also at such a time be less able to defend themselves, and to offend +you in the prosecution of our design. And we your trusty (and +we are sure your beloved) ones shall, when you shall make your furious +assault without, be ready to second the business within. So shall +we, in all likelihood, be able to put Mansoul to utter confusion, and +to swallow them up before they can come to themselves. If your +serpentine heads, most subtile dragons, and our highly esteemed lords +can find out a better way than this, let us quickly know your minds.<br> +<br> +‘To the monsters of the infernal cave, from the house of Mr. Mischief +in Mansoul, by the hand of Mr. Profane.’<br> +<br> +Now all the while that the raging runagates and hellish Diabolonians +were thus contriving the ruin of the town of Mansoul, they (namely, +the poor town itself) was in a sad and woeful case; partly because they +had so grievously offended Shaddai and his Son, and partly because that +the enemies thereby got strength within them afresh; and also because, +though they had by many petitions made suit to the Prince Emmanuel, +and to his Father Shaddai by him, for their pardon and favour, yet hitherto +obtained they not one smile; but contrariwise, through the craft and +subtilty of the domestic Diabolonians, their cloud was made to grow +blacker and blacker, and their Emmanuel to stand at further distance.<br> +<br> +The sickness also did still greatly rage in Mansoul, both among the +captains and the inhabitants of the town; and their enemies only were +now lively and strong, and likely to become the head, whilst Mansoul +was made the tail.<br> +<br> +By this time the letter last mentioned, that was written by the Diabolonians +that yet lurked in the town of Mansoul, was conveyed to Diabolus in +the black den, by the hand of Mr. Profane. He carried the letter +by Hell-Gate Hill as afore, and conveyed it by Cerberus to his lord.<br> +<br> +But when Cerberus and Mr. Profane did meet, they were presently as great +as beggars, and thus they fell into discourse about Mansoul, and about +the project against her.<br> +<br> +‘Ah! old friend,’ quoth Cerberus, ‘art thou come to +Hell-Gate Hill again? By St. Mary, I am glad to see thee!’<br> +<br> +<i>Prof</i>. Yes, my lord, I am come again about the concerns +of the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +<i>Cerb</i>. Prithee, tell me what condition is that town of Mansoul +in at present?<br> +<br> +<i>Prof</i>. In a brave condition, my lord, for us, and for my +lords, the lords of this place, I trow for they are greatly decayed +as to godliness, and that is as well as our heart can wish; their Lord +is greatly out with them, and that doth also please us well. We +have already also a foot in their dish, for our Diabolonian friends +are laid in their bosoms, and what do we lack but to be masters of the +place! Besides, our trusty friends in Mansoul are daily plotting +to betray it to the lords of this town; also the sickness rages bitterly +among them; and that which makes up all, we hope at last to prevail.’<br> +<br> +Then said the dog of Hell-Gate, ‘No time like this to assault +them. I wish that the enterprise be followed close, and that the +success desired may be soon effected: yea, I wish it for the poor Diabolonians’ +sakes, that live in the continual fear of their lives in that traitorous +town of Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +<i>Prof</i>. The contrivance is almost finished, the lords in +Mansoul that are Diabolonians are at it day and night, and the other +are like silly doves; they want heart to be concerned with their state +and to consider that ruin is at hand. Besides you may, yea, must +think, when you put all things together, that there are many reasons +that prevail with Diabolus to make what haste he can.<br> +<br> +<i>Cerb</i>. Thou hast said as it is; I am glad things are at +this pass. Go in, my brave Profane, to my lords, they will give +thee for thy welcome as good a <i>coranto</i> as the whole of this kingdom +will afford. I have sent thy letter in already.<br> +<br> +Then Mr. Profane went into the den, and his lord Diabolus met him, and +saluted him with, ‘Welcome, my trusty servant: I have been made +glad with thy letter.’ The rest of the lords of the pit +gave him also their salutations. Then Profane, after obeisance +made to them all, said, ‘Let Mansoul be given to my lord Diabolus, +and let him be her king for ever.’ And with that, the hollow +belly and yawning gorge of hell gave so loud and hideous a groan, (for +that is the music of that place,) that it made the mountains about it +totter, as if they would fall in pieces.<br> +<br> +Now, after they had read and considered the letter, they consulted what +answer to return; and the first that did speak to it was Lucifer.<br> +<br> +Then said he, ‘The first project of the Diabolonians in Mansoul +is likely to be lucky, and to take; namely, that they will, by all the +ways and means they can, make Mansoul yet more vile and filthy: no way +to destroy a soul like this. Our old friend Balaam went this way +and prospered many years ago; let this therefore stand with us for a +maxim, and be to Diabolonians for a general rule in all ages; for nothing +can make this to fail but grace, in which I would hope that this town +has no share. But whether to fall upon them on a market-day, because +of their cumber in business, that I would should be under debate. +And there is more reason why this head should be debated, than why some +other should; because upon this will turn the whole of what we shall +attempt. If we time not our business well, our whole project may +fail. Our friends, the Diabolonians, say that a market-day is +best; for then will Mansoul be most busy, and have fewest thoughts of +a surprise. But what if also they should double their guards on +those days? (and methinks nature and reason should teach them to do +it;) and what if they should keep such a watch on those days as the +necessity of their present case doth require? yea, what if their men +should be always in arms on those days? then you may, my lords, be disappointed +in your attempts, and may bring our friends in the town to utter danger +of unavoidable ruin.’<br> +<br> +Then said the great Beelzebub, ‘There is something in what my +lord hath said; but his conjecture may, or may not fall out. Nor +hath my lord laid it down as that which must not be receded from; for +I know that he said it only to provoke to a warm debate thereabout. +Therefore we must understand, if we can, whether the town of Mansoul +has such sense and knowledge of her decayed state, and of the design +that we have on foot against her, as doth provoke her to set watch and +ward at her gates, and to double them on market-days. But if, +after inquiry made, it shall be found that they are asleep, then any +day will do, but a market-day is best; and this is my judgment in this +case.’<br> +<br> +Then quoth Diabolus, ‘How should we know this?’ and it was +answered, ‘Inquire about it at the mouth of Mr. Profane.’ +So Profane was called in, and asked the question, and he made his answer +as follows:-<br> +<br> +<i>Prof</i>. My lords, so far as I can gather, this is at present +the condition of the town of Mansoul: they are decayed in their faith +and love; Emmanuel, their Prince, has given them the back; they send +often by petition to fetch him again, but he maketh not haste to answer +their request, nor is there much reformation among them.<br> +<br> +<i>Diab</i>. I am glad that they are backward in a reformation, +but yet I am afraid of their petitioning. However, their looseness +of life is a sign that there is not much heart in what they do, and +without the heart things are little worth. But go on, my masters; +I will divert you, my lords, no longer.<br> +<br> +<i>Beel</i>. If the case be so with Mansoul, as Mr. Profane has +described it to be, it will be no great matter what day we assault it; +not their prayers, nor their power will do them much service.<br> +<br> +When Beelzebub had ended his oration, then Apollyon did begin. +‘My opinion,’ said he, ‘concerning this matter, is, +that we go on fair and softly, not doing things in a hurry. Let +our friends in Mansoul go on still to pollute and defile it, by seeking +to draw it yet more into sin (for there is nothing like sin to devour +Mansoul). If this be done, and it takes effect, Mansoul, of itself, +will leave off to watch, to petition, or anything else that should tend +to her security and safety; for she will forget her Emmanuel, she will +not desire his company, and can she be gotten thus to live, her Prince +will not come to her in haste. Our trusty friend, Mr. Carnal-Security, +with one of his tricks did drive him out of the town; and why may not +my Lord Covetousness, and my Lord Lasciviousness, by what they may do, +keep him out of the town? And this I will tell you, (not because +you know it not,) that two or three Diabolonians, if entertained and +countenanced by the town of Mansoul, will do more to the keeping of +Emmanuel from them, and towards making the town of Mansoul your own, +than can an army of a legion that should be sent out from us to withstand +him. Let, therefore, this first project that our friends in Mansoul +have set on foot, be strongly and diligently carried on, with all cunning +and craft imaginable; and let them send continually, under one guise +or another, more and other of their men to play with the people of Mansoul; +and then, perhaps, we shall not need to be at the charge of making a +war upon them; or if that must of necessity be done, yet the more sinful +they are, the more unable, to be sure, they will be to resist us, and +then the more easily we shall overcome them. And besides, suppose +(and that is the worst that can be supposed) that Emmanuel should come +to them again, why may not the same means, or the like, drive him from +them once more? Yea, why may he not, by their lapse into that +sin again, be driven from them for ever, for the sake of which he was +at the first driven from them for a season? And if this should +happen, then away go with him his rams, his slings, his captains, his +soldiers, and he leaveth Mansoul naked and bare. Yea, will not +this town, when she sees herself utterly forsaken of her Prince, of +her own accord open her gates again unto you, and make of you as in +the days of old? But this must be done by time, a few days will +not effect so great a work as this.’<br> +<br> +So soon as Apollyon had made an end of speaking, Diabolus began to blow +out his own malice, and to plead his own cause; and he said, ‘My +lords, and powers of the cave, my true and trusty friends, I have with +much impatience, as becomes me, given ear to your long and tedious orations. +But my furious gorge, and empty paunch, so lusteth after a repossession +of my famous town of Mansoul, that whatever comes out, I can wait no +longer to see the events of lingering projects. I must, and that +without further delay, seek, by all means I can, to fill my insatiable +gulf with the soul and body of the town of Mansoul. Therefore +lend me your heads, your hearts, and your help, now I am going to recover +my town of Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +When the lords and princes of the pit saw the flaming desire that was +in Diabolus to devour the miserable town of Mansoul, they left off to +raise any more objections, but consented to lend him what strength they +could, though had Apollyon’s advice been taken, they had far more +fearfully distressed the town of Mansoul. But, I say, they were +willing to lend him what strength they could, not knowing what need +they might have of him, when they should engage for themselves, as he. +Wherefore they fell to advising about the next thing propounded, namely, +what soldiers they were, and also how many, with whom Diabolus should +go against the town of Mansoul to take it; and after some debate, it +was concluded, according as in the letter the Diabolonians had suggested, +that none were more fit for that expedition than an army of terrible +doubters. They therefore concluded to send against Mansoul an +army of sturdy doubters. The number thought fit to be employed +in that service was between twenty and thirty thousand. So then +the result of that great council of those high and mighty lords was +- That Diabolus should even now, out of hand, beat up his drum for men +in the land of Doubting, which land lieth upon the confines of the place +called Hell-Gate Hill, for men that might be employed by him against +the miserable town of Mansoul. It was also concluded, that these +lords themselves should help him in the war, and that they would to +that end head and manage his men. So they drew up a letter, and +sent back to the Diabolonians that lurked in Mansoul, and that waited +for the back-coming of Mr. Profane, to signify to them into what method +and forwardness they at present had put their design. The contents +whereof now follow:-<br> +<br> +‘From the dark and horrible dungeon of hell, Diabolus with all +the society of the princes of darkness, sends to our trusty ones, in +and about the walls of the town of Mansoul, now impatiently waiting +for our most devilish answer to their venomous and most poisonous design +against the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘Our native ones, in whom from day to day we boast, and in whose +actions all the year long we do greatly delight ourselves, we received +your welcome, because highly esteemed letter, at the hand of our trusty +and greatly beloved, the old gentleman, Mr. Profane. And do give +you to understand, that when we had broken it up, and had read the contents +thereof, to your amazing memory be it spoken, our yawning hollow-bellied +place, where we are, made so hideous and yelling a noise for joy, that +the mountains that stand round about Hell-Gate Hill, had like to have +been shaken to pieces at the sound thereof.<br> +<br> +‘We could also do no less than admire your faithfulness to us, +with the greatness of that subtilty that now hath showed itself to be +in your heads to serve us against the town of Mansoul. For you +have invented for us so excellent a method for our proceeding against +that rebellious people, a more effectual cannot be thought of by all +the wits of hell. The proposals, therefore, which now, at last, +you have sent us, since we saw them, we have done little else but highly +approved and admired them.<br> +<br> +‘Nay, we shall, to encourage you in the profundity of your craft, +let you know, that, at a full assembly and conclave of our princes and +principalities of this place, your project was discoursed and tossed +from one side of our cave to the other by their mightinesses; but a +better, and as was by themselves judged, a more fit and proper way by +all their wits, could not be invented, to surprise, take, and make our +own, the rebellious town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘Wherefore, in fine, all that was said that varied from what you +had in your letter propounded, fell of itself to the ground, and yours +only was stuck to by Diabolus, the prince; yea, his gaping gorge and +yawning paunch was on fire to put your invention into execution.<br> +<br> +‘We therefore give you to understand that our stout, furious, +and unmerciful Diabolus is raising, for your relief, and the ruin of +the rebellious town of Mansoul, more than twenty thousand doubters to +come against that people. They are all stout and sturdy men, and +men that of old have been accustomed to war, and that can therefore +well endure the drum. I say, he is doing this work of his with +all the possible speed he can; for his heart and spirit is engaged in +it. We desire, therefore, that, as you have hitherto stuck to +us, and given us both advice and encouragement thus far, you still will +prosecute our design; nor shall you lose, but be gainers thereby; yea, +we intend to make you the lords of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘One thing may not by any means be omitted, that is, those with +us do desire that every one of you that are in Mansoul would still use +all your power, cunning, and skill, with delusive persuasions, yet to +draw the town of Mansoul into more sin and wickedness, even that sin +may be finished and bring forth death.<br> +<br> +‘For thus it is concluded with us, that the more vile, sinful, +and debauched the town of Mansoul is, more backward will be their Emmanuel +to come to their help, either by presence or other relief; yea, the +more sinful, the more weak, and so the more unable will they be to make +resistance when we shall make our assault upon them to swallow them +up. Yea, that may cause that their mighty Shaddai himself may +cast them out of his protection; yea, and send for his captains and +soldiers home, with his slings and rams, and leave them naked and bare; +and then the town of Mansoul will of itself open to us, and fall as +the fig into the mouth of the eater. Yea, to be sure. that we +then with a great deal of ease shall come upon her and overcome her.<br> +<br> +‘As to the time of our coming upon Mansoul, we, as yet, have not +fully resolved upon that, though at present some of us think as you, +that a market-day, or a market-day at night, will certainly be the best. +However, do you be ready, and when you shall hear our roaring drum without, +do you be as busy to make the most horrible confusion within. +So shall Mansoul certainly be distressed before and behind, and shall +not know which way to betake herself for help. My Lord Lucifer, +my Lord Beelzebub, my Lord Apollyon, my Lord Legion, with the rest, +salute you, as does also my Lord Diabolus; and we wish both you, with +all that you do, or shall possess, the very self-same fruit and success +for their doing as we ourselves at present enjoy for ours.<br> +<br> +‘From our dreadful confines in the most fearful pit, we salute +you, and so do those many legions here with us, wishing you may be as +hellishly prosperous as we desire to be ourselves. By the letter-carrier, +Mr. Profane.’<br> +<br> +Then Mr. Profane addressed himself for his return to Mansoul, with his +errand from the horrible pit to the Diabolonians that dwelt in that +town. So he came up the stairs from the deep to the mouth of the +cave where Cerberus was. Now when Cerberus saw him, he asked how +did matters go below, about and against the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +<i>Prof</i>. Things go as well as we can expect. The letter +that I carried thither was highly approved, and well liked by all my +lords, and I am returning to tell our Diabolonians so. I have +an answer to it here in my bosom, that I am sure will make our masters +that sent me glad; for the contents thereof are to encourage them to +pursue their design to the utmost, and to be ready also to fall on within, +when they shall see my Lord Diabolus beleaguering the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +<i>Cerb</i>. But does he intend to go against them himself?<br> +<br> +<i>Prof</i>. Does he! Ay! and he will take along with him +more than twenty thousand, all sturdy Doubters, and men of war, picked +men from the land of Doubting, to serve him in the expedition.<br> +<br> +Then was Cerberus glad, and said, ‘And is there such brave preparations +a-making to go against the miserable town of Mansoul? And would +I might be put at the head of a thousand of them, that I might also +show my valour against the famous town of Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +<i>Prof</i>. Your wish may come to pass; you look like one that +has mettle enough, and my lord will have with him those that are valiant +and stout. But my business requires haste.<br> +<br> +<i>Cerb</i>. Ay, so it does. Speed thee to the town of Mansoul, +with all the deepest mischiefs that this place can afford thee. +And when thou shalt come to the house of Mr. Mischief, the place where +the Diabolonians meet to plot, tell them that Cerberus doth wish them +his service, and that if he may, he will with the army come up against +the famous town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +<i>Prof</i>. That I will. And I know that my lords that +are there will be glad to hear it, and to see you also.<br> +<br> +So after a few more such kind of compliments, Mr. Profane took his leave +of his friend Cerberus; and Cerberus again, with a thousand of their +pit-wishes, bid him haste, with all speed, to his masters. The +which when he had heard, he made obeisance, and began to gather up his +heels to run.<br> +<br> +Thus, therefore, he returned, and went and came to Mansoul; and going, +as afore, to the house of Mr. Mischief, there he found the Diabolonians +assembled, and waiting for his return. Now when he was come, and +had presented himself, he also delivered to them his letter, and adjoined +this compliment to them therewith: ‘My lords, from the confines +of the pit, the high and mighty principalities and powers of the den +salute you here, the true Diabolonians of the town of Mansoul. +Wishing you always the most proper of their benedictions, for the great +service, high attempts, and brave achievements that you have put yourselves +upon, for the restoring to our prince Diabolus the famous town of Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +This was therefore the present state of the miserable town of Mansoul: +she had offended her Prince, and he was gone; she had encouraged the +powers of hell, by her foolishness, to come against her to seek her +utter destruction.<br> +<br> +True, the town of Mansoul was somewhat made sensible of her sin, but +the Diabolonians were gotten into her bowels; she cried, but Emmanuel +was gone, and her cries did not fetch him as yet again. Besides, +she knew not now whether, ever or never, he would return and come to +his Mansoul again; nor did they know the power and industry of the enemy, +nor how forward they were to put in execution that plot of hell that +they had devised against her.<br> +<br> +They did, indeed, still send petition after petition to the Prince, +but he answered all with silence. They did neglect reformation, +and that was as Diabolus would have it; for he knew, if they regarded +iniquity in their heart, their King would not hear their prayer; they +therefore did still grow weaker and weaker, and were as a rolling thing +before the whirlwind. They cried to their King for help, and laid +Diabolonians in their bosoms: what therefore should a King do to them? +Yea, there seemed now to be a mixture in Mansoul; the Diabolonians and +the Mansoulians would walk the streets together. Yea, they began +to seek their peace; for they thought that, since the sickness had been +so mortal in Mansoul, it was in vain to go to handygripes with them. +Besides, the weakness of Mansoul was the strength of their enemies; +and the sins of Mansoul, the advantage of the Diabolonians. The +foes of Mansoul did also now begin to promise themselves the town for +a possession: there was no great difference now betwixt Mansoulians +and Diabolonians: both seemed to be masters of Mansoul. Yea, the +Diabolonians increased and grew, but the town of Mansoul diminished +greatly. There were more than eleven thousand men, women, and +children that died by the sickness in Mansoul.<br> +<br> +But now, as Shaddai would have it, there was one whose name was Mr. +Prywell, a great lover of the people of Mansoul. And he, as his +manner was, did go listening up and down in Mansoul to see, and to hear, +if at any time he might, whether there was any design against it or +no. For he was always a jealous man, and feared some mischief +sometime would befal it, either from the Diabolonians within, or from +some power without. Now upon a time it so happened, as Mr. Prywell +went listening here and there, that he lighted upon a place called Vilehill, +in Mansoul, where Diabolonians used to meet; so hearing a muttering, +(you must know that it was in the night,) he softly drew near to hear; +nor had he stood long under the house-end, (for there stood a house +there,) but he heard one confidently affirm, that it was not, or would +not be long before Diabolus should possess himself again of Mansoul; +and that then the Diabolonians did intend to put all Mansoulians to +the sword, and would kill and destroy the King’s captains, and +drive all his soldiers out of the town. He said, moreover, that +he knew there were above twenty thousand fighting men prepared by Diabolus +for the accomplishing of this design, and that it would not be months +before they all should see it.<br> +<br> +When Mr. Prywell had heard this story, he did quickly believe it was +true: wherefore he went forthwith to my Lord Mayor’s house, and +acquainted him therewith; who, sending for the subordinate preacher, +brake the business to him; and he as soon gave the alarm to the town; +for he was now the chief preacher in Mansoul, because, as yet, my Lord +Secretary was ill at ease. And this was the way that the subordinate +preacher did take to alarm the town therewith. The same hour he +caused the lecture bell to be rung; so the people came together: he +gave them then a short exhortation to watchfulness, and made Mr. Prywell’s +news the argument thereof. ‘For,’ said he, ‘an +horrible plot is contrived against Mansoul, even to massacre us all +in a day, nor is this story to be slighted; for Mr. Prywell is the author +thereof. Mr. Prywell was always a lover of Mansoul, a sober and +judicious man, a man that is no tattler, nor raiser of false reports, +but one that loves to look into the very bottom of matters, and talks +nothing of news, but by very solid arguments.<br> +<br> +‘I will call him, and you shall hear him your own selves;’ +so he called him, and he came and told his tale so punctually, and affirmed +its truth with such ample grounds, that Mansoul fell presently under +a conviction of the truth of what he said. The preacher did also +back him, saying, ‘Sirs, it is not irrational for us to believe +it, for we have provoked Shaddai to anger, and have sinned Emmanuel +out of the town; we have had too much correspondence with Diabolonians, +and have forsaken our former mercies: no marvel then, if the enemy both +within and without should design and plot our ruin; and what time like +this to do it? The sickness is now in the town, and we have been +made weak thereby. Many a good meaning man is dead, and the Diabolonians +of late grow stronger and stronger.<br> +<br> +‘Besides,’ quoth the subordinate preacher, ‘I have +received from this good truth-teller this one inkling further, that +he understood by those that he overheard, that several letters have +lately passed between the furies and the Diabolonians in order to our +destruction.’ When Mansoul heard all this, and not being +able to gainsay it, they lift up their voice and wept. Mr. Prywell +did also, in the presence of the townsmen, confirm all that their subordinate +preacher had said. Wherefore they now set afresh to bewail their +folly, and to a doubling of petitions to Shaddai and his Son. +They also brake the business to the captains, high commanders, and men +of war in the town of Mansoul, entreating them to use the means to be +strong, and to take good courage; and that they would look after their +harness, and make themselves ready to give Diabolus battle by night +and by day, shall he come, as they are informed he will, to beleaguer +the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +When the captains heard this, they being always true lovers of the town +of Mansoul, what do they but like so many Samsons they shake themselves, +and come together to consult and contrive how to defeat those bold and +hellish contrivances that were upon the wheel by the means of Diabolus +and his friends against the now sickly, weakly, and much impoverished +town of Mansoul; and they agreed upon these following particulars:-<br> +<br> +1. That the gates of Mansoul should be kept shut, and made fast with +bars and locks, and that all persons that went out, or came in, should +be very strictly examined by the captains of the guards, ‘to the +end,’ said they, ‘that those that are managers of the plot +amongst us, may, either coming or going, be taken; and that we may also +find out who are the great contrivers, amongst us, of our ruin.’<br> +<br> +2. The next thing was, that a strict search should be made for all kind +of Diabolonians throughout the whole town of Mansoul; and that every +man’s house from top to bottom should be looked into, and that, +too, house by house, that if possible a further discovery might be made +of all such among them as had a hand in these designs.<br> +<br> +3. It was further concluded upon, that wheresoever or with whomsoever +any of the Diabolonians were found, that even those of the town of Mansoul +that had given them house and harbour, should to their shame, and the +warning of others, take penance in the open place.<br> +<br> +4. It was, moreover, resolved by the famous town of Mansoul, that a +public fast, and a day of humiliation, should be kept throughout the +whole corporation, to the justifying of their Prince, the abasing of +themselves before him for their transgressions against him, and against +Shaddai, his Father. It was further resolved, that all such in +Mansoul as did not on that day endeavour to keep that fast, and to humble +themselves for their faults, but that should mind their worldly employs, +or be found wandering up and down the streets, should be taken for Diabolonians, +and should suffer as Diabolonians for such their wicked doings.<br> +<br> +5. It was further concluded then, that with what speed, and with what +warmth of mind they could, they would renew their humiliation for sin, +and their petitions to Shaddai for help; they also resolved, to send +tidings to the court of all that Mr. Prywell had told them.<br> +<br> +6. It was also determined, that thanks should be given by the town of +Mansoul to Mr. Prywell, for his diligent seeking of the welfare of their +town: and further, that forasmuch as he was so naturally inclined to +seek their good, and also to undermine their foes, they gave him a commission +of scout-master-general, for the good of the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +When the corporation, with their captains, had thus concluded, they +did as they had said; they shut up their gates, they made for Diabolonians +strict search, they made those with whom any were found to take penance +in the open place: they kept their fast, and renewed their petitions +to their Prince, and Mr. Prywell managed his charge and the trust that +Mansoul had put in his hands, with great conscience and good fidelity; +for he gave himself wholly up to his employ, and that not only within +the town, but he went out to pry, to see, and to hear.<br> +<br> +And not many days after he provided for his journey, and went towards +Hell-Gate Hill, into the country where the Doubters were, where he heard +of all that had been talked of in Mansoul, and he perceived also that +Diabolus was almost ready for his march, etc. So he came back +with speed, and, calling the captains and elders of Mansoul together, +he told them where he had been, what he had heard, and what he had seen. +Particularly, he told them that Diabolus was almost ready for his march, +and that he had made old Mr. Incredulity, that once brake prison in +Mansoul, the, general of his army; that his army consisted all of Doubters, +and that their number was above twenty thousand. He told, moreover, +that Diabolus did intend to bring with him the chief princes of the +infernal pit, and that he would make them chief captains over his Doubters. +He told them, moreover, that it was certainly true that several of the +black den would, with Diabolus, ride reformades to reduce the town of +Mansoul to the obedience of Diabolus, their prince.<br> +<br> +He said, moreover, that he understood by the Doubters, among whom he +had been, that the reason why old Incredulity was made general of the +whole army, was because none truer than he to the tyrant; and because +he had an implacable spite against the welfare of the town of Mansoul. +Besides, said he, he remembers the affronts that Mansoul has given him, +and he is resolved to be revenged of them.<br> +<br> +But the black princes shall be made high commanders, only Incredulity +shall be over them all; because, which I had almost forgot, he can more +easily, and more dexterously, beleaguer the town of Mansoul, than can +any of the princes besides.<br> +<br> +Now, when the captains of Mansoul, with the elders of the town, had +heard the tidings that Mr. Prywell did bring, they thought it expedient, +without further delay, to put into execution the laws that against the +Diabolonians their Prince had made for them, and given them in commandment +to manage against them. Wherefore, forthwith a diligent and impartial +search was made in all houses in Mansoul, for all and all manner of +Diabolonians. Now, in the house of Mr. Mind, and in the house +of the great Lord Willbewill, were two Diabolonians found. In +Mr. Mind’s house was one Lord Covetousness found; but he had changed +his name to Prudent-Thrifty. In my Lord Willbewill’s house, +one Lasciviousness was found; but he had changed his name to Harmless-Mirth. +These two the captains and elders of the town of Mansoul took, and committed +them to custody under the hand of Mr. Trueman, the gaoler; and this +man handled them so severely, and loaded them so well with irons, that +in time they both fell into a very deep consumption, and died in the +prison-house; their masters also, according to the agreement of the +captains and elders, were brought to take penance in the open place +to their shame, and for a warning to the rest of the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Now, this was the manner of penance in those days: the persons offending +being made sensible of the evil of their doings, were enjoined open +confession of their faults, and a strict amendment of their lives.<br> +<br> +After this, the captains and elders of Mansoul sought yet to find out +more Diabolonians, wherever they lurked, whether in dens, caves, holes, +vaults, or where else they could, in or about the wall or town of Mansoul. +But though they could plainly see their footing, and so follow them +by their track and smell to their holds, even to the mouths of their +caves and dens, yet take them, hold them, and do justice upon them, +they could not; their ways were so crooked, their holds so strong, and +they so quick to take sanctuary there.<br> +<br> +But Mansoul did now with so stiff an hand rule over the Diabolonians +that were left, that they were glad to shrink into corners: time was +when they durst walk openly, and in the day; but now they were forced +to embrace privacy and the night: time was when a Mansoulian was their +companion; but now they counted them deadly enemies. This good +change did Mr. Prywell’s intelligence make in the famous town +of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +By this time, Diabolus had finished his army which he intended to bring +with him for the ruin of Mansoul; and had set over them captains, and +other field officers, such as liked his furious stomach best: himself +was lord paramount, Incredulity was general of his army, their highest +captains shall be named afterwards; but now for their officers, colours, +and scutcheons.<br> +<br> +1. Their first captain was Captain Rage: he was captain over the election +doubters, his were the red colours; his standard-bearer was Mr. Destructive, +and the great red dragon he had for his scutcheon.<br> +<br> +2. The second captain was Captain Fury: he was captain over the vocation +doubters; his standard-bearer was Mr. Darkness, his colours were those +that were pale, and he had for his scutcheon the fiery flying serpent.<br> +<br> +3. The third captain was Captain Damnation: he was captain over the +grace doubters; his were the red colours, Mr. No-Life bare them, and +he had for his scutcheon the black den.<br> +<br> +4. The fourth captain was Captain Insatiable; he was captain over the +faith doubters: his were the red colours, Mr. Devourer bare them, and +he had for a scutcheon the yawning jaws.<br> +<br> +5. The fifth captain was Captain Brimstone: he was captain over the +perseverance doubters; his also were the red colours, Mr. Burning bare +them, and his scutcheon was the blue and stinking flame.<br> +<br> +6. The sixth captain was Captain Torment: he was captain over the resurrection +doubters; his colours were those that were pale; Mr. Gnaw was his standard-bearer, +and he had the black worm for his scutcheon.<br> +<br> +7. The seventh captain was Captain No-Ease; he was captain over the +salvation doubters; his were the red colours, Mr. Restless bare them, +and his scutcheon was the ghastly picture of death.<br> +<br> +8. The eighth captain was the Captain Sepulchre: he was captain over +the glory doubters; his also were the pale colours, Mr. Corruption was +his standard-bearer, and he had for his scutcheon a skull, and dead +men’s bones.<br> +<br> +9. The ninth captain was Captain Past-Hope; he was captain of those +that are called the felicity doubters; his standard-bearer was Mr. Despair; +his also were the red colours, and his scutcheon was a hot iron and +the hard heart.<br> +<br> +These were his captains, and these were their forces, these were their +standards, these were their colours, and these were their scutcheons. +Now, over these did the great Diabolus make superior captains, and they +were in number seven: as, namely, the Lord Beelzebub, the Lord Lucifer, +the Lord Legion, the Lord Apollyon, the Lord Python, the Lord Cerberus, +and the Lord Belial; these seven he set over the captains, and Incredulity +was lord-general, and, Diabolus was king. The reformades also, +such as were like themselves, were made some of them captains of hundreds, +and some of them captains of more. And thus was the army of Incredulity +completed.<br> +<br> +So they set out at Hell-Gate Hill, for there they had their rendezvous, +from whence they came with a straight course upon their march toward +the town of Mansoul. Now, as was hinted before, the town had, +as Shaddai would have it, received from the mouth of Mr. Prywell the +alarm of their coming before. Wherefore they set a strong watch +at the gates, and had also doubled their guards: they also mounted their +slings in good places, where they might conveniently cast out their +great stones to the annoyance of their furious enemy.<br> +<br> +Nor could those Diabolonians that were in the town do that hurt as was +designed they should; for Mansoul was now awake. But alas! poor +people, they were sorely affrighted at the first appearance of their +foes, and at their sitting down before the town, especially when they +heard the roaring of their drum. This, to speak truth, was amazingly +hideous to hear; it frighted all men seven miles round, if they were +but awake and heard it. The streaming of their colours was also +terrible and dejecting to behold.<br> +<br> +When Diabolus was come up against the town, first he made his approach +to Ear-gate, and gave it a furious assault, supposing, as it seems, +that his friends in Mansoul had been ready to do the work within; but +care was taken of that before, by the vigilance of the captains. +Wherefore, missing of the help that he expected from them, and finding +his army warmly attended with the stones that the slingers did sling, +(for that I will say for the captains, that considering the weakness +that yet was upon them by reason of the long sickness that had annoyed +the town of Mansoul, they did gallantly behave themselves,) he was forced +to make some retreat from Mansoul, and to entrench himself and his men +in the field without the reach of the slings of the town.<br> +<br> +Now having entrenched himself, he did cast up four mounts against the +town: the first he called Mount Diabolus, putting his own name thereon, +the more to affright the town of Mansoul; the other three he called +thus - Mount Alecto, Mount Megara, and Mount Tisiphone; for these are +the names of the dreadful furies of hell. Thus he began to play +his game with Mansoul, and to serve it as doth the lion his prey, even +to make it fall before his terror. But, as I said, the captains +and soldiers resisted so stoutly, and did do such execution with their +stones, that they made him, though against stomach, to retreat, wherefore +Mansoul began to take courage.<br> +<br> +Now upon Mount Diabolus, which was raised on the north side of the town, +there did the tyrant set up his standard, and a fearful thing it was +to behold; for he had wrought in it by devilish art, after the manner +of a scutcheon, a flaming flame fearful to behold, and the picture of +Mansoul burning in it.<br> +<br> +When Diabolus had thus done, he commanded that his drummer should every +night approach the walls of the town of Mansoul, and so to beat a parley; +the command was to do it at nights, for in the daytime they annoyed +him with their slings; for the tyrant said, that he had a mind to parley +with the now trembling town of Mansoul, and he commanded that the drums +should beat every night, that through weariness they might at last, +if possible, (at the first they were unwilling yet,) be forced to do +it.<br> +<br> +So this drummer did as commanded: he arose, and did beat his drum. +But when his drum did go, if one looked toward the town of Mansoul, +‘Behold darkness and sorrow, and the light was darkened in the +heaven thereof.’ No noise was ever heard upon earth more +terrible, except the voice of Shaddai when he speaketh. But how +did Mansoul tremble! it now looked for nothing but forthwith to be swallowed +up.<br> +<br> +When this drummer had beaten for a parley, he made this speech to Mansoul: +‘My master has bid me tell you, that if you will willingly submit, +you shall have the good of the earth; but if you shall be stubborn, +he is resolved to take you by force.’ But by that the fugitive +had done beating his drum, the people of Mansoul had betaken themselves +to the captains that were in the castle, so that there was none to regard, +nor to give this drummer an answer; so he proceeded no further that +night, but returned again to his master to the camp.<br> +<br> +When Diabolus saw that by drumming he could not work out Mansoul to +his will, the next night he sendeth his drummer without his drum, still +to let the townsmen know that he had a mind to parley with them. +But when all came to all, his parley was turned into a summons to the +town to deliver up themselves: but they gave him neither heed nor hearing: +for they remembered what at first it cost them to hear him a few words.<br> +<br> +The next night he sends again, and then who should be his messenger +to Mansoul but the terrible Captain Sepulchre; so Captain Sepulchre +came up to the walls of Mansoul, and made this oration to the town:-<br> +<br> +‘O ye inhabitants of the rebellious town of Mansoul! I summon +you in the name of the Prince Diabolus, that, without any more ado, +you set open the gates of your town, and admit the great lord to come +in. But if you shall still rebel, when we have taken to us the +town by force, we will swallow you up as the grave; wherefore if you +will hearken to my summons, say so, and if not then let me know.<br> +<br> +‘The reason of this my summons,’ quoth he, ‘is, for +that my lord is your undoubted prince and lord, as you yourselves have +formerly owned. Nor shall that assault that was given to my lord, +when Emmanuel dealt so dishonourably by him, prevail with him to lose +his right, and to forbear to attempt to recover his own. Consider, +then, O Mansoul, with thyself, wilt thou show thyself peaceable, or +no? If thou shalt quietly yield up thyself, then our old friendship +shall be renewed; but if thou shalt yet refuse and rebel, then expect +nothing but fire and sword.’<br> +<br> +When the languishing town of Mansoul had heard this summoner and his +summons, they were yet more put to their dumps, but made to the captain +no answer at all; so away he went as he came.<br> +<br> +But, after some consultation among themselves, as also with some of +their captains, they applied themselves afresh to the Lord Secretary +for counsel and advice from him; for this Lord Secretary was their chief +preacher, (as also is mentioned some pages before,) only now he was +ill at ease; and of him they begged favour in these two or three things +-<br> +<br> +1. That he would look comfortably upon them, and not keep himself so +much retired from them as formerly. Also, that he would be prevailed +with to give them a hearing, while they should make known their miserable +condition to him. But to this he told them as before, that ‘as +yet he was but ill at ease, and therefore could not do as he had formerly +done.’<br> +<br> +2. The second thing that they desired was, that he would be pleased +to give them his advice about their now so important affairs, for that +Diabolus was come and set down before the town with no less than twenty +thousand doubters. They said, moreover, that both he and his captains +were cruel men, and that they were afraid of them. But to this +he said, ‘You must look to the law of the Prince, and there see +what is laid upon you to do.’<br> +<br> +3. Then they desired that his highness would help them to frame a petition +to Shaddai, and unto Emmanuel his Son, and that he would set his own +hand thereto as a token that he was one with them in it: ‘For,’ +said they, ‘my Lord, many a one have we sent, but can get no answer +of peace; but now, surely, one with thy hand unto it may obtain good +for Mansoul.’<br> +<br> +But all the answer that he gave to this was, ‘that they had offended +their Emmanuel, and had also grieved himself, and that therefore they +must as yet partake of their own devices.’<br> +<br> +This answer of the Lord Secretary fell like a millstone upon them; yea, +it crushed them so that they could not tell what to do; yet they durst +not comply with the demands of Diabolus, nor with the demands of his +captain. So then here were the straits that the town of Mansoul +was betwixt, when the enemy came upon her: her foes were ready to swallow +her up, and her friends did forbear to help her.<br> +<br> +Then stood up my Lord Mayor, whose name was my Lord Understanding, and +he began to pick and pick, until he had picked comfort out of that seemingly +bitter saying of the Lord Secretary; for thus he descanted upon it: +‘First,’ said he, ‘this unavoidably follows upon the +saying of my Lord, “that we must yet suffer for our sins.” +Secondly, But,’ quoth he, ‘the words yet sound as if at +last we should be saved from our enemies, and that after a few more +sorrows, Emmanuel will come and be our help.’ Now the Lord +Mayor was the more critical in his dealing with the Secretary’s +words, because my lord was more than a prophet, and because none of +his words were such, but that at all times they were most exactly significant; +and the townsmen were allowed to pry into them, and to expound them +to their best advantage.<br> +<br> +So they took their leaves of my lord, and returned, and went, and came +to the captains, to whom they did tell what my Lord High Secretary had +said; who, when they had heard it, were all of the same opinion as was +my Lord Mayor himself. The captains, therefore, began to take +some courage unto them, and to prepare to make some brave attempt upon +the camp of the enemy, and to destroy all that were Diabolonians, with +the roving doubters that the tyrant had brought with him to destroy +the poor town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +So all betook themselves forthwith to their places - the Captains to +theirs, the Lord Mayor to his, the subordinate preacher to his, and +my Lord Willbewill to his. The captains longed to be at some work +for their prince; for they delighted in warlike achievements. +The next day, therefore, they came together and consulted; and after +consultation had, they resolved to give an answer to the captain of +Diabolus with slings; and so they did at the rising of the sun on the +morrow; for Diabolus had adventured to come nearer again, but the sling-stones +were to him and his like hornets. For as there is nothing to the +town of Mansoul so terrible as the roaring of Diabolus’s drum, +so there is nothing to Diabolus so terrible as the well playing of Emmanuel’s +slings. Wherefore Diabolus was forced to make another retreat, +yet further off from the famous town of Mansoul. Then did the +Lord Mayor of Mansoul cause the bells to be rung, ‘and that thanks +should be sent to the Lord High Secretary by the mouth of the subordinate +preacher; for that by his words the captains and elders of Mansoul had +been strengthened against Diabolus.’<br> +<br> +When Diabolus saw that his captains and soldiers, high lords and renowned, +were frightened, and beaten down by the stones that came from the golden +slings of the Prince of the town of Mansoul, he bethought himself, and +said, ‘I will try to catch them by fawning, I will try to flatter +them into my net.’<br> +<br> +Wherefore, after a while, he came down again to the wall, not now with +his drum, nor with Captain Sepulchre; but having all besugared his lips, +he seemed to be a very sweet-mouthed, peaceable prince, designing nothing +for humour’s sake, nor to be revenged on Mansoul for injuries +by them done to him; but the welfare, and good, and advantage of the +town and people therein was now, as he said, his only design. +Wherefore, after he had called for audience, and desired that the townsfolk +would give it to him, he proceeded in his oration, and said:-<br> +<br> +‘Oh, the desire of my heart, the famous town of Mansoul! how many +nights have I watched, and how many weary steps have I taken, if perhaps +I might do thee good! Far be it, far be it from me to desire to +make a war upon you; if ye will but willingly and quietly deliver up +yourselves unto me. You know that you were mine of old. +Remember also, that so long as you enjoyed me for your lord, and that +I enjoyed you for my subjects, you wanted for nothing of all the delights +of the earth, that I, your lord and prince, could get for you, or that +I could invent to make you bonny and blithe withal. Consider, +you never had so many hard, dark, troublesome, and heart-afflicting +hours, while you were mine, as you have had since you revolted from +me; nor shall you ever have peace again, until you and I become one +as before. But, be but prevailed with to embrace me again, and +I will grant, yea, enlarge your old charter with abundance of privileges; +so that your license and liberty shall be to take, hold, enjoy, and +make your own all that is pleasant from the east to the west. +Nor shall any of those incivilities, wherewith you have offended me, +be ever charged upon you by me, so long as the sun and moon endure. +Nor shall any of those dear friends of mine that now, for the fear of +you, lie lurking in dens, and holes, and caves in Mansoul, be hurtful +to you any more; yea, they shall be your servants, and shall minister +unto you of their substance, and of whatever shall come to hand. +I need speak no more; you know them, and have sometime since been much +delighted in their company. Why, then, should we abide at such +odds? Let us renew our old acquaintance and friendship again.<br> +<br> +‘Bear with your friend; I take the liberty at this time to speak +thus freely unto you. The love that I have to you presses me to +do it, as also does the zeal of my heart for my friends with you: put +me not therefore to further trouble, nor yourselves to further fears +and frights. Have you I will, in a way of peace or war; nor do +you flatter yourselves with the power and force of your captains, or +that your Emmanuel will shortly come in to your help; for such strength +will do you no pleasure.<br> +<br> +‘I am come against you with a stout and valiant army, and all +the chief princes of the den are even at the head of it. Besides, +my captains are swifter than eagles, stronger than lions, and more greedy +of prey than are the evening wolves. What is Og of Bashan! what +is Goliath of Gath! and what are an hundred more of them, to one of +the least of my captains! How, then, shall Mansoul think to escape +my hand and force?’<br> +<br> +Diabolus having thus handed his flattering, fawning, deceitful, and +lying speech to the famous town of Mansoul, the Lord Mayor replied to +him as follows: ‘O Diabolus, prince of darkness, and master of +all deceit; thy lying flatteries we have had and made sufficient probation +of, and have tasted too deeply of that destructive cup already. +Should we therefore again hearken unto thee, and so break the commandments +of our great Shaddai, to join in affinity with thee, would not our Prince +reject us, and cast us off for ever? And, being cast off by him, +can the place that he has prepared for thee be a place of rest for us? +Besides, O thou that art empty and void of all truth, we are rather +ready to die by thy hand, than to fall in with thy flattering and lying +deceits.’<br> +<br> +When the tyrant saw that there was little to be got by parleying with +my Lord Mayor, he fell into an hellish rage, and resolved that again, +with his army of doubters, he would another time assault the town of +Mansoul.<br> +<br> +So he called for his drummer, who beat up for his men (and while he +did beat, Mansoul did shake) to be in a readiness to give battle to +the corporation: then Diabolus drew near with his army, and thus disposed +of his men. Captain Cruel and Captain Torment, these he drew up +and placed against Feel-gate, and commanded them to sit down there for +the war. And he also appointed that, if need were, Captain No-Ease +should come in to their relief. At Nose-gate he placed the Captain +Brimstone and Captain Sepulchre, and bid them look well to their ward, +on that side of the town of Mansoul. But at Eye-gate he placed +that grim-faced one, the Captain Past-Hope, and there also now he did +set up his terrible standard.<br> +<br> +Now Captain Insatiable, he was to look to the carriages of Diabolus, +and was also appointed to take into custody that, or those persons and +things, that should at any time as prey be taken from the enemy.<br> +<br> +Now Mouth-gate the inhabitants of Mansoul kept for a sally-port; wherefore +that they kept strong; for that it was it by and out at which the townsfolk +did send their petitions to Emmanuel their Prince. That also was +the gate from the top of which the captains did play their slings at +the enemies; for that gate stood somewhat ascending, so that the placing +of them there, and the letting of them fly from that place, did much +execution against the tyrant’s army. Wherefore, for these +causes, with others, Diabolus sought, if possible, to land up Mouth-gate +with dirt.<br> +<br> +Now, as Diabolus was busy and industrious in preparing to make his assault +upon the town of Mansoul, without, so the captains and soldiers in the +corporation were as busy in preparing within; they mounted their slings, +they set up their banners, they sounded their trumpets, and put themselves +in such order as was judged most for the annoyance of the enemy, and +for the advantage of Mansoul, and gave to their soldiers orders to be +ready at the sound of the trumpet for war. The Lord Willbewill +also, he took the charge of watching against the rebels within, and +to do what he could to take them while without, or to stifle them within +their caves, dens, and holes in the town-wall of Mansoul. And, +to speak the truth of him, ever since he took penance for his fault, +he has showed as much honesty and bravery of spirit as any he in Mansoul; +for he took one Jolly, and his brother Griggish, the two sons of his +servant Harmless-Mirth, (for to that day, though the father was committed +to ward, the sons had a dwelling in the house of my lord,) - I say, +he took them, and with his own hands put them to the cross. And +this was the reason why he hanged them up: after their father was put +into the hands of Mr. True-Man the gaoler, they, his sons, began to +play his pranks, and to be ticking and toying with the daughters of +their lord; nay, it was jealoused that they were too familiar with them, +the which was brought to his lordship’s ear. Now his lordship +being unwilling unadvisedly to put any man to death, did not suddenly +fall upon them, but set watch and spies to see if the thing was true; +of the which he was soon informed, for his two servants, whose names +were Find-Out and Tell-All, catched them together in uncivil manner +more than once or twice, and went and told their lord. So when +my Lord Willbewill had sufficient ground to believe the thing was true, +he takes the two young Diabolonians, (for such they were, for their +father was a Diabolonian born,) and has them to Eye-gate, where he raised +a very high cross, just in the face of Diabolus, and of his army, and +there he hanged the young villains, in defiance to Captain Past-Hope, +and of the horrible standard of the tyrant.<br> +<br> +Now this Christian act of the brave Lord Willbewill did greatly abash +Captain Past-Hope, discouraged the army of Diabolus, put fear into the +Diabolonian runagates in Mansoul, and put strength and courage into +the captains that belonged to Emmanuel, the Prince; for they without +did gather, and that by this very act of my Lord, that Mansoul was resolved +to fight, and that the Diabolonians within the town could not do such +things as Diabolus had hopes they would. Nor was this the only +proof of the brave Lord Willbewill’s honesty to the town, nor +of his loyalty to his Prince, as will afterwards appear.<br> +<br> +Now, when the children of Prudent-Thrifty, who dwelt with Mr. Mind, +(for Thrift left children with Mr. Mind, when he was also committed +to prison, and their names were Gripe and Rake-All; these he begat of +Mr. Mind’s bastard daughter, whose name was Mrs. Hold-fast-Bad;) +- I say, when his children perceived how the Lord Willbewill had served +them that dwelt with him, what do they but, lest they should drink of +the same cup, endeavour to make their escape. But Mr. Mind, being +wary of it, took them and put them in hold in his house till morning; +(for this was done over night;) and remembering that by the law of Mansoul +all Diabolonians were to die, (and to be sure they were at least by +father’s side such, and some say by mother’s side too,) +what does he but takes them and puts them in chains, and carries them +to the selfsame place where my lord hanged his two before, and there +he hanged them.<br> +<br> +The townsmen also took great encouragement at this act of Mr. Mind, +and did what they could to have taken some more of these Diabolonian +troublers of Mansoul; but at that time the rest lay so squat and close, +that they could not be apprehended; so they set against them a diligent +watch, and went every man to his place.<br> +<br> +I told you a little before, that Diabolus and his army were somewhat +abashed and discouraged at the sight of what my Lord Willbewill did, +when he hanged up those two young Diabolonians; but his discouragement +quickly turned itself into furious madness and rage against the town +of Mansoul, and fight it he would. Also the townsmen and captains +within, they had their hopes and their expectations heightened, believing +at last the day would be theirs; so they feared them the less. +Their subordinate preacher, too, made a sermon about it; and he took +that theme for his text, ‘Gad, a troop shall overcome him: but +he shall overcome at the last.’ Whence he showed, that though +Mansoul should be sorely put to it at the first, yet the victory should +most certainly be Mansoul’s at the last.<br> +<br> +So Diabolus commanded that his drummer should beat a charge against +the town; and the captains also that were in the town sounded a charge +against them, but they had no drum: they were trumpets of silver with +which they sounded against them. Then they which were of the camp +of Diabolus came down to the town to take it, and the captains in the +castle, with the slingers at Mouth-gate, played upon them amain. +And now there was nothing heard in the camp of Diabolus but horrible +rage and blasphemy; but in the town good words, prayer, and singing +of psalms. The enemy replied with horrible objections, and the +terribleness of their drum; but the town made answer with the slapping +of their slings, and the melodious noise of their trumpets. And +thus the fight lasted for several days together, only now and then they +had some small intermission, in the which the townsmen refreshed themselves, +and the captains made ready for another assault.<br> +<br> +The captains of Emmanuel were clad in silver armour, and the soldiers +in that which was of proof; the soldiers of Diabolus were clad in iron +which was made to give place to Emmanuel’s engine-shot. +In the town, some were hurt, and some were greatly wounded. Now, +the worst of it was, a chirurgeon was scarce in Mansoul, for that Emmanuel +at present was absent. Howbeit, with the leaves of a tree the +wounded were kept from dying; yet their wounds did greatly putrefy, +and some did grievously stink. Of the townsmen, these were wounded, +namely, my Lord Reason; he was wounded in the head. Another that +was wounded was the brave Lord Mayor; he was wounded in the eye. +Another that was wounded was Mr. Mind; he received his wound about the +stomach. The honest subordinate preacher also, he received a shot +not far off the heart but none of these were mortal.<br> +<br> +Many also of the inferior sort were not only wounded but slain outright.<br> +<br> +Now, in the camp of Diabolus were wounded and slain a considerable number; +for instance, Captain Rage, he was wounded, and so was Captain Cruel. +Captain Damnation was made to retreat, and to intrench himself further +off of Mansoul. The standard also of Diabolus was beaten down, +and his standard-bearer, Captain Much-Hurt, had his brains beat out +with a sling-stone, to the no little grief and shame of his prince Diabolus.<br> +<br> +Many also of the doubters were slain outright, though enough of them +were left alive to make Mansoul shake and totter. Now the victory +that day being turned to Mansoul, did put great valour into the townsmen +and captains, and did cover Diabolus’s camp with a cloud, but +withal it made them far more furious. So the next day Mansoul +rested, and commanded that the bells should be rung; the trumpets also +joyfully sounded, and the captains shouted round the town.<br> +<br> +My Lord Willbewill also was not idle, but did notable service within +against the domestics, or the Diabolonians that were in the town, not +only by keeping them in awe, for he lighted on one at last whose name +was Mr. Anything, a fellow of whom mention was made before; for it was +he, if you remember, that brought the three fellows to Diabolus, whom +the Diabolonians took out of Captain Boanerges’s companies, and +that persuaded them to list themselves under the tyrant, to fight against +the army of Shaddai. My Lord Willbewill did also take a notable +Diabolonian, whose name was Loose-Foot: this Loose-Foot was a scout +to the vagabonds in Mansoul, and that did use to carry tidings out of +Mansoul to the camp, and out of the camp to those of the enemies in +Mansoul. Both these my lord sent away safe to Mr. True-Man, the +gaoler, with a commandment to keep them in irons; for he intended then +to have them out to be crucified, when it would be for the best to the +corporation, and most for the discouragement of the camp of the enemies.<br> +<br> +My Lord Mayor also, though he could not stir about so much as formerly, +because of the wound that he lately received, yet gave he out orders +to all that were the natives of Mansoul, to look to their watch, and +stand upon their guard, and, as occasion should offer, to prove themselves +men.<br> +<br> +Mr. Conscience, the preacher, he also did his utmost to keep all his +good documents alive upon the hearts of the people of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Well, awhile after, the captains and stout ones of the town of Mansoul +agreed and resolved upon a time to make a sally out upon the camp of +Diabolus, and this must be done in the night; and there was the folly +of Mansoul, (for the night is always the best for the enemy, but the +worst for Mansoul to fight in,) but yet they would do it, their courage +was so high; their last victory also still stuck in their memories.<br> +<br> +So the night appointed being come, the Prince’s brave captains +cast lots who should lead the van in this new and desperate expedition +against Diabolus, and against his Diabolonian army; and the lot fell +to Captain Credence, to Captain Experience, and to Captain Good-Hope, +to lead the forlorn hope. (This Captain Experience the Prince +created such when himself did reside in the town of Mansoul.) +So, as I said, they made their sally out upon the army that lay in the +siege against them; and their hap was to fall in with the main body +of their enemies. Now Diabolus and his men being expertly accustomed +to night-work, took the alarm presently, and were as ready to give them +battle, as if they had sent them word of their coming. Wherefore +to it they went amain, and blows were hard on every side; the hell drum +also was beat most furiously, while the trumpets of the Prince most +sweetly sounded. And thus the battle was joined; and Captain Insatiable +looked to the enemy’s carriages, and waited when he should receive +some prey.<br> +<br> +The Prince’s captains fought it stoutly, beyond what indeed could +be expected they should; they wounded many; they made the whole army +of Diabolus to make a retreat. But I cannot tell how, but the +brave Captain Credence, Captain Good-Hope, and Captain Experience, as +they were upon the pursuit, cutting down, and following hard after the +enemy in the rear, Captain Credence stumbled and fell, by which fall +he caught so great a hurt, that he could not rise till Captain Experience +did help him up, at which their men were put in disorder. The +captain also was so full of pain, that he could not forbear but aloud +to cry out: at this, the other two captains fainted, supposing that +Captain Credence had received his mortal wound; their men also were +more disordered, and had no list to fight. Now Diabolus being +very observing, though at this time as yet he was put to the worst, +perceiving that a halt was made among the men that were the pursuers, +what does he but, taking it for granted that the captains were either +wounded or dead, he therefore makes at first a stand, then faces about, +and so comes up upon the Prince’s army with as much of his fury +as hell could help him to; and his hap was to fall in just among the +three captains, Captain Credence, Captain Good-Hope, and Captain Experience, +and did cut, wound, and pierce them so dreadfully, that what through +discouragement, what through disorder, and what through the wounds that +they had received, and also the loss of much blood, they scarce were +able, though they had for their power the three best hands in Mansoul, +to get safe into the hold again.<br> +<br> +Now, when the body of the Prince’s army saw how these three captains +were put to the worst, they thought it their wisdom to make as safe +and good a retreat as they could, and so returned by the sally-port +again; and so there was an end of this present action. But Diabolus +was so flushed with this night’s work, that he promised himself, +in few days, an easy and complete conquest over the town of Mansoul; +wherefore, on the day following, he comes up to the sides thereof with +great boldness, and demands entrance, and that forthwith they deliver +themselves up to his government. The Diabolonians, too, that were +within, they began to be somewhat brisk, as we shall show afterward.<br> +<br> +But the valiant Lord Mayor replied, that what he got he must get by +force; for as long as Emmanuel, their Prince, was alive, (though he +at present was not so with them as they wished,) they should never consent +to yield Mansoul up to another.<br> +<br> +And with that the Lord Willbewill stood up, and said, ‘Diabolus, +thou master of the den, and enemy to all that is good, we poor inhabitants +of the town of Mansoul are too well acquainted with thy rule and government, +and with the end of those things that for certain will follow submitting +to thee, to do it. Wherefore though while we were without knowledge +we suffered thee to take us, (as the bird that saw not the snare fell +into the hands of the fowler,) yet since we have been turned from darkness +to light, we have also been turned from the power of Satan to God. +And though through thy subtlety, and also the subtlety of the Diabolonians +within, we have sustained much loss, and also plunged ourselves into +much perplexity, yet give up ourselves, lay down our arms, and yield +to so horrid a tyrant as thou, we shall not; die upon the place we choose +rather to do. Besides, we have hopes that in time deliverance +will come from court unto us, and therefore we yet will maintain a war +against thee.’<br> +<br> +This brave speech of the Lord Willbewill, with that also of the Lord +Mayor, did somewhat abate the boldness of Diabolus, though it kindled +the fury of his rage. It also succoured the townsmen and captains; +yea, it was as a plaster to the brave Captain Credence’s wound; +for you must know that a brave speech now (when the captains of the +town with their men of war came home routed, and when the enemy took +courage and boldness at the success that he had obtained to draw up +to the walls, and demand entrance, as he did) was in season, and also +advantageous.<br> +<br> +The Lord Willbewill also did play the man within; for while the captains +and soldiers were in the field, he was in arms in the town, and wherever +by him there was a Diabolonian found, they were forced to feel the weight +of his heavy hand, and also the edge of his penetrating sword: many +therefore of the Diabolonians he wounded, as the Lord Cavil, the Lord +Brisk, the Lord Pragmatic, and the Lord Murmur; several also of the +meaner sort he did sorely maim; though there cannot at this time an +account be given you of any that he slew outright. The cause, +or rather the advantage that my Lord Willbewill had at this time to +do thus, was for that the captains were gone out to fight the enemy +in the field. ‘For now,’ thought the Diabolonians +within, ‘is our time to stir and make an uproar in the town.’ +What do they therefore but quickly get themselves into a body, and fall +forthwith to hurricaning in Mansoul, as if now nothing but whirlwind +and tempest should be there. Wherefore, as I said, he takes this +opportunity to fall in among them with his men, cutting and slashing +with courage that was undaunted; at which the Diabolonians with all +haste dispersed themselves to their holds, and my lord to his place +as before.<br> +<br> +This brave act of my lord did somewhat revenge the wrong done by Diabolus +to the captains, and also did let them know that Mansoul was not to +be parted with for the loss of a victory or two; wherefore the wing +of the tyrant was clipped again, as to boasting, - I mean in comparison +of what he would have done, if the Diabolonians had put the town to +the same plight to which he had put the captains.<br> +<br> +Well, Diabolus yet resolves to have the other bout with Mansoul. +‘For,’ thought he, ‘since I beat them once, I may +beat them twice.’ Wherefore he commanded his men to be ready +at such an hour of the night, to make a fresh assault upon the town; +and he gave it out in special that they should bend all their force +against Feel-gate, and attempt to break into the town through that. +The word that then he did give to his officers and soldiers was Hell-fire. +‘And,’ said he, ‘if we break in upon them, as I wish +we do, either with some, or with all our force, let them that break +in look to it, that they forget not the word. And let nothing +be heard in the town of Mansoul but, “Hell-fire! Hell-fire! +Hell-fire!”’ The drummer was also to beat without +ceasing, and the standard-bearers were to display their colours; the +soldiers, too, were to put on what courage they could, and to see that +they played manfully their parts against the town.<br> +<br> +So when night was come, and all things by the tyrant made ready for +the work, he suddenly makes his assault upon Feel-gate, and after he +had awhile struggled there, he throws the gate wide open: for the truth +is, those gates were but weak, and so most easily made to yield. +When Diabolus had thus far made his attempt, he placed his captains +(namely, Torment and No-Ease) there; so he attempted to press forward, +but the Prince’s captains came down upon him, and made his entrance +more difficult than he desired. And, to speak truth, they made +what resistance they could; but the three of their best and most valiant +captains being wounded, and by their wounds made much incapable of doing +the town that service they would, (and all the rest having more than +their hands full of the doubters, and their captains that did follow +Diabolus,) they were overpowered with force, nor could they keep them +out of the town. Wherefore the Prince’s men and their captains +betook themselves to the castle, as to the stronghold of the town: and +this they did partly for their own security, partly for the security +of the town, and partly, or rather chiefly, to preserve to Emmanuel +the prerogative-royal of Mansoul; for so was the castle of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +The captains therefore being fled into the castle, the enemy, without +much resistance, possess themselves of the rest of the town, and spreading +themselves as they went into every corner, they cried out as they marched, +according to the command of the tyrant, ‘Hell-fire! Hell-fire! +Hell-fire!’ so that nothing for a while throughout the town of +Mansoul could be heard but the direful noise of ‘Hell-fire!’ +together with the roaring of Diabolus’s drum. And now did +the clouds hang black over Mansoul, nor to reason did anything but ruin +seem to attend it. Diabolus also quartered his soldiers in the +houses of the inhabitants of the town of Mansoul. Yea, the subordinate +preacher’s house was as full of these outlandish doubters as ever +it could hold, and so was my Lord Mayor’s, and my Lord Willbewill’s +also. Yea, where was there a corner, a cottage, a barn, or a hogstye, +that now was not full of these vermin? Yea, they turned the men +of the town out of their houses, and would lie in their beds, and sit +at their tables themselves. Ah, poor Mansoul! now thou feelest +the fruits of sin, yea, what venom was in the flattering words of Mr. +Carnal-Security! They made great havoc of whatever they laid their +hands on; yea, they fired the town in several places; many young children +also were by them dashed in pieces; and those that were yet unborn they +destroyed in their mothers’ wombs: for you must needs think that +it could not now be otherwise; for what conscience, what pity, what +bowels of compassion can any expect at the hands of outlandish doubters? +Many in Mansoul that were women, both young and old, they forced, ravished, +and beastlike abused, so that they swooned, miscarried, and many of +them died, and so lay at the top of every street, and in all by-places +of the town.<br> +<br> +And now did Mansoul seem to be nothing but a den of dragons, an emblem +of hell, and a place of total darkness. Now did Mansoul lie almost +like the barren wilderness; nothing but nettles, briars, thorns, weeds, +and stinking things seemed now to cover the face of Mansoul. I +told you before, how that these Diabolonian doubters turned the men +of Mansoul out of their beds, and now I will add, they wounded them, +they mauled them, yea, and almost brained many of them. Many did +I say, yea most, if not all of them. Mr. Conscience they so wounded, +yea, and his wounds so festered, that he could have no ease day nor +night, but lay as if continually upon a rack; but that Shaddai rules +all, certainly they had slain him outright. Mr. Lord Mayor they +so abused that they almost put out his eyes; and had not my Lord Willbewill +got into the castle, they intended to have chopped him all to pieces; +for they did look upon him, as his heart now stood, to be one of the +very worst that was in Mansoul against Diabolus and his crew. +And indeed he hath shown himself a man, and more of his exploits you +will hear of afterwards.<br> +<br> +Now, a man might have walked for days together in Mansoul, and scarcely +have seen one in the town that looked like a religious man. Oh, +the fearful state of Mansoul now! now every corner swarmed with outlandish +doubters; red-coats and black-coats walked the town by clusters, and +filled up all the houses with hideous noises, vain songs, lying stories, +and blasphemous language against Shaddai and his Son. Now also +those Diabolonians that lurked in the walls and dens and holes that +were in the town of Mansoul, came forth and showed themselves; yea, +walked with open face in company with the doubters that were in Mansoul. +Yea, they had more boldness now to walk the streets, to haunt the houses, +and to show themselves abroad, than had any of the honest inhabitants +of the now woful town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +But Diabolus and his outlandish men were not at peace in Mansoul; for +they were not there entertained as were the captains and forces of Emmanuel: +the townsmen did browbeat them what they could; nor did they partake +or make stroy of any of the necessaries of Mansoul, but that which they +seized on against the townsmen’s will: what they could, they hid +from them, and what they could not, they had with an ill-will. +They, poor hearts! had rather have had their room than their company; +but they were at present their captives, and their captives for the +present they were forced to be. But, I say, they discountenanced +them as much as they were able, and showed them all the dislike that +they could.<br> +<br> +The captains also from the castle did hold them in continual play with +their slings, to the chafing and fretting of the minds of the enemies. +True, Diabolus made a great many attempts to have broken open the gates +of the castle, but Mr. Godly-Fear was made the keeper of that; and he +was a man of that courage, conduct, and valour, that it was in vain, +as long as life lasted within him, to think to do that work, though +mostly desired; wherefore all the attempts that Diabolus made against +him were fruitless. I have wished sometimes that that man had +had the whole rule of the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Well, this was the condition of the town of Mansoul for about two years +and a half: the body of the town was the seat of war, the people of +the town were driven into holes, and the glory of Mansoul was laid in +the dust. What rest, then, could be to the inhabitants, what peace +could Mansoul have, and what sun could shine upon it? Had the +enemy lain so long without in the plain against the town, it had been +enough to have famished them: but now, when they shall be within, when +the town shall be their tent, their trench and fort against the castle +that was in the town; when the town shall be against the town, and shall +serve to be a defence to the enemies of her strength and life: I say, +when they shall make use of the forts and town-holds to secure themselves +in, even till they shall take, spoil, and demolish the castle, - this +was terrible! and yet this was now the state of the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +After the town of Mansoul had been in this sad and lamentable condition, +for so long a time as I have told you, and no petitions that they presented +their Prince with, all this while, could prevail, the inhabitants of +the town, namely, the elders and chief of Mansoul, gathered together, +and, after some time spent in condoling their miserable state and this +miserable judgment coming upon them, they agreed together to draw up +yet another petition, and to send it away to Emmanuel for relief. +But Mr. Godly-Fear stood up and answered, that he knew that his Lord +the Prince never did nor ever would receive a petition for these matters, +from the hand of any whoever, unless the Lord Secretary’s hand +was to it; ‘and this,’ quoth he, ‘is the reason that +you prevailed not all this while.’ Then they said they would +draw up one, and get the Lord Secretary’s hand unto it. +But Mr. Godly-Fear answered again, that he knew also that the Lord Secretary +would not set his hand to any petition that himself had not an hand +in composing and drawing up. ‘And besides,’ said he, +‘the Prince doth know my Lord Secretary’s hand from all +the hands in the world; wherefore he cannot be deceived by any pretence +whatever. Wherefore my advice is that you go to my Lord, and implore +him to lend you his aid.’ (Now he did yet abide in the castle, +where all the captains and men-at-arms were.)<br> +<br> +So they heartily thanked Mr. Godly-Fear, took his counsel, and did as +he had bidden them. So they went and came to my Lord, and made +known the cause of their coming to him; namely, that since Mansoul was +in so deplorable a condition, his Highness would be pleased to undertake +to draw up a petition for them to Emmanuel, the Son of the mighty Shaddai, +and to their King and his Father by him.<br> +<br> +Then said the Secretary to them, ‘What petition is it that you +would have me draw up for you?’ But they said, ‘Our +Lord knows best the state and condition of the town of Mansoul; and +how we are backslidden and degenerated from the Prince: thou also knowest +who is come up to war against us, and how Mansoul is now the seat of +war. My Lord knows, moreover, what barbarous usages our men, women, +and children have suffered at their hands; and how our homebred Diabolonians +do walk now with more boldness than dare the townsmen in the streets +of Mansoul. Let our Lord therefore, according to the wisdom of +God that is in him, draw up a petition for his poor servants to our +Prince Emmanuel.’ ‘Well,’ said the Lord Secretary, +‘I will draw up a petition for you, and will also set my hand +thereto.’ Then said they, ‘But when shall we call +for it at the hands of our Lord?’ But he answered, ‘Yourselves +must be present at the doing of it; yea, you must put your desires to +it. True, the hand and pen shall be mine, but the ink and paper +must be yours; else how can you say it is your petition? Nor have +I need to petition for myself, because I have not offended.’ He +also added as followeth: ‘No petition goes from me in my name +to the Prince, and so to his Father by him, but when the people that +are chiefly concerned therein do join in heart and soul in the matter, +for that must be inserted therein.’<br> +<br> +So they did heartily agree with the sentence of the Lord, and a petition +was forthwith drawn up for them. But now, who should carry it? +that was next. But the Secretary advised that Captain Credence +should carry it; for he was a well-spoken man. They therefore +called for him, and propounded to him the business. ‘Well,’ +said the captain, ‘I gladly accept of the motion; and though I +am lame, I will do this business for you with as much speed, and as +well as I can.’<br> +<br> +The contents of the petition were to this purpose<br> +<br> +‘O our Lord, and Sovereign Prince Emmanuel, the potent, the long-suffering +Prince! grace is poured into thy lips, and to thee belong mercy and +forgiveness, though we have rebelled against thee. We, who are +no more worthy to be called thy Mansoul, nor yet fit to partake of common +benefits, do beseech thee, and thy Father by thee, to do away our transgressions. +We confess that thou mightest cast us away for them; but do it not for +thy name’s sake: let the Lord rather take an opportunity, at our +miserable condition, to let out his bowels and compassions to us. +We are compassed on every side, Lord; our own backslidings reprove us; +our Diabolonians within our town fright us; and the army of the angel +of the bottomless pit distresses us. Thy grace can be our salvation, +and whither to go but to thee we know not.<br> +<br> +‘Furthermore, O gracious Prince, we have weakened our captains, +and they are discouraged, sick, and, of late, some of them grievously +worsted and beaten out of the field by the power and force of the tyrant. +Yea, even those of our captains, in whose valour we did formerly use +to put most of our confidence, they are as wounded men. Besides, +Lord, our enemies are lively, and they are strong; they vaunt and boast +themselves, and do threaten to part us among themselves for a booty. +They are fallen also upon us, Lord, with many thousand doubters, such +as with whom we cannot tell what to do; they are all grim-looked and +unmerciful ones, and they bid defiance to us and thee.<br> +<br> +‘Our wisdom is gone, our power is gone, because thou art departed +from us; nor have we what we may call ours but sin, shame, and confusion +of face for sin. Take pity upon us, O Lord, take pity upon us, +thy miserable town of Mansoul, and save us out of the hands of our enemies. +Amen.’<br> +<br> +This petition, as was touched afore, was handed by the Lord Secretary, +and carried to the court by the brave and most stout Captain Credence. +Now he carried it out at Mouth-gate, (for that, as I said, was the sally-port +of the town,) and he went and came to Emmanuel with it. Now how +it came out, I do not know; but for certain it did, and that so far +as to reach the ears of Diabolus. Thus I conclude, because that +the tyrant had it presently by the end, and charged the town of Mansoul +with it, saying, ‘Thou rebellious and stubborn-hearted Mansoul, +I will make thee to leave off petitioning. Art thou yet for petitioning? +I will make thee to leave.’ Yea, he also knew who the messenger +was that carried the petition to the Prince, and it made him both to +fear and rage.<br> +<br> +Wherefore he commanded that his drum should be beat again, a thing that +Mansoul could not abide to hear: but when Diabolus will have his drum +beat, Mansoul must abide the noise. Well, the drum was beat, and +the Diabolonians were gathered together.<br> +<br> +Then said Diabolus, ‘O ye stout Diabolonians, be it known unto +you, that there is treachery hatched against us in the rebellious town +of Mansoul; for albeit the town is in our possession, as you see, yet +these miserable Mansoulians have attempted to dare, and have been so +hardy as yet to send to the court to Emmanuel for help. This I +give you to understand, that ye may yet know how to carry it to the +wretched town of Mansoul. Wherefore, O my trusty Diabolonians, +I command that yet more and more ye distress this town of Mansoul, and +vex it with your wiles, ravish their women, deflower their virgins, +slay their children, brain their ancients, fire their town, and what +other mischief you can; and let this be the reward of the Mansoulians +from me, for their desperate rebellions against me.’<br> +<br> +This, you see, was the charge; but something stepped in betwixt that +and execution, for as yet there was but little more done than to rage.<br> +<br> +Moreover, when Diabolus had done thus, he went the next way up to the +castle gates, and demanded that, upon pain of death, the gates should +be opened to him, and that entrance should be given him and his men +that followed after. To whom Mr. Godly-Fear replied, (for he it +was that had the charge of that gate,) that the gate should not be opened +unto him, nor to the men that followed after him. He said, moreover, +that Mansoul, when she had suffered awhile, should be made perfect, +strengthened, settled.<br> +<br> +Then said Diabolus, ‘Deliver me, then, the men that have petitioned +against me, especially Captain Credence, that carried it to your Prince; +deliver that varlet into my hands, and I will depart from the town.’<br> +<br> +Then up starts a Diabolonian, whose name was Mr. Fooling, and said, +‘My lord offereth you fair: it is better for you that one man +perish, than that your whole Mansoul should be undone.’<br> +<br> +But Mr. Godly-Fear made him this replication, ‘How long will Mansoul +be kept out of the dungeon, when she hath given up her faith to Diabolus! +As good lose the town, as lose Captain Credence; for if one be gone +the other must follow.’ But to that Mr. Fooling said nothing.<br> +<br> +Then did my Lord Mayor reply, and said, ‘O thou devouring tyrant, +be it known unto thee, we shall hearken to none of thy words; we are +resolved to resist thee as long as a captain, a man, a sling, and a +stone to throw at thee shall be found in the town of Mansoul.’ +But Diabolus answered, ‘Do you hope, do you wait, do you look +for help and deliverance? You have sent to Emmanuel, but your +wickedness sticks too close in your skirts, to let innocent prayers +come out of your lips. Think you that you shall be prevailers +and prosper in this design? You will fail in your wish, you will +fail in your attempts; for it is not only I, but your Emmanuel is against +you: yea, it is he that hath sent me against you to subdue you. +For what, then, do you hope? or by what means will you escape?’<br> +<br> +Then said the Lord Mayor, ‘We have sinned indeed; but that shall +be no help to thee, for our Emmanuel hath said it, and that in great +faithfulness, “and him that cometh to me I will in no wise cast +out.” He hath also told us, O our enemy, that “all +manner of sin and blasphemy shall be forgiven” to the sons of +men. Therefore we dare not despair, but will look for, wait for, +and hope for deliverance still.’<br> +<br> +Now, by this time, Captain Credence was returned and come from the court +from Emmanuel to the castle of Mansoul, and he returned to them with +a packet. So my Lord Mayor, hearing that Captain Credence was +come, withdrew himself from the noise of the roaring of the tyrant, +and left him to yell at the wall of the town, or against the gates of +the castle. So he came up to the captain’s lodgings, and +saluting him, he asked him of his welfare, and what was the best news +at court. But when he asked Captain Credence that, the water stood +in his eyes. Then said the captain, ‘Cheer up, my lord, +for all will be well in time.’ And with that he first produced +his packet, and laid it by; but that the Lord Mayor, and the rest of +the captains, took for sign of good tidings. Now a season of grace +being come, he sent for all the captains and elders of the town, that +were here and there in their lodgings in the castle and upon their guard, +to let them know that Captain Credence was returned from the court, +and that he had something in general, and something in special, to communicate +to them. So they all came up to him, and saluted him, and asked +him concerning his journey, and what was the best news at the court. +And he answered them as he had done the Lord Mayor before, that all +would be well at last. Now, when the captain had thus saluted +them, he opened his packet, and thence did draw out his several notes +for those that he had sent for.<br> +<br> +And the first note was for my Lord Mayor, wherein was signified:- That +the Prince Emmanuel had taken it well that my Lord Mayor had been so +true and trusty in his office, and the great concerns that lay upon +him for the town and people of Mansoul. Also, he bid him to know, +that he took it well that he had been so bold for his Prince Emmanuel, +and had engaged so faithfully in his cause against Diabolus. He +also signified, at the close of his letter, that he should shortly receive +his reward.<br> +<br> +The second note that came out, was for the noble Lord Willbewill, wherein +there was signified:- That his Prince Emmanuel did well understand how +valiant and courageous he had been for the honour of his Lord, now in +his absence, and when his name was under contempt by Diabolus. +There was signified also, that his Prince had taken it well that he +had been so faithful to the town of Mansoul, in his keeping of so strict +a hand and eye over and so strict a rein upon the neck of the Diabolonians, +that did still lie lurking in their several holes in the famous town +of Mansoul. He signified, moreover, how that he understood that +my Lord had, with his own hand, done great execution upon some of the +chief of the rebels there, to the great discouragement of the adverse +party and to the good example of the whole town of Mansoul; and that +shortly his lordship should have his reward.<br> +<br> +The third note came out for the subordinate preacher, wherein was signified:- +That his Prince took it well from him, that he had so honestly and so +faithfully performed his office, and executed the trust committed to +him by his Lord, while he exhorted, rebuked, and forewarned Mansoul +according to the laws of the town. He signified, moreover, that +he took it well at his hand that he called to fasting, to sackcloth, +and ashes, when Mansoul was under her revolt. Also, that he called +for the aid of the Captain Boanerges to help in so weighty a work; and +that shortly he also should receive his reward.<br> +<br> +The fourth note came out for Mr. Godly-Fear, wherein his Lord thus signified:- +That his Lordship observed, that he was the first of all the men in +Mansoul that detected Mr. Carnal-Security as the only one that, through +his subtlety and cunning, had obtained for Diabolus a defection and +decay of goodness in the blessed town of Mansoul. Moreover, his +Lord gave him to understand, that he still remembered his tears and +mourning for the state of Mansoul. It was also observed, by the +same note, that his Lord took notice of his detecting of this Mr. Carnal-Security, +at his own table among his guests, in his own house, and that in the +midst of his jolliness, even while he was seeking to perfect his villanies +against the town of Mansoul. Emmanuel also took notice that this +reverend person, Mr. Godly-Fear, stood stoutly to it, at the gates of +the castle, against all the threats and attempts of the tyrant; and +that he had put the townsmen in a way to make their petition to their +Prince, so as that he might accept thereof, and as they might obtain +an answer of peace; and that therefore shortly he should receive his +reward.<br> +<br> +After all this, there was yet produced a note which was written to the +whole town of Mansoul, whereby they perceived - That their Lord took +notice of their so often repeating of petitions to him; and that they +should see more of the fruits of such their doings in time to come. +Their Prince did also therein tell them, that he took it well, that +their heart and mind, now at last, abode fixed upon him and his ways, +though Diabolus had made such inroads upon them; and that neither flatteries +on the one hand, nor hardships on the other, could make them yield to +serve his cruel designs. There was also inserted at the bottom +of this note - That his Lordship had left the town of Mansoul in the +hands of the Lord Secretary, and under the conduct of Captain Credence, +saying, ‘Beware that you yet yield yourselves unto their governance; +and in due time you shall receive your reward.’<br> +<br> +So, after the brave Captain Credence had delivered his notes to those +to whom they belonged, he retired himself to my Lord Secretary’s +lodgings, and there spends time in conversing with him; for they too +were very great one with another, and did indeed know more how things +would go with Mansoul than did all the townsmen besides. The Lord +Secretary also loved the Captain Credence dearly; yea, many a good bit +was sent him from my Lord’s table; also, he might have a show +of countenance, when the rest of Mansoul lay under the clouds: so, after +some time for converse was spent, the captain betook himself to his +chambers to rest. But it was not long after when my Lord did send +for the captain again; so the captain came to him, and they greeted +one another with usual salutations. Then said the captain to the +Lord Secretary, ‘What hath my Lord to say to his servant?’ +So the Lord Secretary took him and had him aside, and after a sign or +two of more favour, he said, ‘I have made thee the Lord’s +lieutenant over all the forces in Mansoul; so that, from this day forward, +all men in Mansoul shall be at thy word; and thou shalt be he that shall +lead in, and that shall lead out Mansoul. Thou shalt therefore +manage, according to thy place, the war for thy Prince, and for the +town of Mansoul, against the force and power of Diabolus; and at thy +command shall the rest of the captains be.’<br> +<br> +Now the townsmen began to perceive what interest the captain had, both +with the court, and also with the Lord Secretary in Mansoul; for no +man before could speed when sent, nor bring such good news from Emmanuel +as he. Wherefore what do they, after some lamentation that they +made no more use of him in their distresses, but send by their subordinate +preacher to the Lord Secretary, to desire him that all that ever they +were and had might be put under the government, care, custody, and conduct +of Captain Credence.<br> +<br> +So their preacher went and did his errand, and received this answer +from the mouth of his Lord: that Captain Credence should be the great +doer in all the King’s army, against the King’s enemies, +and also for the welfare of Mansoul. So he bowed to the ground, +and thanked his Lordship, and returned and told his news to the townsfolk. +But all this was done with all imaginable secrecy, because the foes +had yet great strength in the town. But to return to our story +again.<br> +<br> +When Diabolus saw himself thus boldly confronted by the Lord Mayor, +and perceived the stoutness of Mr. Godly-Fear, he fell into a rage, +and forthwith called a council of war, that he might be revenged on +Mansoul. So all the princes of the pit came together, and old +Incredulity at the head of them, with all the captains of his army. +So they consult what to do. Now the effect and conclusion of the +council that day was how they might take the castle, because they could +not conclude themselves masters of the town so long as that was in the +possession of their enemies.<br> +<br> +So one advised this way, and another advised that; but when they could +not agree in their verdict, Apollyon, that president of the council, +stood up, and thus he began: ‘My brotherhood,’ quoth he, +‘I have two things to propound unto you; and my first is this. +Let us withdraw ourselves from the town into the plain again, for our +presence here will do us no good, because the castle is yet in our enemies’ +hands; nor is it possible that we should take that, so long as so many +brave captains are in it, and that this bold fellow, Godly-Fear, is +made the keeper of the gates of it. Now, when we have withdrawn +ourselves into the plain, they, of their own accord, will be glad of +some little ease; and it may be, of their own accord, they again may +begin to be remiss, and even their so being will give them a bigger +blow than we can possibly give them ourselves. But if that should +fail, our going forth of the town may draw the captains out after us; +and you know what it cost them when we fought them in the field before. +Besides, can we but draw them out into the field, we may lay an ambush +behind the town, which shall, when they are come forth abroad, rush +in and take possession of the castle.’<br> +<br> +But Beelzebub stood up, and replied, saying: ‘It is impossible +to draw them all off from the castle; some, you may be sure, will lie +there to keep that; wherefore it will be but in vain thus to attempt, +unless we were sure that they will all come out.’ He therefore +concluded that what was done must be done by some other means. +And the most likely means that the greatest of their heads could invent, +was that which Apollyon had advised to before, namely, to get the townsmen +again to sin. ‘For,’ said he, ‘it is not our +being in the town, nor in the field, nor our fighting, nor our killing +of their men, that can make us the masters of Mansoul; for so long as +one in the town is able to lift up his finger against us, Emmanuel will +take their parts; and if he shall take their parts, we know what time +of day it will be with us. Wherefore, for my part,’ quoth +he, ‘there is, in my judgment, no way to bring them into bondage +to us, like inventing a way to make them sin. Had we,’ said +he, ‘left all our doubters at home, we had done as well as we +have done now, unless we could have made them the masters and governors +of the castle; for doubters at a distance are but like objections refelled +with arguments. Indeed, can we but get them into the hold, and +make them possessors of that, the day will be our own. Let us, +therefore, withdraw ourselves into the plain, (not expecting that the +captains in Mansoul should follow us,) but yet, I say, let us do this, +and before we so do, let us advise again with our trusty Diabolonians +that are yet in their holds of Mansoul, and set them to work to betray +the town to us; for they indeed must do it, or it will be left undone +for ever.’ By these sayings of Beelzebub, (for I think it +was he that gave this counsel,) the whole conclave was forced to be +of his opinion, namely, that the way to get the castle was to get the +town to sin. Then they fell to inventing by what means they might +do this thing.<br> +<br> +Then Lucifer stood up, and said: ‘The counsel of Beelzebub is +pertinent. Now, the way to bring this to pass, in mine opinion, +is this: let us withdraw our force from the town of Mansoul; let us +do this, and let us terrify them no more, either with summons, or threats, +or with the noise of our drum, or any other awakening means. Only +let us lie in the field at a distance, and be as if we regarded them +not; for frights, I see, do but awaken them, and make them more stand +to their arms. I have also another stratagem in my head: you know +Mansoul is a market-town, and a town that delights in commerce; what, +therefore, if some of our Diabolonians shall feign themselves far-country +men, and shall go out and bring to the market of Mansoul some of our +wares to sell; and what matter at what rates they sell their wares, +though it be but for half the worth? Now, let those that thus +shall trade in their market be those that are witty and true to us, +and I will lay my crown to pawn it will do. There are two that +are come to my thoughts already, that I think will be arch at this work, +and they are Mr. Penny-wise-pound-foolish, and Mr. Get-i’the-hundred-and-lose-i’the-shire; +nor is this man with the long name at all inferior to the other. +What, also, if you join with them Mr. Sweet-world and Mr. Present-good; +they are men that are civil and cunning, but our true friends and helpers. +Let these, with as many more, engage in this business for us, and let +Mansoul be taken up in much business, and let them grow full and rich, +and this is the way to get ground of them. Remember ye not that +thus we prevailed upon Laodicea, and how many at present do we hold +in this snare? Now, when they begin to grow full, they will forget +their misery; and if we shall not affright them, they may happen to +fall asleep, and so be got to neglect their town watch, their castle +watch, as well as their watch at the gates.<br> +<br> +‘Yea, may we not, by this means, so cumber Mansoul with abundance, +that they shall be forced to make of their castle a warehouse, instead +of a garrison fortified against us, and a receptacle for men of war. +Thus, if we get our goods and commodities thither, I reckon that the +castle is more than half ours. Besides, could we so order it that +it shall be filled with such kind of wares, then if we made a sudden +assault upon them, it would be hard for the captains to take shelter +there. Do you not know that of the parable, “The deceitfulness +of riches choke the word”? and again, “When the heart is +over-charged with surfeiting and drunkenness, and the cares of this +life,” all mischief comes upon them at unawares?<br> +<br> +‘Furthermore, my lords,’ quoth he, ‘you very well +know that it is not easy for a people to be filled with our things, +and not to have some of our Diabolonians as retainers to their houses +and services. Where is a Mansoulian that is full of this world, +that has not for his servants and waiting-men, Mr. Profuse, or Mr. Prodigality, +or some other of our Diabolonian gang, as Mr. Voluptuous, Mr. Pragmatical, +Mr. Ostentation, or the like? Now these can take the castle of +Mansoul, or blow it up, or make it unfit for a garrison for Emmanuel, +and any of these will do. Yea, these, for aught I know, may do +it for us sooner than an army of twenty thousand men. Wherefore, +to end as I began, my advice is, that we quietly withdraw ourselves, +not offering any further force, or forcible attempts, upon the castle, +at least at this time; and let us set on foot our new project, and let +us see if that will not make them destroy themselves.’<br> +<br> +This advice was highly applauded by them all, and was accounted the +very masterpiece of hell, namely, to choke Mansoul with a fulness of +this world, and to surfeit her heart with the good things thereof. +But see how things meet together! Just as this Diabolonian council +was broken up, Captain Credence received a letter from Emmanuel, the +contents of which were these: That upon the third day he would meet +him in the field in the plains about Mansoul. ‘Meet me in +the field!’ quoth the Captain; ‘what meaneth my lord by +this? I know not what he meaneth by meeting me in the field.’ +So he took the note in his hand, and did carry it to my Lord Secretary, +to ask his thoughts thereupon; for my Lord was a seer in all matters +concerning the King, and also for the good and comfort of the town of +Mansoul. So he showed my Lord the note, and desired his opinion +thereof. ‘For my part,’ quoth Captain Credence, ‘I +know not the meaning thereof.’ So my lord did take and read +it and, after a little pause, he said, ‘The Diabolonians have +had against Mansoul a great consultation to-day; they have, I say, this +day been contriving the utter ruin of the town; and the result of their +council is, to set Mansoul into such a way which, if taken, will surely +make her destroy herself. And, to this end, they are making ready +for their own departure out of the town, intending to betake themselves +to the field again,’ and there to lie till they shall see whether +this their project will take or no. But be thou ready with the +men of thy Lord, (for on the third day they will be in the plain,) there +to fall upon the Diabolonians; for the Prince will by that time be in +the field; yea, by that it is break of day, sun-rising, or before, and +that with a mighty force against them. So he shall be before them, +and thou shalt be behind them, and betwixt you both their army shall +be destroyed.’<br> +<br> +When Captain Credence heard this, away goes he to the rest of the captains, +and tells them what a note he had a while since received from the hand +of Emmanuel. ‘And,’ said he, ‘that which was +dark therein hath my lord the Lord Secretary expounded unto me.’ +He told them, moreover, what by himself and by them must be done to +answer the mind of their Lord. Then were the captains glad; and +Captain Credence commanded that all the King’s trumpeters should +ascend to the battlements of the castle, and there, in the audience +of Diabolus and of the whole town of Mansoul, make the best music that +heart could invent. The trumpeters then did as they were commanded. +They got themselves up to the top of the castle, and thus they began +to sound. Then did Diabolus start, and said, ‘What can be +the meaning of this? they neither sound Boot-and-saddle, nor Horse-and-away, +nor a charge. What do these madmen mean that yet they should be +so merry and glad?’ Then answered one of themselves and +said, ‘This is for joy that their Prince Emmanuel is coming to +relieve the town of Mansoul; and to this end he is at the head of an +army, and that this relief is near.’<br> +<br> +The men of Mansoul also were greatly concerned at this melodious charm +of the trumpets; they said, yea, they answered one another, saying, +‘This can be no harm to us; surely this can be no harm to us.’ +Then said the Diabolonians, ‘What had we best to do?’ and +it was answered, ‘It was best to quit the town;’ and ‘that,’ +said one, ‘ye may do in pursuance of your last counsel, and by +so doing also be better able to give the enemy battle, should an army +from without come upon us. So, on the second day, they withdrew +themselves from Mansoul, and abode in the plains without; but they encamped +themselves before Eye-gate, in what terrene and terrible manner they +could. The reason why they would not abide in the town (besides +the reasons that were debated in their late conclave) was, for that +they were not possessed of the stronghold, and ‘because,’ +said they, ‘we shall have more convenience to fight, and also +to fly, if need be, when we are encamped in the open plains.’ +Besides, the town would have been a pit for them rather than a place +of defence, had the Prince come up and inclosed them fast therein. +Therefore they betook themselves to the field, that they might also +be out of the reach of the slings, by which they were much annoyed all +the while that they were in the town.<br> +<br> +Well, the time that the captains were to fall upon the Diabolonians +being come, they eagerly prepared themselves for action; for Captain +Credence had told the captains over night, that they should meet their +Prince in the field to-morrow. This, therefore, made them yet +far more desirous to be engaging the enemy; for ‘You shall see +the Prince in the field to-morrow’ was like oil to a flaming fire, +for of a long time they had been at a distance: they therefore were +for this the more earnest and desirous of the work. So, as I said, +the hour being come, Captain Credence, with the rest of the men of war, +drew out their forces before it was day by the sally-port of the town. +And, being all ready, Captain Credence went up to the head of the army, +and gave to the rest of the captains the word, and so they to their +under-officers and soldiers: the word was ‘The sword of the Prince +Emmanuel, and the shield of Captain Credence;’ which is, in the +Mansoulian tongue, ‘The word of God and faith.’ Then +the captains fell on, and began roundly to front, and flank, and rear +Diabolus’s camp.<br> +<br> +Now, they left Captain Experience in the town, because he was yet ill +of his wounds, which the Diabolonians had given him in the last fight. +But when he perceived that the captains were at it, what does he but, +calling for his crutches with haste, gets up, and away he goes to the +battle, saying, ‘Shall I lie here, when my brethren are in the +fight, and when Emmanuel, the Prince, will show himself in the field +to his servants?’ But when the enemy saw the man come with +his crutches, they were daunted yet the more; ‘for,’ thought +they, ‘what spirit has possessed these Mansoulians, that they +fight us upon their crutches?’ Well, the captains, as I +said, fell on, and did bravely handle their weapons, still crying out +and shouting, as they laid on blows, ‘The sword of the Prince +Emmanuel, and the shield of Captain Credence!’<br> +<br> +Now, when Diabolus saw that the captains were come out, and that so +valiantly they surrounded his men, he concluded that, for the present, +nothing from them was to be looked for but blows, and the dints of their +‘two-edged sword.’<br> +<br> +Wherefore he also falls on upon the Prince’s army with all his +deadly force: so the battle was joined. Now who was it that at +first Diabolus met with in the fight, but Captain Credence on the one +hand, and the Lord Willbewill on the other: now Willbewill’s blows +were like the blows of a giant, for that man had a strong arm, and he +fell in upon the election doubters, for they were the life-guard of +Diabolus, and he kept them in play a good while, cutting and battering +shrewdly. Now when Captain Credence saw my lord engaged, he did +stoutly fall on, on the other hand, upon the same company also; so they +put them to great disorder. Now Captain Good-Hope had engaged +the vocation doubters, and they were sturdy men; but the captain was +a valiant man: Captain Experience did also send him some aid; so he +made the vocation doubters to retreat. The rest of the armies +were hotly engaged, and that on every side, and the Diabolonians did +fight stoutly. Then did my Lord Secretary command that the slings +from the castle should be played; and his men could throw stones at +an hair’s breadth. But, after a while, those that were made +to fly before the captains of the Prince, did begin to rally again, +and they came up stoutly upon the rear of the Prince’s army: wherefore +the Prince’s army began to faint; but, remembering that they should +see the face of their Prince by-and-by, they took courage, and a very +fierce battle was fought. Then shouted the captains, saying, ‘The +sword of the Prince Emmanuel, and the shield of Captain Credence!’ +and with that Diabolus gave back, thinking that more aid had been come. +But no Emmanuel as yet appeared. Moreover, the battle did hang +in doubt; and they made a little retreat on both sides. Now, in +the time of respite, Captain Credence bravely encouraged his men to +stand to it; and Diabolus did the like, as well as he could. But +Captain Credence made a brave speech to his soldiers, the contents whereof +here follow:-<br> +<br> +‘Gentlemen soldiers, and my brethren in this design, it rejoiceth +me much to see in the field for our Prince, this day, so stout and so +valiant an army, and such faithful lovers of Mansoul. You have +hitherto, as hath become you, shown yourselves men of truth and courage +against the Diabolonian forces; so that, for all their boast, they have +not yet much cause to boast of their gettings. Now take to yourselves +your wonted courage, and show yourselves men even this once only; for +in a few minutes after the next engagement, this time, you shall see +your Prince show himself in the field; for we must make this second +assault upon this tyrant Diabolus, and then Emmanuel comes.’<br> +<br> +No sooner had the captain made this speech to his soldiers, but one +Mr. Speedy came post to the captain from the Prince, to tell him that +Emmanuel was at hand. This news when the captain had received, +he communicated to the other field-officers, and they again to their +soldiers and men of war. Wherefore, like men raised from the dead, +so the captains and their men arose, made up to the enemy, and cried +as before, ‘The sword of the Prince Emmanuel, and the shield of +Captain Credence!’<br> +<br> +The Diabolonians also bestirred themselves, and made resistance as well +as they could; but in this last engagement the Diabolonians lost their +courage, and many of the doubters fell down dead to the ground. +Now, when they had been in heat of battle about an hour or more, Captain +Credence lift up his eyes and saw, and, behold, Emmanuel came; and he +came with colours flying, trumpets sounding, and the feet of his men +scarce touched the ground, they hasted with that celerity towards the +captains that were engaged. Then did Credence wind with his men +to the townward, and gave to Diabolus the field: so Emmanuel came upon +him on the one side, and the enemies’ place was betwixt them both. +Then again they fell to it afresh; and now it was but a little while +more but Emmanuel and Captain Credence met, still trampling down the +slain as they came.<br> +<br> +But when the captains saw that the Prince was come, and that he fell +upon the Diabolonians on the other side, and that Captain Credence and +his Highness had got them up betwixt them, they shouted, (they so shouted +that the ground rent again,) saying, ‘The sword of Emmanuel, and +the shield of Captain Credence!’ Now, when Diabolus saw +that he and his forces were so hard beset by the Prince and his princely +army, what does he, and the lords of the pit that were with him, but +make their escape, and forsake their army, and leave them to fall by +the hand of Emmanuel, and of his noble Captain Credence: so they fell +all down slain before them, before the Prince, and before his royal +army; there was not left so much as one doubter alive; they lay spread +upon the ground dead men, as one would spread dung upon the land.<br> +<br> +When the battle was over, all things came into order in the camp. +Then the captains and elders of Mansoul came together to salute Emmanuel, +while without the corporation: so they saluted him, and welcomed him, +and that with a thousand welcomes, for that he was come to the borders +of Mansoul again. So he smiled upon them, and said, ‘Peace +be to you.’ Then they addressed themselves to go to the +town; they went then to go up to Mansoul, they, the Prince, with all +the new forces that now he had brought with him to the war. Also +all the gates of the town were set open for his reception, so glad were +they of his blessed return. And this was the manner and order +of this going of his into Mansoul:<br> +<br> +First. As I said, all the gates of the town were set open, yea, +the gates of the castle also; the elders, too, of the town of Mansoul +placed themselves at the gates of the town, to salute him at his entrance +thither: and so they did; for, as he drew near, and approached towards +the gates, they said, ‘Lift up your heads, O ye gates; and be +ye lift up, ye everlasting doors; and the King of glory shall come in.’ +And they answered again, ‘Who is the King of glory?’ and +they made return to themselves, ‘The Lord, strong and mighty; +the Lord mighty in battle. Lift up your heads, O ye gates; even +lift them up, ye everlasting doors,’ etc.<br> +<br> +Secondly. It was ordered also, by those of Mansoul, that all the +way from the town gates to those of the castle, his blessed Majesty +should be entertained with the song, by them that had the best skill +in music in all the town of Mansoul: then did the elders, and the rest +of the men of Mansoul, answer one another as Emmanuel entered the town, +till he came at the castle gates, with songs and sound of trumpets, +saying, ‘They have seen thy goings, O God; even the goings of +my God, my King, in the sanctuary. So the singers went before, +the players on instruments followed after, and among them were the damsels +playing on timbrels.’<br> +<br> +Thirdly. Then the captains, (for I would speak a word of them,) +they in their order waited on the Prince, as he entered into the gates +of Mansoul. Captain Credence went before, and Captain Good-Hope +with him; Captain Charity came behind with other of his companions, +and Captain Patience followed after all; and the rest of the captains, +some on the right hand, and some on the left, accompanied Emmanuel into +Mansoul. And all the while the colours were displayed, the trumpets +sounded, and continual shoutings were among the soldiers. The +Prince himself rode into the town in his armour, which was all of beaten +gold, and in his chariot - the pillars of it were of silver, the bottom +thereof of gold, the covering of it was of purple, the midst thereof +being paved with love for the daughters of the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Fourthly. When the Prince was come to the entrance of Mansoul, +he found all the streets strewed with lilies and flowers, curiously +decked with boughs and branches from the green trees that stood round +about the town. Every door also was filled with persons, who had +adorned every one their fore-part against their house with something +of variety and singular excellency, to entertain him withal as he passed +in the streets: they also themselves, as Emmanuel passed by, did welcome +him with shouts and acclamations of joy, saying, ‘Blessed be the +Prince that cometh in the name of his Father Shaddai.’<br> +<br> +Fifthly. At the castle gates the elders of Mansoul, namely, the +Lord Mayor, the Lord Willbewill, the subordinate preacher, Mr. Knowledge, +and Mr. Mind, with other of the gentry of the place, saluted Emmanuel +again. They bowed before him, they kissed the dust of his feet, +they thanked, they blessed, and praised his Highness for not taking +advantage against them for their sins, but rather had pity upon them +in their misery, and returned to them with mercies, and to build up +their Mansoul for ever. Thus was he had up straightway to the +castle; for that was the royal palace, and the place where his honour +was to dwell; the which was ready prepared for his Highness by the presence +of the Lord Secretary, and the work of Captain Credence. So he +entered in.<br> +<br> +Sixthly. Then the people and commonalty of the town of Mansoul +came to him into the castle to mourn, and to weep, and to lament for +their wickedness, by which they had forced him out of the town. +So when they were come, bowed themselves to the ground seven times; +they also wept, they wept aloud, and asked forgiveness of the Prince, +and prayed that he would again, as of old, confirm his love to Mansoul.<br> +<br> +To the which the great Prince replied, ‘Weep not, but go your +way, eat the fat, and drink the sweet, and send portions to them for +whom nought is prepared; for the joy of your Lord is your strength. +I am returned to Mansoul with mercies, and my name shall be set up, +exalted, and magnified by it.’ He also took these inhabitants, +and kissed them, and laid them in his bosom.<br> +<br> +Moreover, he gave to the elders of Mansoul, and to each town officer, +a chain of gold and a signet. He also sent to their wives earrings +and jewels, and bracelets, and other things. He also bestowed +upon the true-born children of Mansoul many precious things.<br> +<br> +When Emmanuel, the Prince, had done all these things for the famous +town of Mansoul, then he said unto them, first, ‘Wash your garments, +then put on your ornaments, and then come to me into the castle of Mansoul.’ +So they went to the fountain that was set open for Judah and Jerusalem +to wash in; and there they washed, and there they made their ‘garments +white,’ and came again to the Prince into the castle, and thus +they stood before him.<br> +<br> +And now there was music and dancing throughout the whole town of Mansoul, +and that because their Prince had again granted to them his presence +and the light of his countenance; the bells also did ring, and the sun +shone comfortably upon them for a great while together.<br> +<br> +The town of Mansoul did also now more thoroughly seek the destruction +and ruin of all remaining Diabolonians that abode in the walls, and +the dens that they had in the town of Mansoul; for there was of them +that had, to this day, escaped with life and limb from the hand of their +suppressors in the famous town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +But my Lord Willbewill was a greater terror to them now than ever he +had been before; forasmuch as his heart was yet more fully bent to seek, +contrive, and pursue them to the death; he pursued them night and day, +and did put them now to sore distress, as will afterwards appear.<br> +<br> +After things were thus far put into order in the famous town of Mansoul, +care was taken, and order given by the blessed Prince Emmanuel, that +the townsmen should, without further delay, appoint some to go forth +into the plain to bury the dead that were there, - the dead that fell +by the sword of Emmanuel, and by the shield of the Captain Credence, +- lest the fumes and ill savours that would arise from them might infect +the air, and so annoy the famous town of Mansoul. This also was +a reason of this order, namely, that, as much as in Mansoul lay, they +might cut off the name, and being, and remembrance of those enemies +from the thought of the famous town of Mansoul and its inhabitants.<br> +<br> +So order was given out by the Lord Mayor, that wise and trusty friend +of the town of Mansoul, that persons should be employed about this necessary +business; and Mr. Godly-Fear, and one Mr. Upright, were to be overseers +about this matter: so persons were put under them to work in the fields, +and to bury the slain that lay dead in the plains. And these were +their places of employment: some were to make the graves, some to bury +the dead, and some were to go to and fro in the plains, and also round +about the borders of Mansoul, to see if a skull, or a bone, or a piece +of a bone of a doubter, was yet to be found above ground anywhere near +the corporation; and if any were found, it was ordered, that the searchers +that searched should set up a mark thereby, and a sign, that those that +were appointed to bury them might find it, and bury it out of sight, +that the name and remembrance of a Diabolonian doubter might be blotted +out from under heaven; and that the children, and they that were to +be born in Mansoul, might not know, if possible, what a skull, what +a bone, or a piece of a bone of a doubter was. So the buriers, +and those that were appointed for that purpose, did as they were commanded: +they buried the doubters, and all the skulls and bones, and pieces of +bones of doubters, wherever they found them; and so they cleansed the +plains. Now also Mr. God’s-Peace took up his commission, +and acted again as in former days.<br> +<br> +Thus they buried in the plains about Mansoul the election doubters, +the vocation doubters, the grace doubters, the perseverance doubters, +the resurrection doubters, the salvation doubters, and the glory doubters; +whose captains were Captain Rage, Captain Cruel, Captain Damnation, +Captain Insatiable, Captain Brimstone, Captain Torment, Captain No-Ease, +Captain Sepulchre, and Captain Past-Hope; and old Incredulity was, under +Diabolus, their general. There were also the seven heads of their +army; and they were the Lord Beelzebub, the Lord Lucifer, the Lord Legion, +the Lord Apollyon, the Lord Python, the Lord Cerberus, and the Lord +Belial. But the princes and the captains, with old Incredulity, +their general, did all of them make their escape: so their men fell +down slain by the power of the Prince’s forces, and by the hands +of the men of the town of Mansoul. They also were buried as is +afore related, to the exceeding great joy of the now famous town of +Mansoul. They that buried them buried also with them their arms, +which were cruel instruments of death: (their weapons were arrows, darts, +mauls, firebrands, and the like). They buried also their armour, +their colours, banners, with the standard of Diabolus, and what else +soever they could find that did but smell of a Diabolonian doubter.<br> +<br> +Now when the tyrant had arrived at Hell-Gate Hill, with his old friend +Incredulity, they immediately descended the den, and having there with +their fellows for a while condoled their misfortune and great loss that +they sustained against the town of Mansoul, they fell at length into +a passion, and revenged they would be for the loss that they sustained +before the town of Mansoul. Wherefore they presently call a council +to contrive yet further what was to be done against the famous town +of Mansoul; for their yawning paunches could not wait to see the result +of their Lord Lucifer’s and their Lord Apollyon’s counsel +that they had given before; for their raging gorge thought every day, +even as long as a short for ever, until they were filled with the body +and soul, with the flesh and bones, and with all the delicates of Mansoul. +They therefore resolve to make another attempt upon the town of Mansoul, +and that by an army mixed and made up partly of doubters, and partly +of blood-men. A more particular account now take of both.<br> +<br> +The doubters are such as have their name from their nature, as well +as from the land and kingdom where they are born: their nature is to +put a question upon every one of the truths of Emmanuel; and their country +is called the land of Doubting, and that land lieth off, and farthest +remote to the north, between the land of Darkness and that called the +‘valley of the shadow of death.’ For though the land +of Darkness, and that called ‘the valley of the shadow of death,’ +be sometimes called as if they were one and the self-same place, yet +indeed they are two, lying but a little way asunder, and the land of +Doubting points in, and lieth between them. This is the land of +Doubting; and these that came with Diabolus to ruin the town of Mansoul +are the natives of that country.<br> +<br> +The blood-men are a people that have their name derived from the malignity +of their nature, and from the fury that is in them to execute it upon +the town of Mansoul: their land lieth under the dog-star, and by that +they are governed as to their intellectuals. The name of their +country is the province of Loath-good: the remote parts of it are far +distant from the land of Doubting, yet they do both butt and bound upon +the hill called Hell-Gate Hill. These people are always in league +with the doubters, for they jointly do make question of the faith and +fidelity of the men of the town of Mansoul, and so are both alike qualified +for the service of their prince.<br> +<br> +Now of these two countries did Diabolus, by the beating of his drum, +raise another army against the town of Mansoul, of five-and-twenty thousand +strong. There were ten thousand doubters, and fifteen thousand +blood-men, and they were put under several captains for the war; and +old Incredulity was again made general of the army.<br> +<br> +As for the doubters, their captains were five of the seven that were +heads of the last Diabolonian army, and these are their names: Captain +Beelzebub, Captain Lucifer, Captain Apollyon, Captain Legion, and Captain +Cerberus; and the captains that they had before were some of them made +lieutenants, and some ensigns of the army.<br> +<br> +But Diabolus did not count that, in this expedition of his, these doubters +would prove his principal men, for their manhood had been tried before; +also the Mansoulians had put them to the worst: only he did bring them +to multiply a number, and to help, if need was, at a pinch. But +his trust he put in his blood-men, for that they were all rugged villains, +and he knew that they had done feats heretofore.<br> +<br> +As for the blood-men, they also were under command and the names of +their captains were, Captain Cain, Captain Nimrod, Captain Ishmael, +Captain Esau, Captain Saul, Captain Absalom, Captain Judas, and Captain +Pope.<br> +<br> +1. Captain Cain was over two bands, namely, the zealous and the angry +blood-men: his standard-bearer bare the red colours, and his scutcheon +was the murdering club.<br> +<br> +2. Captain Nimrod was captain over two bands, namely, the tyrannical +and encroaching blood-men: his standard-bearer bare the red colours, +and his scutcheon was the great bloodhound.<br> +<br> +3. Captain Ishmael was captain over two bands, namely, the mocking and +scorning blood-men: his standard-bearer bare the red colours, and his +scutcheon was one mocking at Abraham’s Isaac.<br> +<br> +4. Captain Esau was captain over two bands, namely, the blood-men that +grudged that another should have the blessing; also over the blood-men +that are for executing their private revenge upon others: his standard-bearer +bare the red colours, and his scutcheon was one privately lurking to +murder Jacob.<br> +<br> +5. Captain Saul was captain over two bands, namely, the groundlessly +jealous and the devilishly furious blood-men: his standard-bearer bare +the red colours, and his scutcheon was three bloody darts cast at harmless +David.<br> +<br> +6. Captain Absalom was captain over two bands, namely, over the blood-men +that will kill a father or a friend for the glory of this world; also +over those blood-men that will hold one fair in hand with words, till +they shall have pierced him with their swords: his standard-bearer did +bear the red colours, and his scutcheon was the son pursuing the father’s +blood.<br> +<br> +7. Captain Judas was over two bands, namely, the blood-men that will +sell a man’s life for money, and those also that will betray their +friend with a kiss: his standard-bearer bare the red colours, and his +scutcheon was thirty pieces of silver and the halter.<br> +<br> +8. Captain Pope was captain over one band, for all these spirits are +joined in one under him: his standard-bearer bare the red colours, and +his scutcheon was the stake, the flame, and the good man in it.<br> +<br> +Now, the reason why Diabolus did so soon rally another force, after +he had been beaten out of the field, was, for that he put mighty confidence +in this army of blood-men; for he put a great deal of more trust in +them than he did before in his army of doubters; though they had also +often done great service for him in the strengthening of him in his +kingdom. But these blood-men, he had proved them often, and their +sword did seldom return empty. Besides, he knew that these, like +mastiffs, would fasten upon any; upon father, mother, brother, sister, +prince, or governor, yea upon the Prince of princes. And that +which encouraged him the more was, for that they once did force Emmanuel +out of the kingdom of Universe; ‘And why,’ thought he, ‘may +they not also drive him from the town of Mansoul?’<br> +<br> +So this army of five-and-twenty thousand strong was, by their general, +the great Lord Incredulity, led up against the town of Mansoul. +Now Mr. Prywell, the scoutmaster-general, did himself go out to spy, +and he did bring Mansoul tidings of their coming. Wherefore they +shut up their gates, and put themselves in a posture of defence against +these new Diabolonians that came up against the town.<br> +<br> +So Diabolus brought up his army, and beleaguered the town of Mansoul; +the doubters were placed about Feel-gate, and the blood-men set down +before Eye-gate and Ear-gate.<br> +<br> +Now when this army had thus encamped themselves, Incredulity did, in +the name of Diabolus, his own name, and in the name of the blood-men +and the rest that were with him, send a summons as hot as a red-hot +iron to Mansoul, to yield to their demands; threatening, that if they +still stood it out against them, they would presently burn down Mansoul +with fire. For you must know that, as for the blood-men, they +were not so much that Mansoul should be surrendered, as that Mansoul +should be destroyed, and cut off out of the land of the living. +True, they send to them to surrender; but should they so do, that would +not stench or quench the thirsts of these men. They must have +blood, the blood of Mansoul, else they die; and it is from hence that +they have their name. Wherefore these blood-men he reserved while +now that they might, when all his engines proved ineffectual, as his +last and sure card be played against the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Now, when the townsmen had received this red-hot summons, it begat in +them at present some changing and interchanging thoughts; but they jointly +agreed, in less than half an hour, to carry the summons to the Prince, +the which they did when they had writ at the bottom of it, ‘Lord, +save Mansoul from bloody men!’<br> +<br> +So he took it, and looked upon it, and considered it, and took notice +also of that short petition that the men of Mansoul had written at the +bottom of it, and called to him the noble Captain Credence, and bid +him go and take Captain Patience with him, and go and take care of that +side of Mansoul that was beleaguered by the blood-men. So they +went and did as they were commanded: the Captain Credence went and took +Captain Patience, and they both secured that side of Mansoul that was +besieged by the blood-men.<br> +<br> +Then he commanded that Captain Good-hope and Captain Charity, and my +Lord Willbewill, should take charge of the other side of the town. +‘And I,’ said the Prince, ‘will set my standard upon +the battlements of your castle, and do you three watch against the doubters.’ +This done, he again commanded that the brave captain, the Captain Experience, +should draw up his men in the market-place, and that there he should +exercise them day by day before the people of the town of Mansoul. +Now this siege was long, and many a fierce attempt did the enemy, especially +those called the blood-men, make upon the town of Mansoul; and many +a shrewd brush did some of the townsmen meet with from them, especially +Captain Self-Denial, who, I should have told you before, was commanded +to take the care of Ear-gate and Eye-gate now against the blood-men. +This Captain Self-Denial was a young man, but stout, and a townsman +in Mansoul, as Captain Experience also was. And Emmanuel, at his +second return to Mansoul, made him a captain over a thousand of the +Mansoulians, for the good of the corporation. This captain, therefore, +being an hardy man, and a man of great courage, and willing to venture +himself for the good of the town of Mansoul, would now and then sally +out upon the blood-men, and give them many notable alarms, and entered +several brisk skirmishes with them, and also did some execution upon +them; but you must think that this could not easily be done, but he +must meet with brushes himself, for he carried several of their marks +in his face; yea, and some in some other parts of his body.<br> +<br> +So, after some time spent for the trial of the faith, and hope, and +love of the town of Mansoul, the Prince Emmanuel upon a day calls his +captains and men of war together, and divides them into two companies; +this done, he commands them at a time appointed, and that in the morning +very early, to sally out upon the enemy, saying: ‘Let half of +you fall upon the doubters, and half of you fall upon the blood-men. +Those of you that go out against the doubters, kill and slay, and cause +to perish so many of them as by any means you can lay hands on; but +for you that go out against the blood-men, slay them not, but take them +alive.’<br> +<br> +So, at the time appointed, betimes in the morning, the captains went +out as they were commanded, against the enemies. Captain Good-Hope, +Captain Charity, and those that were joined with them, as Captain Innocent +and Captain Experience, went out against the doubters; and Captain Credence, +and Captain Patience, with Captain Self-Denial, and the rest that were +to join with them, went out against the blood-men.<br> +<br> +Now, those that went out against the doubters drew up into a body before +the plain, and marched on to bid them battle. But the doubters, +remembering their last success, made a retreat, not daring to stand +the shock, but fled from the Prince’s men; wherefore they pursued +them, and in their pursuit slew many, but they could not catch them +all. Now those that escaped went some of them home; and the rest +by fives, nines, and seventeens, like wanderers, went straggling up +and down the country, where they upon the barbarous people showed and +exercised many of their Diabolonian actions: nor did these people rise +up in arms against them, but suffered themselves to be enslaved by them. +They would also after this show themselves in companies before the town +of Mansoul, but never to abide in it; for if Captain Credence, Captain +Good-Hope, or Captain Experience did but show themselves, they fled.<br> +<br> +Those that went out against the blood-men did as they were commanded: +they forbore to slay any, but sought to compass them about. But +the blood-men, when they saw that no Emmanuel was in the field, concluded +also that no Emmanuel was in Mansoul; wherefore they, looking upon what +the captains did to be, as they called it, a fruit of the extravagancy +of their wild and foolish fancies, rather despised them than feared +them. But the captains, minding their business, at last did compass +them round; they also that had routed the doubters came in amain to +their aid: so, in fine, after some little struggling, (for the blood-men +also would have run for it, only now it was too late; for though they +are mischievous and cruel, where they can overcome, yet all blood-men +are chicken-hearted men, when they once come to see themselves matched +and equalled,) - so the captains took them, and brought them to the +Prince.<br> +<br> +Now when they were taken, had before the Prince, and examined, he found +them to be of three several counties, though they all came out of one +land.<br> +<br> +1. One sort of them came out of Blind-man-shire, and they were such +as did ignorantly what they did.<br> +<br> +2. Another sort of them came out of Blind-zeal-shire, and they did superstitiously +what they did.<br> +<br> +3. The third sort of them came out of the town of Malice, in the county +of Envy, and they did what they did out of spite and implacableness.<br> +<br> +For the first of these, namely, they that came out of Blind-man-shire, +when they saw where they were, and against whom they had fought, they +trembled and cried, as they stood before him; and as many of these as +asked him mercy, he touched their lips with his golden sceptre.<br> +<br> +They that came out of Blind-zeal-shire, they did not as their fellows +did; for they pleaded that they had a right to do what they did, because +Mansoul was a town whose laws and customs were diverse from all that +dwelt thereabouts. Very few of these could be brought to see their +evil; but those that did, and asked mercy, they also obtained favour.<br> +<br> +Now, they that came out of the town of Malice, that is in the county +of Envy, they neither wept, nor disputed, nor repented, but stood gnawing +their tongues before him for anguish and madness, because they could +not have their will upon Mansoul. Now these last, with all those +of the other two sorts that did not unfeignedly ask pardon for their +faults, - those he made to enter into sufficient bond to answer for +what they had done against Mansoul, and against her King, at the great +and general assizes to be holden for our Lord the King, where he himself +should appoint for the country and kingdom of Universe. So they +became bound each man for himself, to come in, when called upon, to +answer before our Lord the King for what they had done as before.<br> +<br> +And thus much concerning this second army that was sent by Diabolus +to overthrow Mansoul.<br> +<br> +But there were three of those that came from the land of Doubting, who, +after they had wandered and ranged the country a while, and perceived +that they had escaped, were so hardy as to thrust themselves, knowing +that yet there were in the town Diabolonians, - I say, they were so +hardy as to thrust themselves into Mansoul among them. (Three, +did I say? I think there were four.) Now, to whose house +should these Diabolonian doubters go, but to the house of an old Diabolonian +in Mansoul, whose name was Evil-Questioning, a very great enemy he was +to Mansoul, and a great doer among the Diabolonians there. Well, +to this Evil-Questioning’s house, as was said, did these Diabolonians +come (you may be sure that they had directions how to find the way thither), +so he made them welcome, pitied their misfortune, and succoured them +with the best that he had in his house. Now, after a little acquaintance +(and it was not long before they had that), this old Evil-Questioning +asked the doubters if they were all of a town (he knew that they were +all of one kingdom), and they answered: ‘No, nor not of one shire +neither; for I,’ said one, ‘am an election doubter:’ +‘I,’ said another, ‘am a vocation doubter:’ +then said the third, ‘I am a salvation doubter:’ and the +fourth said he was a grace doubter. ‘Well,’ quoth +the old gentleman, ‘be of what shire you will, I am persuaded +that you are down, boys: you have the very length of my foot, are one +with my heart, and shall be welcome to me.’ So they thanked +him, and were glad that they had found themselves an harbour in Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Then said Evil-Questioning to them: ‘How many of your company +might there be that came with you to the siege of Mansoul?’ and +they answered: ‘There were but ten thousand doubters in all, for +the rest of the army consisted of fifteen thousand blood-men. +These blood-men,’ quoth they, ‘border upon our country; +but, poor men! as we hear, they were every one taken by Emmanuel’s +forces.’ ‘Ten thousand!’ quoth the old gentleman; +‘I will promise you, that is a round company. But how came +it to pass, since you were so mighty a number, that you fainted, and +durst not fight your foes?’ ‘Our general,’ said +they, ‘was the first man that did run for it.’ ‘Pray,’ +quoth their landlord, ‘who was that, your cowardly general?’ +‘He was once the Lord Mayor of Mansoul,’ said they: ‘but +pray call him not a cowardly general; for whether any from the east +to the west has done more service for our prince Diabolus, than has +my Lord Incredulity, will be a hard question for you to answer. +But had they catched him, they would for certain have hanged him; and +we promise you, hanging is but a bad business.’ Then said +the old gentleman, ‘I would that all the ten thousand doubters +were now well armed in Mansoul, and myself at the head of them; I would +see what I could do.’ ‘Ay,’ said they, ‘that +would be well if we could see that; but wishes, alas! what are they?’ +and these words were spoken aloud. ‘Well,’ said old +Evil-Questioning, ‘take heed that you talk not too loud; you must +be quat and close, and must take care of yourselves while you are here, +or, I will assure you, you will be snapped.’ ‘Why?’ +quoth the doubters. ‘Why!’ quoth the old gentleman; +‘why! because both the Prince and Lord Secretary, and their captains +and soldiers, are all at present in town; yea, the town is as full of +them as ever it can hold. And besides, there is one whose name +is Willbewill, a most cruel enemy of ours, and him the Prince has made +keeper of the gates, and has commanded him that, with all the diligence +he can, he should look for, search out, and destroy all, and all manner +of Diabolonians. And if he lighteth upon you, down you go, though +your heads were made of gold.’<br> +<br> +And now, to see how it happened, one of the Lord Willbewill’s +faithful soldiers, whose name was Mr. Diligence, stood all this while +listening under old Evil-Questioning’s eaves, and heard all the +talk that had been betwixt him and the doubters that he entertained +under his roof.<br> +<br> +The soldier was a man that my lord had much confidence in, and that +he loved dearly; and that both because he was a man of courage, and +also a man that was unwearied in seeking after Diabolonians to apprehend +them.<br> +<br> +Now this man, as I told you, heard all the talk that was between old +Evil-Questioning and these Diabolonians; wherefore what does he but +goes to his lord, and tells him what he had heard. ‘And +sayest thou so, my trusty?’ quoth my lord. ‘Ay,’ +quoth Diligence, ‘that I do; and if your lordship will be pleased +to go with me, you shall find it as I have said.’ ‘And +are they there?’ quoth my lord. ‘I know Evil-Questioning +well, for he and I were great in the time of our apostasy: but I know +not now where he dwells.’ ‘But I do,’ said his +man, ‘and if your lordship will go, I will lead you the way to +his den.’ ‘Go!’ quoth my lord, ‘that I +will. Come, my Diligence, let us go find them out.’<br> +<br> +So my lord and his man went together the direct way to his house. +Now his man went before to show him his way, and they went till they +came even under old Mr. Evil-Questioning’s wall. Then said +Diligence, ‘Hark! my lord, do you know the old gentleman’s +tongue when you hear it?’ ‘Yes,’ said my lord, +‘I know it well, but I have not seen him many a day. This +I know, he is cunning; I wish he doth not give us the slip.’ +‘Let me alone for that,’ said his servant Diligence. +‘But how shall we find the door?’ quoth my lord. ‘Let +me alone for that, too,’ said his man. So he had my Lord +Willbewill about, and showed him the way to the door. Then my +lord, without more ado, broke open the door, rushed into the house, +and caught them all five together, even as Diligence his man had told +him. So my lord apprehended them, and led them away, and committed +them to the hand of Mr. Trueman, the gaoler, and commanded, and he did +put them in ward. This done, my Lord Mayor was acquainted in the +morning with what my Lord Willbewill had done over night, and his lordship +rejoiced much at the news, not only because there were doubters apprehended, +but because that old Evil-Questioning was taken; for he had been a very +great trouble to Mansoul, and much affliction to my Lord Mayor himself. +He had also been sought for often, but no hand could ever be laid upon +him till now.<br> +<br> +Well, the next thing was to make preparation to try these five that +by my lord had been apprehended, and that were in the hands of Mr. Trueman, +the gaoler. So the day was set, and the court called and come +together, and the prisoners brought to the bar. My Lord Willbewill +had power to have slain them when at first he took them, and that without +any more ado; but he thought it at this time more for the honour of +the Prince, the comfort of Mansoul, and the discouragement of the enemy, +to bring them forth to public judgment.<br> +<br> +But, I say, Mr. Trueman brought them in chains to the bar; to the town-hall, +for that was the place of judgment. So, to be short, the jury +was panelled, the witnesses sworn, and the prisoners tried for their +lives: the jury was the same that tried Mr. No-Truth, Pitiless, Haughty, +and the rest of their companions.<br> +<br> +And, first, old Questioning himself was set to the bar for he was the +receiver, the entertainer, and comforter of these doubters, that by +nation were outlandish men: then he was bid to hearken to his charge, +and was told that he had liberty to object, if he had ought to say for +himself. So his indictment was read: the manner and form here +follows.<br> +<br> +‘Mr. Questioning, Thou art here indicted by the name of Evil-Questioning, +an intruder upon the town of Mansoul, for that thou art a Diabolonian +by nature, and also a hater of the Prince Emmanuel, and one that hast +studied the ruin of the town of Mansoul. Thou art also here indicted +for countenancing the King’s enemies, after wholesome laws made +to the contrary: for, 1. Thou hast questioned the truth of her doctrine +and state: 2. In wishing that ten thousand doubters were in her: 3. +In receiving, in entertaining, and encouraging of her enemies, that +came from their army unto thee. What sayest thou to this indictment? +art thou guilty or not guilty?’<br> +<br> +‘My lord,’ quoth he, ‘I know not the meaning of this +indictment, forasmuch as I am not the man concerned in it; the man that +standeth by this charge accused before this bench is called by the name +of Evil-Questioning, which name I deny to be mine, mine being Honest-Inquiry. +The one indeed sounds like the other; but, I trow, your lordships know +that between these two there is a wide difference; for I hope that a +man, even in the worst of times, and that, too, amongst the worst of +men, may make an honest inquiry after things, without running the danger +of death.’<br> +<br> +Then spake my Lord Willbewill, for he was one of the witnesses: ‘My +lord, and you the honourable bench and magistrates of the town of Mansoul, +you all have heard with your ears that the prisoner at the bar has denied +his name, and so thinks to shift from the charge of the indictment. +But I know him to be the man concerned, and that his proper name is +Evil-Questioning. I have known him, my lord, above these thirty +years, for he and I (a shame it is for me to speak it) were great acquaintance, +when Diabolus, that tyrant, had the government of Mansoul; and I testify +that he is a Diabolonian by nature, an enemy to our Prince, and a hater +of the blessed town of Mansoul. He has, in times of rebellion, +been at and lain in my house, my lord, not so little as twenty nights +together, and we did use to talk then, for the substance of talk, as +he and his doubters have talked of late: true, I have not seen him many +a day. I suppose that the coming of Emmanuel to Mansoul has made +him change his lodgings, as this indictment has driven him to change +his name; but this is the man, my lord.’<br> +<br> +Then said the court unto him, ‘Hast thou any more to say?’<br> +<br> +‘Yes,’ quoth the old gentleman, ‘that I have; for +all that as yet has been said against me, is but by the mouth of one +witness; and it is not lawful for the famous town of Mansoul, at the +mouth of one witness, to put any man to death.’<br> +<br> +Then stood forth Mr. Diligence, and said, ‘My lord, as I was upon +my watch such a night at the head of Bad Street, in this town, I chanced +to hear a muttering within this gentleman’s house. Then, +thought I, what is to do here? So I went up close, but very softly, +to the side of the house to listen, thinking, as indeed it fell out, +that there I might light upon some Diabolonian conventicle. So, +as I said, I drew nearer and nearer; and when I was got up close to +the wall, it was but a while before I perceived that there were outlandish +men in the house; but I did well understand their speech, for I have +been a traveller myself. Now, hearing such language in such a +tottering cottage as this old gentleman dwelt in, I clapped mine ear +to a hole in the window, and there heard them talk as followeth. +This old Mr. Questioning asked these doubters what they were, whence +they came, and what was their business in these parts; and they told +him to all these questions, yet he did entertain them. He also +asked what numbers there were of them; and they told him ten thousand +men. He then asked them, why they made no more manly assault upon +Mansoul; and they told him: so he called their general coward, for marching +off when he should have fought for his prince. Further, this old +Evil-Questioning wished, and I heard him wish, would all the ten thousand +doubters were now in Mansoul, and himself at the head of them. +He bid them also to take heed and lie quat; for if they were taken they +must die, although they had heads of gold.’ Then said the +court: ‘Mr. Evil-Questioning, here is now another witness against +you, and his testimony is full: 1. He swears that you did receive these +men into your house, and that you did nourish them there, though you +knew that they were Diabolonians, and the King’s enemies. +2. He swears that you did wish ten thousand of them in Mansoul. +3. He swears that you did give them advice to be quat and close, lest +they were taken by the King’s servants. All which manifesteth +that thou art a Diabolonian; but hadst thou been a friend to the King, +thou wouldst have apprehended them.’<br> +<br> +Then said Evil-Questioning: ‘To the first of these I answer, The +men that came into mine house were strangers, and I took them in; and +is it now become a crime in Mansoul for a man to entertain strangers? +That I did also nourish them is true; and why should my charity be blamed? +As for the reason why I wished ten thousand of them in Mansoul, I never +told it to the witnesses, nor to themselves. I might wish them +to be taken, and so my wish might mean well to Mansoul, for aught that +any yet knows. I did also bid them take heed that they fell not +into the captains’ hands; but that might be because I am unwilling +that any man should be slain, and not because I would have the King’s +enemies as such escape.’<br> +<br> +My Lord Mayor then replied: ‘That though it was a virtue to entertain +strangers, yet it was treason to entertain the King’s enemies. +And for what else thou hast said, thou dost by words but labour to evade +and defer the execution of judgment. But could there be no more +proved against thee but that thou art a Diabolonian, thou must for that +die the death by the law; but to be a receiver, a nourisher, a countenancer, +and a harbourer of others of them, yea, of outlandish Diabolonians, +yea, of them that came from far on purpose to cut off and destroy our +Mansoul - this must not be borne.’<br> +<br> +Then said Evil-Questioning: ‘I see how the game will go: I must +die for my name, and for my charity.’ And so he held his +peace.<br> +<br> +Then they called the outlandish doubters to the bar, and the first of +them that was arraigned was the election doubter. So his indictment +was read; and because he was an outlandish man, the substance of it +was told him by an interpreter; namely, ‘That he was there charged +with being an enemy of Emmanuel the Prince, a hater of the town of Mansoul, +and an opposer of her most wholesome doctrine.’<br> +<br> +Then the judge asked him if he would plead? but he said only this - +That he confessed that he was an election doubter, and that that was +the religion that he had ever been brought up in. And said, moreover, +‘If I must die for my religion, I trow, I shall die a martyr, +and so I care the less.’<br> +<br> +<i>Judge</i>. Then it was replied: ‘To question election, +is to overthrow a great doctrine of the gospel, namely, the omnisciency, +and power, and will of God; to take away the liberty of God with his +creature, to stumble the faith of the town of Mansoul, and to make salvation +to depend upon works, and not upon grace. It also belied the word, +and disquieted the minds of the men of Mansoul; therefore by the best +of laws he must die.’<br> +<br> +Then was the vocation doubter called, and set to the bar; and his indictment +for substance was the same with the other, only he was particularly +charged with denying the calling of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +The judge asked him also what he had to say for himself?<br> +<br> +So he replied: ‘That he never believed that there was any such +thing as a distinct and powerful call of God to Mansoul; otherwise than +by the general voice of the word, nor by that neither, otherwise than +as it exhorted them to forbear evil, and to do that which is good, and +in so doing a promise of happiness is annexed.’<br> +<br> +Then said the judge: ‘Thou art a Diabolonian, and hast denied +a great part of one of the most experimental truths of the Prince of +the town of Mansoul; for he has called, and she has heard a most distinct +and powerful call of her Emmanuel, by which she has been quickened, +awakened, and possessed with heavenly grace to desire to have communion +with her Prince, to serve him, and to do his will, and to look for her +happiness merely of his good pleasure. And for thine abhorrence +of this good doctrine, thou must die the death.’<br> +<br> +Then the grace doubter was called, and his indictment was read and he +replied thereto: ‘That though he was of the land of doubting, +his father was the offspring of a Pharisee, and lived in good fashion +among his neighbours, and that he taught him to believe, and believe +it I do, and will, that Mansoul shall never be saved freely by grace.’<br> +<br> +Then said the judge: ‘Why, the law of the Prince is plain: 1. +Negatively, “not of works:” 2. Positively, “by grace +you are saved.” And thy religion settleth in and upon the +works of the flesh; for the works of the law are the works of the flesh. +Besides, in saying as thou hast done, thou hast robbed God of His glory, +and given it to a sinful man; thou hast robbed Christ of the necessity +of His undertaking, and the sufficiency thereof, and hast given both +these to the works of the flesh. Thou hast despised the work of +the Holy Ghost, and hast magnified the will of the flesh, and of the +legal mind. Thou art a Diabolonian, the son of a Diabolonian; +and for thy Diabolonian principles thou must die.’<br> +<br> +The court then, having proceeded thus far with them, sent out the jury, +who forthwith brought them in guilty of death. Then stood up the +Recorder, and addressed himself to the prisoners: ‘You, the prisoners +at the bar, you have been here indicted, and proved guilty of high crimes +against Emmanuel our Prince, and against the welfare of the famous town +of Mansoul, crimes for which you must be put to death, and die ye accordingly.’ +So they were sentenced to the death of the cross. The place assigned +them for execution, was that where Diabolus drew up his last army against +Mansoul; save only that old Evil-Questioning was hanged at the top of +Bad Street, just over against his own door.<br> +<br> +When the town of Mansoul had thus far rid themselves of their enemies, +and of the troublers of their peace, in the next place a strict commandment +was given out, that yet my Lord Willbewill should, with Diligence his +man, search for, and do his best to apprehend what town Diabolonians +were yet left alive in Mansoul. The names of several of them were, +Mr. Fooling, Mr. Let-Good-Slip, Mr. Slavish-Fear, Mr. No-Love, Mr. Mistrust, +Mr. Flesh, and Mr. Sloth. It was also commanded, that he should +apprehend Mr. Evil-Questioning’s children, that he left behind +him, and that they should demolish his house. The children that +he left behind him were these: Mr. Doubt, and he was his eldest son; +the next to him was Legal-Life, Unbelief, Wrong-Thoughts-of-Christ, +Clip-Promise, Carnal-Sense, Live-by-Feeling, Self-Love. All these +he had by one wife, and her name was No-Hope; she was the kinswoman +of old Incredulity, for he was her uncle; and when her father, old Dark, +was dead, he took her and brought her up, and when she was marriageable, +he gave her to this old Evil-Questioning to wife.<br> +<br> +Now the Lord Willbewill did put into execution his commission, with +great Diligence, his man. He took Fooling in the streets, and +hanged him up in Want-wit-Alley, over against his own house. This +Fooling was he that would have had the town of Mansoul deliver up Captain +Credence into the hands of Diabolus, provided that then he would have +withdrawn his force out of the town. He also took Mr. Let-Good-Slip +one day as he was busy in the market, and executed him according to +law. Now there was an honest poor man in Mansoul, and his name +was Mr. Meditation, one of no great account in the days of apostasy, +but now of repute with the best of the town. This man, therefore, +they were willing to prefer. Now Mr. Let-Good-Slip had a great +deal of wealth heretofore in Mansoul, and, at Emmanuel’s coming, +it was sequestered to the use of the Prince: this, therefore, was now +given to Mr. Meditation, to improve for the common good, and after him +to his son, Mr. Think-Well; this Think-Well he had by Mrs. Piety his +wife, and she was the daughter of Mr. Recorder.<br> +<br> +After this, my lord apprehended Clip-Promise: now because he was a notorious +villain, for by his doings much of the King’s coin was abused, +therefore he was made a public example. He was arraigned and judged +to be first set in the pillory, then to be whipped by all the children +and servants in Mansoul, and then to be hanged till he was dead. +Some may wonder at the severity of this man’s punishment; but +those that are honest traders in Mansoul, are sensible of the great +abuse that one clipper of promises in little time may do to the town +of Mansoul. And truly my judgment is, that all those of his name +and life should be served even as he.<br> +<br> +He also apprehended Carnal-Sense, and put him in hold; but how it came +about, I cannot tell, but he brake prison, and made his escape: yea, +and the bold villain will not yet quit the town, but lurks in the Diabolonian +dens a days, and haunts like a ghost honest men’s houses a nights. +Wherefore, there was a proclamation set up in the market-place in Mansoul, +signifying that whosoever could discover Carnal-Sense, and apprehend +him and slay him, should be admitted daily to the Prince’s table, +and should be made keeper of the treasure of Mansoul. Many, therefore, +did bend themselves to do this thing, but take him and slay him they +could not, though often he was discovered.<br> +<br> +But my lord took Mr. Wrong-Thoughts-of-Christ, and put him in prison, +and he died there; though it was long first, for he died of a lingering +consumption.<br> +<br> +Self-Love was also taken and committed to custody; but there were many +that were allied to him in Mansoul, so his judgment was deferred. +But at last Mr. Self-Denial stood up, and said: ‘If such villains +as these may be winked at in Mansoul, I will lay down my commission.’ +He also took him from the crowd, and had him among his soldiers, and +there he was brained. But some in Mansoul muttered at it, though +none durst speak plainly, because Emmanuel was in town. But this +brave act of Captain Self-Denial came to the Prince’s ears; so +he sent for him, and made him a lord in Mansoul. My Lord Willbewill +also obtained great commendations of Emmanuel, for what he had done +for the town of Mansoul.<br> +<br> +Then my Lord Self-Denial took courage, and set to the pursuing of the +Diabolonians, with my Lord Willbewill; and they took Live-by-Feeling, +and they took Legal-Life, and put them in hold till they died. +But Mr. Unbelief was a nimble Jack: him they could never lay hold of, +though they attempted to do it often. He therefore, and some few +more of the subtlest of the Diabolonian tribe, did yet remain in Mansoul, +to the time that Mansoul left off to dwell any longer in the kingdom +of Universe. But they kept them to their dens and holes: if one +of them did appear, or happen to be seen in any of the streets of the +town of Mansoul, the whole town would be up in arms after them; yea, +the very children in Mansoul would cry out after them as after a thief, +and would wish that they might stone them to death with stones. +And now did Mansoul arrive to some good degree of peace and quiet; her +Prince also did abide within her borders; her captains, also, and her +soldiers did their duties; and Mansoul minded her trade that she had +with the country that was afar off; also she was busy in her manufacture.<br> +<br> +When the town of Mansoul had thus far rid themselves of so many of their +enemies, and the troublers of their peace, the Prince sent to them, +and appointed a day wherein he would, at the market-place, meet the +whole people, and there give them in charge concerning some further +matters, that, if observed, would tend to their further safety and comfort, +and to the condemnation and destruction of their home-bred Diabolonians. +So the day appointed was come, and the townsmen met together; Emmanuel +also came down in his chariot, and all his captains in their state attending +him, on the right hand and on the left. Then was an oyes made +for silence, and, after some mutual carriages of love, the Prince began, +and thus proceeded:-<br> +<br> +‘You, my Mansoul, and the beloved of mine heart, many and great +are the privileges that I have bestowed upon you; I have singled you +out from others, and have chosen you to myself, not for your worthiness, +but for mine own sake. I have also redeemed you, not only from +the dread of my Father’s law, but from the hand of Diabolus. +This I have done because I loved you, and because I have set my heart +upon you to do you good. I have also, that all things, that might +hinder thy way to the pleasures of paradise might be taken out of the +way, laid down for thee for thy soul a plenary satisfaction, and have +bought thee to myself; a price not of corruptible things, as of silver +and gold, but a price of blood, mine own blood, which I have freely +spilled upon the ground to make thee mine. So I have reconciled +thee, O my Mansoul, to my Father, and entrusted thee in the mansion +houses that are with my Father in the royal city, where things are, +O my Mansoul, that eye hath not seen, nor hath entered into the heart +of man to conceive.<br> +<br> +‘Besides, O my Mansoul, thou seest what I have done, and how I +have taken thee out of the hands of thine enemies: unto whom thou hadst +deeply revolted from my Father, and by whom thou wast content to be +possessed, and also to be destroyed. I came to thee first by my +law, then by my gospel, to awaken thee, and show thee my glory. +And thou knowest what thou wast, what thou saidst, what thou didst, +and how many times thou rebelledst against my Father and me; yet I left +thee not as thou seest this day, but came to thee, have borne thy manners, +have waited upon thee, and, after all, accepted of thee, even of my +mere grace and favour; and would not suffer thee to be lost, as thou +most willingly wouldst have been. I also compassed thee about, +and afflicted thee on every side, that I might make thee weary of thy +ways, and bring down thy heart with molestation to a willingness to +close with thy good and happiness. And when I had gotten a complete +conquest over thee, I turned it to thy advantage.<br> +<br> +‘Thou seest, also, what a company of my Father’s host I +have lodged within thy borders: captains and rulers, soldiers and men +of war, engines and excellent devices to subdue and bring down thy foes; +thou knowest my meaning, O Mansoul. And they are my servants, +and thine, too, Mansoul. Yea, my design of possessing of thee +with them, and the natural tendency of each of them is to defend, purge, +strengthen, and sweeten thee for myself, O Mansoul, and to make thee +meet for my Father’s presence, blessing, and glory; for thou, +my Mansoul, art created to be prepared unto these.<br> +<br> +‘Thou seest, moreover, my Mansoul, how I have passed by thy backslidings, +and have healed thee. Indeed I was angry with thee, but I have +turned mine anger away from thee, because I loved thee still, and mine +anger and mine indignation is ceased in the destruction of thine enemies, +O Mansoul. Nor did thy goodness fetch me again unto thee, after +that I for thy transgressions have hid my face, and withdrawn my presence +from thee. The way of backsliding was thine, but the way and means +of thy recovery was mine. I invented the means of thy return; +it was I that made an hedge and a wall, when thou wast beginning to +turn to things in which I delighted not. It was I that made thy +sweet bitter, thy day night, thy smooth way thorny, and that also confounded +all that sought thy destruction. It was I that set Mr. Godly-Fear +to work in Mansoul. It was I that stirred up thy conscience and +understanding, thy will and thy affections, after thy great and woful +decay. It was I that put life into thee, O Mansoul, to seek me, +that thou mightest find me, and in thy finding find thine own health, +happiness, and salvation. It was I that fetched the second time +the Diabolonians out of Mansoul; and it was I that overcame them, and +that destroyed them before thy face.<br> +<br> +‘And now, my Mansoul, I am returned to thee in peace, and thy +transgressions against me are as if they had not been. Nor shall +it be with thee as in former days, but I will do better for thee than +at thy beginning.<br> +<br> +For yet a little while, O my Mansoul, even after a few more times are +gone over thy head, I will (but be not thou troubled at what I say) +take down this famous town of Mansoul, stick and stone, to the ground. +And I will carry the stones thereof, and the timber thereof, and the +walls thereof, and the dust thereof, and the inhabitants thereof, into +mine own country, even into a kingdom of my Father; and will there set +it up in such strength and glory, as it never did see in the kingdom +where now it is placed. I will even there set it up for my Father’s +habitation; for for that purpose it was at first erected in the kingdom +of Universe; and there will I make it a spectacle of wonder, a monument +of mercy, and the admirer of its own mercy. There shall the natives +of Mansoul see all that, of which they have seen nothing here: there +shall they be equal to those unto whom they have been inferior here. +And there shalt thou, O my Mansoul, have such communion with me, with +my Father, and with your Lord Secretary, as it is not possible here +to be enjoyed, nor ever could be, shouldest thou live in Universe the +space of a thousand years.<br> +<br> +‘And there, O my Mansoul, thou shalt be afraid of murderers no +more; of Diabolonians, and their threats, no more. There, there +shall be no more plots, nor contrivances, nor designs against thee, +O my Mansoul. There thou shalt no more hear the evil-tidings, +or the noise of the Diabolonian drum. There thou shalt not see +the Diabolonian standard-bearers, nor yet behold Diabolus’s standard. +No Diabolonian mount shall be cast up against thee there; nor shall +there the Diabolonian standard be set up to make thee afraid. +There thou shalt not need captains, engines, soldiers, and men of war. +There thou shalt meet with no sorrow, nor grief, nor shall it be possible +that any Diabolonian should again, for ever, be able to creep into thy +skirts, burrow in thy walls, or be seen again within thy borders all +the days of eternity. Life shall there last longer than here you +are able to desire it should; and yet it shall always be sweet and new, +nor shall any impediment attend it for ever.<br> +<br> +‘There, O Mansoul, thou shalt meet with many of those that have +been like thee, and that have been partakers of thy sorrows; even such +as I have chosen, and redeemed, and set apart, as thou, for my Father’s +court and city-royal. All they will be glad in thee, and thou, +when thou seest them, shalt be glad in thine heart.<br> +<br> +‘There are things, O Mansoul, even things of my Father’s +providing, and mine, that never were seen since the beginning of the +world; and they are laid up with my Father, and sealed up among his +treasures for thee, till thou shalt come thither to enjoy them. +I told you before, that I would remove my Mansoul, and set it up elsewhere; +and where I will set it, there are those that love thee, and those that +rejoice in thee now; but how much more, when they shall see thee exalted +to honour! My Father will then send them for you to fetch you; +and their bosoms are chariots to put you in. And you, O my Mansoul, +shall ride upon the wings of the wind. They will come to convey, +conduct, and bring you to that, when your eyes see more, that will be +your desired haven.<br> +<br> +‘And thus, O my Mansoul, I have showed unto thee what shall be +done to thee hereafter, if thou canst hear, if thou canst understand; +and now I will tell thee what at present must be thy duty and practice, +until I come and fetch thee to myself, according as is related in the +Scriptures of truth.<br> +<br> +‘First, I charge thee that thou dost hereafter keep more white +and clean the liveries which I gave thee before my last withdrawing +from thee. Do it, I say, for this will be thy wisdom. They +are in themselves fine linen, but thou must keep them white and clean. +This will be your wisdom, your honour, and will be greatly for my glory. +When your garments are white, the world will count you mine. Also, +when your garments are white, then I am delighted in your ways; for +then your goings to and fro will be like a flash of lightning, that +those that are present must take notice of; also their eyes will be +made to dazzle thereat. Deck thyself, therefore, according to +my bidding, and make thyself by my law straight steps for thy feet; +so shall thy King greatly desire thy beauty, for he is thy Lord, and +worship thou him.<br> +<br> +‘Now, that thou mayest keep them as I bid thee, I have, as I before +did tell thee, provided for thee an open fountain to wash thy garments +in. Look, therefore, that thou wash often in my fountain, and +go not in defiled garments; for as it is to my dishonour and my disgrace, +so it will be to thy discomfort, when you shall walk in filthy garments. +Let not, therefore, my garments, your garments, the garments that I +gave thee, be defiled or spotted by the flesh. Keep thy garments +always white, and let thy head lack no ointment.<br> +<br> +‘My Mansoul, I have ofttimes delivered thee from the designs, +plots, attempts, and conspiracies of Diabolus; and for all this I ask +thee nothing, but that thou render not to me evil for my good; but that +thou bear in mind my love, and the continuation of my kindness to my +beloved Mansoul, so as to provoke thee to walk in thy measure according +to the benefit bestowed on thee. Of old, the sacrifices were bound +with coords to the horns of the altar. Consider what is said to +thee, O my blessed Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘O my Mansoul, I have lived, I have died, I live, and will die +no more for thee. I live, that thou mayest not die. Because +I live, thou shalt live also. I reconciled thee to my Father by +the blood of my cross; and being reconciled, thou shalt live through +me. I will pray for thee; I will fight for thee; I will yet do +thee good.<br> +<br> +‘Nothing can hurt thee but sin; nothing can grieve me but sin; +nothing can make thee base before thy foes but sin: take heed of sin, +my Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘And dost thou know why I at first, and do still, suffer Diabolonians +to dwell in thy walls, O Mansoul? It is to keep thee wakening, +to try thy love, to make thee watchful, and to cause thee yet to prize +my noble captains, their soldiers, and my mercy.<br> +<br> +‘It is also, that yet thou mayest be made to remember what a deplorable +condition thou once wast in. I mean when, not some, but all did +dwell, not in thy walls, but in thy castle, and in thy stronghold, O +Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘O my Mansoul, should I slay all them within, many there be without, +that would bring thee into bondage; for were all these within cut off, +those without would find thee sleeping; and then, as in a moment, they +would swallow up my Mansoul. I therefore left them in thee, not +to do thee hurt (the which they yet will, if thou hearken to them, and +serve them,) but to do thee good, the which they must, if thou watch +and fight against them. Know, therefore, that whatever they shall +tempt thee to, my design is, that they should drive thee, not further +off, but nearer to my father, to learn thee war, to make petitioning +desirable to thee, and to make thee little in thine own eyes. +Hearken diligently to this, my Mansoul.<br> +<br> +‘Show me, then, thy love, my Mansoul, and let not those that are +within thy walls, take thy affections off from him that hath redeemed +thy soul. Yea, let the sight of a Diabolonian heighten thy love +to me. I came once, and twice, and thrice, to save thee from the +poison of those arrows that would have wrought thy death: stand for +me, thy Friend, my Mansoul, against the Diabolonians, and I will stand +for thee before my Father, and all his court. Love me against +temptation, and I will love thee notwithstanding thine infirmities.<br> +<br> +‘O my Mansoul, remember what my captains, my soldiers, and mine +engines have done for thee. They have fought for thee, they have +suffered by thee, they have borne much at thy hands to do thee good, +O Mansoul. Hadst thou not had them to help thee, Diabolus had +certainly made a hand of thee. Nourish them, therefore, my Mansoul. +When thou dost well, they will be well; when thou dost ill, they will +be ill, and sick, and weak. Make not my captains sick, O Mansoul; +for if they be sick, thou canst not be well; if they be weak, thou canst +not be strong; if they be faint, thou canst not be stout and valiant +for thy King, O Mansoul. Nor must thou think always to live by +sense: thou must live upon my word. Thou must believe, O my Mansoul, +when I am from thee, that yet I love thee, and bear thee upon mine heart +for ever.<br> +<br> +‘Remember, therefore, O my Mansoul, that thou art beloved of me: +as I have, therefore, taught thee to watch, to fight, to pray, and to +make war against my foes; so now I command thee to believe that my love +is constant to thee. O my Mansoul, how have I set my heart, my +love upon thee! Watch. Behold, I lay none other burden upon +thee, than what thou hast already. Hold fast, till I come.’<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +<br> +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE HOLY WAR ***<br> +<pre> + +******This file should be named hlywr10h.htm or hlywr10h.zip****** +Corrected EDITIONS of our EBooks get a new NUMBER, hlywr11h.htm +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, hlywr10ah.htm + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext04 + +Or /etext03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information online at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart hart@pobox.com + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only +when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by +Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be +used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be +they hardware or software or any other related product without +express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* +</pre></body> +</html> |